NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue for GRE Pipe

BONDSTRAND®

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND

PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS FOR

OFFSHORE APPLICATIONS

speciFications

iso

The objective of ISO 14692 is to provide the oil &

gas industry and the supporting engineering and

manufacturing industry with mutually agreed

upon specifications and recommended

practices for the design, purchase,

manufacturing, qualification testing, handling,

storage, installation, commisioning and

operation of GRP (Glassfiber Reinforced Plastic -

a generic terms including epoxy and other

resins) piping systems.

ISO 14692, part 2, 3 and 4 follow the individual

phases in the life cycle of a GRP piping system,

i.e. from design through manufacture to

operation. Each part is therefore aimed at the

relevant parties involved in that particular phase.

ISO 14692 is primarily intended for offshore

applications on both fixed and floating topsides

facilities, but it may also be used as guidance

for the specification, manufacture, testing and

installation of GRE piping systems in other

similar applications found onshore, e.g.

produced water and firewater systems.

imo

In 1993, the International Maritime Organisation

(IMO) issued Resolution A.753(18) covering

acceptance criteria for plastic materials in

piping systems, appropriate design and

installation requirements and fire test

performance criteria for assuring ship safety.

Major certifying bodies (such as Lloyd’s

Registre, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas,

American Bureau of Shipping and United States

Coast Guard) have adopted and implemented

these Guidelines in their respective Rules and

Regulations for the Classification of Ships.

All Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the

marine/offshore industry are Type Approved by

these major certifying bodies.

Historically, offshore production platform,drilling rig and FPSO owners and operatorshave had to face the grim reality of continuously replacing most metal pipingbecause of severe corrosion. This has resulted in piping systems costing two orthree times the original investment sincesteel and metal pipe systems are verycostly to maintain.BondstrandGRE pipe systems are the cost-effective, maintenance-free and lightweight solution that provides corrosion-free and erosion-free operation during theservice life of the vessel.

the many advantages of bondstrand gre

pipe systems

Durable and corrosion resistant

Bondstrand GRE is highly resistant to corrosion caused by (salt) water, chemicals,residues and bacteria.Similarly, it resists corrosion even in aggressive environments. Cathodic protection is not required.

Lightweight – easy to install

Bondstrand GRE pipes weigh only a quarter to an eighth of steel pipes and areeasy to install without the need of heavy nstallation equipment, welding or protectivecoating. For installation of GRE piping systems no ‘hot’ work is required.

Low installation and operating costs

Installation costs of Bondstrand GRE pipesystems are less than that of carbon steel;total installed costs are comparable. Operating costs are reduced due to lessenergy needed to pump fluid through thesmooth internal bore.

wide range of pipe systems

NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers a completerange of pipe systems in a variety of diameters and pressure classes for manydifferent applications. Pipe systems areavailable in diameters up to 1000 mm (40inch), and standard lengths upto 12 m (40-feet).

no contamination

Bondstrand GRE does not rust or scale.This prevents plugging of nozzles, valvesand other components.

2

With manufacturing locations all over the world,

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has experienced teams

of engineers supporting the customer with support

design, engineering analysis, spool and isometric

drawings and installation procedures.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems Engineering Service

can include:

General engineering calculations such as

support span, thrust loads, joint strength,

collapse pressure and internal pressure ratings,

etc.

Design drawings, stress- and surge analyses

Pipe Spool drawings from piping isometrics

Pipe support detailing

Material take offs (MTO)

Supervision and/or survey of installation

Special product design for custom made parts

Expertise on international specification work

towards approval authorities

Field service

Training to certify installers.

Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using

standard manufactured components. Spools can

be pre-fabricated at the yard, or can be supplied

from NOV Fiber Glass Systems spooling operation

or one of the network partners. The need for

adhesive bonded joining on board can be limited.

If pipe spacing is a constraint, NOV Fiber Glass

Systems can offer custom made spools to meet

specific dimensions. NOV Fiber Glass Systems

team of piping engineers and fabricators can

assist to ensure that custom-made spools are

designed and fabricated to meet the project

requirements.

Pre-fabricated spools will reduce the number of

field joints and provide greater reliability because

of the high quality joints and testing at the

NOV Fiber Glass Systems factory.

Installers, trained and certified by NOV Fiber Glass

Systems – according to IMO standards – can

handle the complete installation.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ scope of supply may

vary from material supply to complete ’turn-key’

projects.

engineering capabiLities

preFabrication

3

Bondstrand fittings are tested to 1.5 times their

pressure rating before they leave the factory or

are used in spools. Small diameter fittings,

to 150 mm (6 inch) are air tested, when possible.

All others and the large diameter fittings are

hydrotested. NOV Fiber Glass Systems is the only

manufacturer to conduct unrestrained hydro-test

of fittings above 500 mm (20 inch) in diameter

using self-energizing test plugs. Unrestrained

testing is a more representative test as it

simulates the actual conditions to which the pipe

system is subjected in most Offshore

installations.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has extensive testing

capabilities to meet special requirements.

Comprehensive qualification testing is done on

representative sizes before manufacturing.

Qualification test includes long-term hydrostatic

test in accordance with ASTM D-2992, medium

term survival test (1000-hour survival test) and

short time burst test in accordance with ASTM

D-1599. Mechanical and physical property tests

of Bondstrand pipe can also be conducted.

testing

Fire enDurance

epoxy pipe

Under IMO Rules, Bondstrand epoxy products can

be used for systems (normally water filled) without

additional passive fire protection. Fire

exposure will cause the outer surface of the pipe

to char, but the functionality of the piping remains.

additional fire protection

Depending on the level of fire endurance required,

epoxy pipe with enhanced fire resistance

properties can be supplied.

phenolic pipe

Bondstrand jetfire protected PSX-L3 pipe can also

be used in normally wet service and in those

locations where smoke density and toxicity are of

concern. The PSX-JF pipe is used in normally dry

service (such as deluge lines).

4

Our corrosion-resistant piping systems canbe used in a wide range of applications.

Typical application areas are:

wiDe range oF appLications

Ballast water

Caissons

Cooling water

Disposal

Deluge (dry)

Drains

Drilling mud

Fresh water

Potable water

Produced water

Fire mains

Saltwater / seawater

Sanitary / sewage

Column piping

Vent lines

wiDe range oFsoLutions

cost comparison with

conVentionaL steeL

systems

totaL instaLLeD cost eQuaLs

traDitionaL steeL piping

A comparison of costs clearlyshows the typical savings during the service life of thepiping system.

bonDstranD conDuctiVe piping systems

As a leading producer NOV Fiber Glass

Systems offers the world’s most

comprehensive range of glassfiber

reinforced epoxy and phenolic pipe

systems. Whether you need corrosion

protection, fire protection, or a conductive

system, NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers

the right choice.

Bondstrand GRE and Phenolic pipe series

Sizes: 25-1000 mm (1–40 inch)

Pressure classes: up to 25 bar (365 psi)

Internal liners: available if needed

Conductive systems: available if needed

Joining systems: Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper

adhesive bonded joints.

Bondstrand conductive piping systems have been developed to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges.Pipe and flanges contain high strength conductive filaments; the fittings include a conductive liner.Combined with a conductive adhesive this provides an integral electrically continuous system.Grounding saddles can be bonded on the pipe. Integral groundingcables are then bolted to the steel structure to drain accumulatedcharges.

noV Fiber gLass systems oFFers the worLD’smost comprehensiVe seLection oF joining systems For oFFshore pipe systems

Quick-Lock®

An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered

bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell

provides accurate laying lengths in close

tolerance piping.

Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).

taper-taper

An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered

male and female ends offering superior joint

strength by controlled adhesive thickness.


DoubLe o-ring

A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between

male and female ends. Two “O” rings are

employed to provide sealing.


FLanges

One-piece flanges and Stub-end flanges with

movable rings.


Fittings

Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30°, 45°,

60°, and 90° Elbows; Tees and Reducing Tees;

Concentric Reducers; Flanges and Nipples.

Standard Flanges are available with the

following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300,

DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns are

available on request.

Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)

5

SALES OFFICESUnited StatesSan Antonio, Texas Oilfield ProductsPhone: 210 434 5043

Little Rock, ArkansasC&I/Fuel Handling ProductsPhone: 501 568 4010

Burkburnett, TexasMarine Offshore & Fuel HandlingPhone: 940 569 1471

Mineral Wells, TexasCentron ProductsPhone: 940 325 1341

CanadaUse U.S.A. Contacts

Mexico, Caribbean,Central AmericaUse U.S.A. Contacts South AmericaRecife, Pernambuco, BrazilPhone: 55 81 3501 0023

Central Asia / RussiaAktau, KazakhstanPhone: 7 701 5141087

Middle EastDubai, United Arab EmiratesPhone: 9714 886 5660

Asia, Pacific RimSingaporePhone: 65 6861 6118

Harbin ChinaPhone: 86 451 8709 1718

Shanghai, ChinaPhone: 86 21 5888 1677

Suzhou, ChinaPhone: 86 512 8518 0099

Europe, Africa, CaspianGeldermalsen, The NetherlandsPhone: 31 345 587 587

MANUFACTURINGFACILITIESBurkburnett, Texas USAMineral Wells, Texas USAWichita, Kansas USALittle Rock, Arkansas USASan Antonio, Texas, USASand Springs, Oklahoma USAGeldermalsen, The NetherlandsHarbin, ChinaMalaysiaRecife, BrazilSingaporeSohar, OmanSuzhou, China

National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, dam-age or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility.All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco.

[email protected] w w w . f g s p i p e . c o m

Downhole Solutions

Drilling Solutions

Engineering and Project Management Solutions

Lifting and Handling Solutions

Production Solutions

Supply Chain Solutions

Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions

Well Service and Completion Solutions

© 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All rights reserved

Headquarters

2425 SW 36th StreetSan Antonio, Texas 78237 USAPhone: 210 434 5043Fax: 210 434 7543

One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions

MOS1100 supersedes FP 287 G - October 2012

Eliminate corrosion: Retrofit your seawater systems with Bondstrand®

BONDSTRAND®

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS

FOR RETROFIT APPLICATIONS

Corrosion of metallic piping is a well known

problem on board seagoing vessels and

offshore units. Corrosion typically occurs

when metal piping is part of the seawater

system, as well as in systems carrying fluids

used for cleaning, degreasing and water

treatment.

Traditionally, corroded piping is replaced

from time to time by new pipes made of the

same material. This means the defect is

repaired, but the problem is not solved.

Future replacement of the same pipe is only

a matter of time.

Leaking seawater lines are a nuisance

aboard ships, especially in the engine

room. Seawater spraying, or dripping from

leaking pipes may also result in collateral

damage to surrounding equipment and

instruments.

For many shipowners and offshore

operators, the exchange of piping is

regarded as part of the daily routine.

The time it takes to have corrosion

problems can be predicted, based

on experience and is often accepted as a

fact of life. No questions are asked and

systems are being repaired and replaced

frequently.

The question to ask is: "Do you have to

accept repeated pipe replacement due to

corrosion problems in your seawater piping

systems?" The answer is: "No. Corrosion

problems can be eliminated with

Bondstrand."

SolutionS

NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers the solution

to your corrosion problems aboard ships

and offshore units. It is called Bondstrand.

Bondstrand GRE pipe systems have a

number of significant advantages when

compared to steel or other metallic piping.

Bondstrand GRE pipe systems are extremely

resistant to corrosion from salt water and to

a wide range of chemicals. Also, there is

very little scaling or fouling that will occur,

avoiding pressure loss. Bondstrand GRE

pipe systems are easy to install, lightweight

and require no "hot work". Bondstrand GRE

pipe can be designed to operate at

temperatures up to 121 °C.

Since 1957, Bondstrand GRE piping

systems have been installed successfully

and proven their performance on thousands

of ships and offshore units all over the world.

IMO recognizes the

increasing interest to use

materials other than steel

for pipes on ships. In 1993, IMO developed

guidelines (Res. A.753 [18]) to provide

acceptance criteria for plastic materials in

piping systems.

Eliminate corrosion:

Retrofit your seawater systemswith Bondstrand

Corrosion

does not have

to be a

problem.

Ships operate in one of the most corrosive environments: sea water.

If steel or other types of metal piping were initially used in construction,

replace them with Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) when

corrosion causes them to fail.

2

ClASS APPRoVED

Major certifying bodies such as

Lloyd’s Register, Bureau Veritas,

Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of

Shipping, GL, RINA, RMRS, etc. have

adopted and implemented the IMO

Guidelines in their respective Rules and

Regulations for the Classification of Ships.

Bondstrand pipe series that are used

in the marine/offshore industry are

Type Approved by all major certifying

bodies.

Bondstrand GRE piping systems include

easy to install standard filament wound

fittings. When standard fittings can not be

used, laminated fittings and spools can be

tailor-made to fit almost any system.

Replacement can take place at sea during

the voyage, at anchorage, during regular

loading and discharge operations or during

dry dock periods.

REDuCE CoStS

• on installation

• on material

• on downtime

• no painting required

• on improved flow characteristics

• on life-cycle maintenance

• one time investment

WiDE RAnGE oF

APPliCAtionS

Air and equipment cooling water

Ballast/segregated ballast

Brine

Chlorinated systems

Crude oil washing

Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)

Drainage/sanitary service/sewage

Eductor systems

Electrical conduit

Exhaust piping

Fire mains and sprinkler systems

Fresh and salt water systems

Inert gas effluent

Main engine cooling

Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks)

Discharge lines

Scrubbers

Steam condensate

Tankcleaning (salt water system)

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has a

world-wide network of dedicated installers

who can carry out prefabrication, repairs

and retrofit jobs.

3

SALES OFFICESUnited StatesSan Antonio, Texas Oilfield ProductsPhone: 210 434 5043

Little Rock, ArkansasC&I/Fuel Handling ProductsPhone: 501 568 4010

Burkburnett, TexasMarine Offshore, Bondstrand ProductsPhone: 940 569 1471

Mineral Wells, TexasCentron ProductsPhone: 940 325 1341

CanadaUse U.S.A. Contacts

Mexico, Caribbean,Central AmericaUse U.S.A. Contacts South AmericaRecife, Pernambuco, BrazilPhone: 55 81 81312488

Betim, Minas Gerais, BrazilPhone: 55 31 3326 6900

Central Asia / RussiaAktau, KazakhstanPhone: 7 701 5141087

Moscow, Russian FederationPhone: 7 495 287 2685

Middle EastDubai, United Arab EmiratesPhone: 9714 886 5660

Asia, Pacific RimSingaporePhone: 656861 6118

Harbin ChinaPhone: 86 451 8709 1718

Suzhou, ChinaPhone: 86 512 8518 0099

Europe, Africa, CaspianGeldermalsen, The NetherlandsPhone: 31 345 587 587

MANUFACTURINGFACILITIESBurkburnett, Texas USAMineral Wells, Texas USAWichita, Kansas USALittle Rock, Arkansas USASan Antonio, Texas, USASand Springs, Oklahoma USABetim, BrazilGeldermalsen, The NetherlandsHarbin, ChinaMalaysiaRecife, BrazilSingaporeSohar, OmanSuzhou, China

National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, dam-age or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility.All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco.

One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions

[email protected] w w w . f g s p i p e . c o m

Downhole Solutions

Drilling Solutions

Engineering and Project Management Solutions

Lifting and Handling Solutions

Production Solutions

Supply Chain Solutions

Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions

Well Service and Completion Solutions

Headquarters

2425 SW 36th StreetSan Antonio, Texas 78237 USAPhone: 210 434 5043Fax: 210 434 7543

NOV DIVISIONS

© 2012 National Oilwell Varco

March 2012 FP 1006 A

A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is available on CD-ROM; please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.For specific fire protection requirements, additional passive fire protection is available. For pipe systems with external pressure requirements, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.

ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on both fixed and floating topsides facilities. It is used as guidance for the specification, manufacture, testing and installation of GRE (Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy) piping systems. The United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association (UKOOA) Document Suite, issued in 1994, formed the basis of the ISO 14692 standard.

Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).

Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm);Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 10 bar;The pipe system is also available in higher pressure classes (up to 50 bar);ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.

Bondstrand 2000G/3400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.

Bondstrand 2000/2400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.

Approvals

Characteristics

Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint

Quick-Lock® joint1-4 Inch

Taper/Taper joint6-40 Inch

Ballast water Fire water Saltwater/seawater Cooling water Fresh water Sanitary/sewage Disposal Potable water Column piping Drains Produced water Vent lines Drilling muds

Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2410/3410Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 10 bar pressure

Joining Systems

Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Uses and applications

2

Table of Contents GENERAL DATA

Adhesive ................................................................................................................... 25

Conversions ............................................................................................................. 26

Engineering design & installation data .................................................................... 26

Hydrostatic testing ................................................................................................... 26

Important notice ....................................................................................................... 26

Joining system and configuration ............................................................................. 3

Mechanical properties ............................................................................................... 4

Physical properties .................................................................................................... 4

Pipe series .................................................................................................................. 3

Pipe length ................................................................................................................. 4

Pipe dimensions and weights .................................................................................... 6

Pipe performance ...................................................................................................... 5

Span length ................................................................................................................ 7

Surge pressure ........................................................................................................ 26

FITTINGS DATA

Couplings ................................................................................................................. 23

Crosses ................................................................................................................... 15

Deluge Couplings .................................................................................................... 15

Elbows .................................................................................................................... 8-9

Flanges ................................................................................................................ 21-23

Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ................................................................................ 7

Joint dimensions Taper/Taper .................................................................................... 7

Laterals ................................................................................................................ 16-17

Nipples ..................................................................................................................... 24

Reducers ............................................................................................................. 19-20

Saddles .............................................................................................. 15-16, 18, 24-25

Specials ................................................................................................................... 25

Stub-ends ................................................................................................................. 22

Tees ..................................................................................................................... 10-14

3

Pipe25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint;End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.

Fitting25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.

Flange25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.


Pipe series PipeFilament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand® adhesive-bonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.

FittingsA wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product guide, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.

FlangesFilament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty and stub-end flanges for Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5 (> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also available.

Bondstrand® 2000/2000GGlassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;Maximum pressure rating: 10 bar.

Bondstrand® 2410/3410Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;Maximum pressure rating: 10 bar.

ConductiveConductive pipe systems are available to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically continuous system.

Description Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand 2000 2000G 2410 3410 Pipe Diameter 1-4 inch 1-4 inch 6-40 inch 6-40 inchJoining system Quick-Lock Quick-Lock Taper/Taper Taper/TaperLiner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mmTemperature** 121 °C 93 °C 121 °C 93 °CCure MDA IPD MDA IPD Pressure rating 10 bar 10 bar 10 bar 10 bar

* Also available without liner.** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.

Joining system &configuration

Note: Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.

4

Typical pipe length

Typical physical properties

Typical mechanicalproperties

Nominal Joining Approximate overall Length* Pipe Size System Europe Plant Asia Plant[mm] [inch] [m] [m]25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.050-100 2-4 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.7/11.8 9.0/11.89450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 6.0/11.7/11.8 11.89

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 300 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 380 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 23250 18100 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.93 1.04 NOV FGS Longitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 65 50 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 10000 7800 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.45 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 80 — NOV FGS Beam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 9200 7000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 148* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 250 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 220 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 25200 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.65 0.81 NOV FGS Longitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 80 65 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 12500 9700 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.44 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 85 — NOV FGS Beam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 12500 8000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 124* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property Units Value Method Thermal conductivity pipe wall W(m.K) .33 NOV FGS Thermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm °C 18.0 NOV FGS Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 — Density kg/m3 1800 — Specific gravity - 1.8 ASTM D-792

* at 65°C.

5

Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 10 460 2087390 504 1625140 1½ 10 137 620545 504 483150 2 10 78 351965 556 274080 3 10 22.6 102636 566 799100 4 10 24.5 111283 1286 866150 6 10 0.89 4024 149 31200 8 10 0.87 3922 328 31250 10 10 0.67 3028 504 24300 12 10 0.57 2599 733 20350 14 10 0.51 2334 871 18400 16 10 0.44 1990 1107 15450 18 10 0.38 1730 1286 13500 20 10 0.47 2148 2195 17600 24 10 0.39 1760 3104 14700 28 10 0.36 1642 5124 13750 30 10 0.32 1463 5612 11800 32 10 0.29 1318 6130 10900 36 10 0.25 1144 7561 91000 40 10 0.24 1094 9916 9

Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 10 499 3142383 502 1618740 1½ 10 148 949574 502 481250 2 10 85 534665 554 272980 3 10 24.5 157309 554 796100 4 10 26.6 154414 1281 863150 6 10 0.97 4026 149 31200 8 10 0.94 3907 327 30250 10 10 0.72 3016 502 23300 12 10 0.62 2589 730 20350 14 10 0.56 2325 867 18400 16 10 0.51 2137 1189 17450 18 10 0.51 2126 1583 17500 20 10 0.51 2139 2187 17600 24 10 0.49 2053 3626 16700 28 10 0.47 1953 6105 15750 30 10 0.47 1959 7531 15800 32 10 0.47 1963 9163 15900 36 10 0.46 1907 12665 151000 40 10 0.46 1920 17415 15

Typical pipeperformance

* No safety factor included;** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.


6

Typical pipe dimensions and weights

Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[ mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AW1-211240 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AW1-211250 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AW1-211280 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AW1-2112100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AW1-2113150 6 159.0 2.0 2.1 AW1-2111200 8 208.8 2.6 3.5 AW1-2112250 10 262.9 3.0 5.0 AW1-2112300 12 313.7 3.4 6.7 AW1-2112350 14 344.4 3.6 7.8 AW1-2112400 16 393.7 4.0 9.8 AW1-2113450 18 433.8 4.4 11.7 AW1-2114500 20 482.1 4.9 14.4 AW1-2115600 24 578.6 5.8 20.0 AW1-2116700 28 700.0 6.9 29.0 AW1-2116750 30 750.0 7.4 33.0 AW1-2116800 32 800.0 7.9 38.0 AW1-2116900 36 900.0 8.8 47.0 AW1-21161000 40 1000.0 9.8 58.0 AW1-2116

Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AX1-211240 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AX1-211250 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AX1-211280 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AX1-2112100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AX1-2113150 6 159.0 2.0 2.1 AX1-2111 200 8 208.8 2.6 3.5 AX1-2112250 10 262.9 3.0 5.0 AX1-2112300 12 313.7 3.4 6.7 AX1-2112350 14 344.4 3.6 7.8 AX1-2112400 16 393.7 3.9 9.8 AX1-2112450 18 433.8 4.1 11.7 AX1-2114500 20 482.1 4.9 14.4 AX1-2115600 24 578.6 5.5 20.0 AX1-2116700 28 700.0 6.5 29.0 AX1-2116750 30 750.0 6.7 33.0 AX1-2116800 32 800.0 6.9 38.0 AX1-2116900 36 900.0 7.4 47.0 AX1-21161000 40 1000.0 8.1 58.0 AX1-2116

7

Taper/Taper dimensions

Quick-Lock® dimensions

Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints. Nominal Insertion Spigot Diameter Spigot Length Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.Size DS Sd Sd L L[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.040 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.050 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.080 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0

Nominal Taper Insertion Nominal Dia ofPipe Angle Depth Spigot SpigotSize Nose Thickn. at Nose X DS nose Sd[mm] [inch] [degrees] [mm] [mm] [mm]150 6 2.5 50 1.0 161.0200 8 2.5 80 1.0 210.8250 10 2.5 80 1.0 264.9300 12 2.5 80 1.0 315.7350 14 2.5 80 1.5 347.4400 16 2.5 110 1.5 396.7450 18 2.5 110 1.5 436.8500 20 2.5 110 2.0 486.1600 24 2.5 110 2.0 582.6700 28 1.75 140 4.0 708.0750 30 1.75 140 4.0 758.0800 32 1.75 170 4.0 808.0900 36 1.75 200 4.0 908.01000 40 1.75 200 4.5 1009.0

Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.

Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA) and 2000G/3410 (IPD) at 21 °C Nominal Single Continuous Single Continuous Pipe Span* Span* Span* Span* Size 2000/2410 2000/2410 2000G/3410 2000G/3410 [mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m] 25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.0 40 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.4 50 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.7 80 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2 100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7 150 6 3.7 4.7 3.4 4.4 200 8 4.2 5.4 3.9 5.0 250 10 4.7 5.9 4.3 5.5 300 12 4.9 6.4 4.6 5.9 350 14 5.0 6.6 4.8 6.1 400 16 5.2 7.0 5.1 6.5 450 18 5.4 7.4 5.1 6.7 500 20 5.8 7.8 5.7 7.2 600 24 6.2 8.5 5.9 7.8 700 28 6.7 9.3 6.3 8.5 750 30 7.0 9.6 6.3 8.7 800 32 7.2 10.0 6.2 8.9 900 36 7.6 10.5 6.2 9.4 1000 40 8.0 11.1 6.4 9.8

* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span lengths are approx. 10% lower.

Span length

8

Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Weight[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 65 92 0.340 1½ 81 113 0.450 2 76 122 0.580 3 114 160 1.1100 4 152 198 1.6150 6 240 290 4.2200 8 315 395 8.6250 10 391 471 14.2300 12 463 543 21350 14 364 444 30400 16 402 512 35450 18 472 582 49500 20 523 633 72600 24 625 735 112700 28 726 866 123750 30 777 917 196800 32 828 998 252900 36 929 1129 3481000 40 1023 1223 480

Elbows 90º

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

9

Elbows 45º

Elbows 22½º

Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 22 49 0.240 1½ 29 61 0.350 2 35 81 0.480 3 51 97 0.8100 4 64 110 1.1150 6 106 156 2.5200 8 137 217 6.9250 10 169 249 9.8300 12 196 276 18.1350 14 125 205 19.1400 16 142 252 20450 18 204 314 31500 20 225 335 42600 24 268 378 63700 28 310 450 90750 30 331 471 107800 32 352 522 139900 36 394 594 1931000 40 435 633 257

Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 9 36 0.140 1½ 9 41 0.250 2 13 59 0.580 3 21 67 0.7100 4 29 75 1.0150 6 60 110 1.4200 8 76 156 4.6250 10 68 148 6.0300 12 77 157 8.9350 14 71 151 12.5400 16 85 195 13.6450 18 106 216 19.7500 20 116 226 24600 24 136 246 45700 28 157 297 60750 30 167 307 70800 32 177 347 94900 36 197 397 1371000 40 216 416 153

Taper/Taper

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Quick-Lock

10

Equal Tees

Reducing Tees

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 0.650x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 0.950x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 1.080x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 1.680x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 1.680x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 1.7100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 7.5100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 194 226 9.0100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 2.1100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 2.3150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 178 205 16.3150x150x25 6x6x1½ 88 138 173 205 22*150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 124 174 8.0*150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 134 184 9.6*150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 140 190 9.6200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 202 229 25200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 197 229 25200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 183 229 25

*200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 159 209 15.6*200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 172 222 16.2200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 178 228 17.3

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize total run total run branch branch (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 54 108 27 54 0.240 1½ 60 124 30 62 0.450 2 128 220 64 110 1.080 3 172 264 86 132 1.8100 4 210 302 105 151 2.5150 6 306 406 153 203 8.7200 8 376 536 188 268 18.0250 10 452 612 226 306 25300 12 528 688 264 344 44350 14 544 704 272 352 47400 16 590 810 295 405 56450 18 678 898 339 449 67500 20 740 960 370 480 99600 24 868 1088 434 544 130 700 28 994 1274 497 637 240750 30 1046 1326 523 663 285800 32 1118 1458 559 729 363900 36 1248 1648 624 824 5181000 40 1362 1782 691 891 683

Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock standard

Quick-Lock fabricatedNote: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;

* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper; Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple; Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.

11

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg)250x250x25 10x10x1 88 168 229 256 30250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 168 224 256 30250x250x50 10x10x2 88 168 210 256 30250x250x80 10x10x3 100 180 210 256 32

*250x250x100 10x10x4 226 306 194 244 23250x250x150 10x10x6 226 306 204 254 24250x250x200 10x10x8 226 306 213 293 26300x300x25 12x12x1 88 168 255 282 35300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 168 250 282 35300x300x50 12x12x2 88 168 236 282 35300x300x80 12x12x3 100 180 236 282 37

*300x300x100 12x12x4 264 344 216 266 32300x300x150 12x12x6 264 344 229 279 32300x300x200 12x12x8 264 344 239 319 33300x300x250 12x12x10 264 344 251 331 34350x350x25 14x14x1 88 168 270 297 37350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 168 265 297 37350x350x50 14x14x2 88 168 251 297 37350x350x80 14x14x3 100 180 251 297 40350x350x100 14x14x4 113 193 251 297 43350x350x150 14x14x6 272 352 254 304 34350x350x200 14x14x8 272 352 264 344 35350x350x250 14x14x10 272 352 277 357 38350x350x300 14x14x12 272 352 289 369 39400x400x25 16x16x1 88 198 295 322 49400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 198 290 322 49400x400x50 16x16x2 88 198 276 322 50400x400x80 16x16x3 100 210 276 322 53400x400x100 16x16x4 113 223 276 322 56400x400x150 16x16x6 295 405 274 324 47400x400x200 16x16x8 295 405 283 263 51400x400x250 16x16x10 295 405 293 273 47400x400x300 16x16x12 295 405 305 385 53400x400x350 16x16x14 295 405 315 395 55450x450x25 18x18x1 88 198 315 342 54450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 198 310 342 54450x450x50 18x18x2 88 198 296 342 54450x450x80 18x18x3 100 210 296 342 58450x450x100 18x18x4 113 223 296 342 61450x450x150 18x18x6 138 147 292 342 68450x450x200 18x18x8 339 449 316 396 66450x450x250 18x18x10 339 449 329 409 66450x450x300 18x18x12 339 449 329 409 71450x450x350 18x18x14 339 449 330 410 72450x450x400 18x18x16 339 449 330 440 75500x500x25 20x20x1 88 198 339 356 59500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 198 334 366 60500x500x50 20x20x2 88 198 320 366 60500x500x80 20x20x3 100 210 320 366 64500x500x100 20x20x4 113 223 320 366 68500x500x150 20x20x6 138 248 316 366 75500x500x250 20x20x10 370 480 355 435 93500x500x300 20x20x12 370 480 355 435 96500x500x350 20x20x14 370 480 356 436 97500x500x400 20x20x16 370 480 356 466 107500x500x450 20x20x18 370 480 365 475 102

Reducing Tees (C’tnd)

Taper/Taper standard

Taper/Taper fabricated


Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.

12

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]600x600x25 24x24x1 88 198 387 414 71600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 198 382 414 71600x600x50 24x24x2 88 198 368 414 71600x600x80 24x24x3 100 210 368 414 75600x600x100 24x24x4 113 223 368 414 80600x600x150 24x24x6 138 248 364 414 89600x600x300 24x24x12 434 544 405 485 112600x600x350 24x24x14 434 544 406 486 123600x600x400 24x24x16 434 544 406 516 126600x600x450 24x24x18 434 544 428 538 130600x600x500 24x24x20 434 544 428 538 137700x700x25 28x28x1 88 228 448 475 97700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 228 443 475 97700x700x50 28x28x2 88 228 429 475 97700x700x80 28x28x3 100 240 429 475 102700x700x100 28x28x4 113 253 429 475 107700x700x150 28x28x6 138 278 425 475 118700x700x350 28x28x14 497 637 475 555 202700x700x400 28x28x16 497 637 483 593 207700x700x450 28x28x18 497 637 483 593 209700x700x500 28x28x20 497 637 491 601 212700x700x600 28x28x24 497 637 491 601 217750x750x25 30x30x1 88 228 473 500 103750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 228 468 500 103750x750x50 30x30x2 88 228 454 500 103750x750x80 30x30x3 100 240 454 500 109750x750x100 30x30x4 113 253 454 500 114750x750x150 30x30x6 138 278 450 500 126750x750x350 30x30x14 523 663 501 581 243750x750x400 30x30x16 523 663 501 611 245750x750x450 30x30x18 523 663 509 619 247750x750x500 30x30x20 523 663 509 619 250750x750x600 30x30x24 523 663 517 627 256750x750x700 30x30x28 523 663 517 657 268800x800x25 32x32x1 88 258 498 525 124800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 258 493 525 124800x800x50 32x32x2 88 258 479 525 123.8800x800x80 32x32x3 100 270 479 525 130800x800x100 32x32x4 113 283 479 525 136800x800x150 32x32x6 138 308 475 525 148800x800x350 32x32x14 559 729 529 609 300800x800x400 32x32x16 559 729 537 647 303800x800x450 32x32x18 559 729 537 647 306800x800x500 32x32x20 559 729 545 655 309800x800x600 32x32x24 559 729 545 655 315800x800x700 32x32x28 559 729 553 693 329800x800x750 32x32x30 559 729 553 693 332






13

Tees with Flanged Branch


Quick-Lock


Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]900x900x25 36x36x1 88 288 548 575 155900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 288 543 575 155900x900x50 36x36x2 88 288 529 575 155900x900x80 36x36x3 100 300 529 575 161900x900x100 36x36x4 113 313 529 575 168900x900x150 36x36x6 138 338 525 575 182900x900x450 36x36x18 624 824 603 713 427900x900x500 36x36x20 624 824 603 713 430900x900x600 36x36x24 624 824 611 721 437900x900x700 36x36x28 624 824 611 751 452900x900x750 36x36x30 624 824 618 758 458900x900x800 36x36x32 624 824 618 788 468 1000x1000x25 40x40x1 88 288 598 625 1701000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 88 288 593 625 1701000x1000x50 40x40x2 88 288 579 625 1701000x1000x80 40x40x3 100 300 579 625 1771000x1000x100 40x40x4 113 313 579 625 1841000x1000x150 40x40x6 138 338 575 625 1971000x1000x500 40x40x20 691 891 669 779 5701000x1000x600 40x40x24 691 891 669 779 5781000x1000x700 40x40x28 691 891 677 817 5961000x1000x750 40x40x30 691 891 677 817 6011000x1000x800 40x40x32 691 891 685 855 6141000x1000x900 40x40x36 691 891 685 885 632

Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding and flanged branch. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Average Pipe Length Length Length Weight Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) with flange (runxrunxbranch) half run hafl run branch CL150 [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] 50x50x25 2x2x1 72 118 179 3.2 80x80x25 3x3x1 72 118 193 4.1 80x80x40 3x3x1½ 89 135 198 5.0 80x80x50 3x3x2 104 150 212 6.6 100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 8.0 100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 9.7 100x100x50 4x4x2 104 150 244 12.0 100x100x80 4x4x3 104 150 245 12.8


Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Fabricated Reducing

14

Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch (C’tnd)

Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends andflanged branch. Nominal Laying Overall Laying AveragePipe Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) with flange(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 251 17.8150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 138 256 23200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 275 25200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 281 26200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 316 26250x250x25 10x10x1 88 168 302 30250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 168 308 31250x250x50 10x10x2 88 168 343 31250x250x80 10x10x3 100 180 343 34300x300x25 12x12x1 88 168 328 35300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 168 333 36300x300x50 12x12x2 88 168 369 36300x300x80 12x12x3 100 180 369 39350x350x25 14x14x1 88 168 343 38350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 168 348 38350x350x50 14x14x2 88 168 384 39350x350x80 14x14x3 100 180 384 42350x350x100 14x14x4 113 193 384 46400x400x25 16x16x1 88 198 368 50400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 198 373 51400x400x50 16x16x2 88 198 409 51400x400x80 16x16x3 100 210 409 55400x400x100 16x16x4 113 223 409 59450x450x25 18x18x1 88 198 388 55450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 198 393 55450x450x50 18x18x2 88 198 429 56450x450x80 18x18x3 100 210 429 60450x450x100 18x18x4 113 223 429 64450x450x150 18x18x6 138 147 429 72500x500x25 20x20x1 88 198 412 60500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 198 417 61500x500x50 20x20x2 88 198 453 61500x500x80 20x20x3 100 210 453 65500x500x100 20x20x4 113 223 453 70500x500x150 20x20x6 138 248 453 78600x600x25 24x24x1 88 198 460 71600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 198 466 72600x600x50 24x24x2 88 198 501 72600x600x80 24x24x3 100 210 501 77600x600x100 24x24x4 113 223 501 82600x600x150 24x24x6 138 248 501 93700x700x25 28x28x1 88 228 521 97 700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 228 526 98700x700x50 28x28x2 88 228 562 98700x700x80 28x28x3 100 240 562 101700x700x100 28x28x4 113 253 562 110700x700x150 28x28x6 138 278 562 122750x750x25 30x30x1 88 228 546 104750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 228 551 104750x750x50 30x30x2 88 228 587 105750x750x80 30x30x3 100 240 587 111750x750x100 30x30x4 113 253 587 117750x750x150 30x30x6 138 278 587 128800x800x25 32x32x1 88 258 571 124800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 258 576 125800x800x50 32x32x2 88 258 612 125800x800x80 32x32x3 100 270 612 132800x800x100 32x32x4 113 283 612 139800x800x150 32x32x6 138 308 612 152900x900x25 36x36x1 88 288 621 155900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 288 626 156900x900x50 36x36x2 88 288 662 156900x900x80 36x36x3 100 300 662 163900x900x100 36x36x4 113 313 662 170900x900x150 36x36x6 138 338 662 1851000x1000x25 40x40x1 88 288 671 1701000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 88 288 676 1711000x1000x50 40x40x2 88 288 712 1721000x1000x80 40x40x3 100 300 712 1791000x1000x100 40x40x4 113 313 712 1861000x1000x150 40x40x6 138 338 712 201Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Taper/Taper

15

Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm[ [kg]50 2 60 152 95 1.080 3 60 152 126 1.3100 4 60 152 147 1.7150 6 160 260 201 4.1200 8 160 320 251 5.5250 10 160 320 305 7.6300 12 160 320 356 9.7350 14 160 320 387 10.3400 16 160 380 436 12.6

Note: • Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;• Other configurations are available on request;• Bushings are only available in titanium.

Deluge Couplings

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Deluge Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded bushings.* Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Average Required Pipe Length Thickn. Weight Adhesive Size α (B) (ts) Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]50 2 180 152 22 0.6 1 -80 3 180 152 22 0.7 1 - 100 4 180 152 22 0.8 1 -150 6 180 152 22 1.1 - 1200 8 180 152 22 1.3 - 1250 10 180 152 22 1.6 1 1 300 12 180 152 22 1.8 1 1540 14 180 152 22 1.9 1 1400 16 180 152 22 2.1 - 2

Crosses Filament-wound crosses with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (L1) (OL1) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 64 110 1.3 80 3 86 132 2.5 100 4 105 151 3.2 150 6 153 203 13.2 200 8 188 268 21 250 10 226 306 37 300 12 264 344 58 350 14 272 352 68 400 16 295 405 105


Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

α

α

16

Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 64 110 203 249 1.680 3 76 122 254 300 3.0100 4 76 122 305 351 3.9150 6 99 149 378 428 12.3200 8 124 204 455 535 27250 10 137 217 531 611 43300 12 150 230 632 712 52350 14 150 230 632 712 69400 16 150 260 632 742 95

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

45º Laterals

Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded bushings.* Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Average Required Pipe Length Thickn. Weight Adhesive Size α (B) (ts) Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]50 2 180 100 14 0.5 1 - 80 3 180 100 14 0.6 1 - 100 4 180 100 14 0.8 1 -125 5 180 100 14 0.9 - 1150 6 180 100 14 1.0 - 1200 8 180 100 14 1.2 - 1250 10 180 100 14 1.6 1 1300 12 180 100 14 1.9 1 1350 14 180 100 14 2.1 1 1400 16 180 100 14 2.5 - 2450 18 90 100 14 3.3 - 1500 20 90 100 14 3.7 1 1600 24 90 100 14 4.4 - 2

Bushing Saddles

* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.

17

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Reducing Laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-24 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Length Length WeightSize (L1) (OL1) (L2) (OL2) (L3) (OL3) (mm) (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)80x50 3x2 76 122 254 300 254 300 2.5 100x50 4x2 76 122 305 351 305 351 3.5 100x80 4x3 76 122 305 351 305 351 3.7150x80 6x3 100 150 378 428 378 428 8.2 150x100 6x4 100 150 378 428 378 428 9.3 200x100 8x4 124 204 455 535 455 505 15.6 200x150 8x6 124 204 455 535 455 505 19.6 250x150 10x6 137 217 531 611 531 581 28250x200 10x8 137 217 531 611 531 611 32 300x150 12x6 150 230 632 712 632 682 28 300x200 12x8 150 230 632 712 632 712 38 300x250 12x10 150 230 632 712 632 712 45 350x200 14x8 150 230 632 712 632 712 45 350x250 14x10 150 230 632 712 632 712 52350x300 14x12 150 230 632 712 632 712 58400x150 16x6 150 260 632 742 632 682 53400x200 16x8 150 260 632 742 632 712 61400x250 16x8 150 260 632 742 632 712 69400x300 16x12 150 260 632 742 632 712 74400x350 16x14 150 260 632 742 632 712 82450x200 18x8 174 284 679 789 679 759 69 450x250 18x10 174 284 679 789 679 759 77450x300 18x12 174 284 679 789 679 759 82450x350 18x14 174 284 679 789 679 759 90450x400 18x16 174 284 679 789 679 789 103500x300 20x12 186 296 759 869 759 839 90500x350 20x14 186 296 759 869 759 839 98500x400 20x16 186 296 759 869 759 869 111500x450 20x18 186 296 759 869 759 869 119600x300 24x12 216 326 919 1029 919 999 98 600x350 24x12 216 326 919 1029 919 999 106600x400 24x16 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 119600x450 24x18 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 127600x500 24x20 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 135

18

Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch). Nominal Laying Saddle Saddle AveragePipe Length* Length Angle WeightSize (LL) (B) α with flange(runxbranch) CL150[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [deg] [kg]50x25 2x1 133 152 180 0.980x50 3x1 133 152 180 0.980x40 3x1½ 133 152 180 1.280x50 3x2 174 152 180 1.9100x25 4x1 152 152 180 1.6100x40 1x1½ 152 152 180 1.7100x50 4x2 194 152 180 2.4100x80 4x3 194 241 180 3.4150x25 6x1 187 152 180 2.7150x40 6x1½ 187 152 180 2.7150x50 6x2 229 152 180 3.3150x80 6x3 229 241 180 4.8150x100 6x4 229 305 180 5.8200x25 8x1 206 152 180 3.9200x40 8x1½ 206 152 180 3.9200x50 8x2 248 152 180 4.5200x80 8x3 248 241 180 6.6200x100 8x4 248 305 180 8.0200x150 8x6 271 432 180 10.0250x25 10x1 232 152 180 4.7250x40 10x1½ 232 152 180 4.7250x50 10x2 274 152 180 5.3250x80 10x3 286 241 180 7.8250x100 10x4 299 305 180 9.5250x150 10x6 299 432 180 12.2300x25 12x1 264 152 180 5.4300x40 12x1½ 264 152 180 5.4300x50 12x2 306 152 180 6.0300x80 12x3 306 241 180 8.9300x100 12x4 306 305 180 10.9300x150 12x6 324 432 180 14.2350x25 14x1 279 152 180 5.9350x40 14x1½ 279 152 180 5.8350x50 14x2 321 152 180 6.4350x80 14x3 321 241 180 9.6350x100 14x4 321 305 180 11.8350x150 14x6 340 432 180 15.5400x25 16x1 305 152 180 6.6400x40 16x1½ 305 152 180 6.6400x50 16x2 347 152 180 7.2400x80 16x3 347 241 180 10.8400x100 16x4 347 305 180 13.3400x150 16x6 366 432 180 17.5450x25 18x1 330 152 90 3.8450x40 18x1½ 330 152 90 3.8450x50 18x2 372 152 90 4.4450x80 18x3 372 241 90 6.4450x100 18x4 372 305 90 7.8450x150 18x6 391 432 90 9.8500x25 20x1 356 152 90 4.2500x40 20x1½ 356 152 90 4.2500x50 20x2 399 152 90 4.8500x80 20x3 399 241 90 7.0500x100 20x4 399 305 90 8.5500x150 20x6 417 432 90 10.8600x25 24x1 406 152 90 4.9600x40 24x1½ 406 152 90 4.9600x50 24x2 448 152 90 5.5600x80 24x3 448 241 90 8.1600x100 24x4 448 305 90 9.9600x150 24x6 467 432 90 12.8

* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.

α

Flanged Reducing Saddles

α

19

Concentric Reducers

* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper; Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple; Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) (runxrun) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]40x25 1½x1 32 91 0.250x25 2x1 64 137 0.350x40 2x1½ 32 110 0.580x40 3x1½ 76 154 0.580x50 3x2 54 146 0.5100x50 4x2 76 168 1.1100x80 4x3 73 165 0.9

*150x80 6x3 117 217 1.5*150x100 6x4 124 224 1.8*200x100 8x4 163 293 3.3200x150 8x6 129 259 3.7250x150 10x6 148 278 6.2250x200 10x8 135 295 6.2300x200 12x8 180 340 7.8300x250 12x10 167 327 8.5350x250 14x10 214 374 10.2350x300 14x12 208 368 11.0400x300 16x12 195 385 13.7400x350 16x14 183 373 12.8450x400 18x16 128 348 20500x400 20x16 249 469 21500x450 20x18 151 371 23600x400 24x16 486 706 27600x450 24x18 388 608 26600x500 24x20 267 487 24700x400 28x16 796 1046 62700x450 28x18 698 948 60700x500 28x20 577 827 58700x600 28x24 340 590 52750x400 30x16 915 1165 74750x450 30x18 817 1067 73750x500 30x20 696 946 70750x600 30x24 459 709 64750x700 30x28 149 429 58800x400 32x16 1038 1318 94800x450 32x18 940 1220 94800x500 32x20 819 1099 90800x600 32x24 582 862 83800x700 32x28 272 582 77800x750 32x30 153 463 72900x500 36x20 1186 1496 130900x600 36x24 1065 1375 122900x700 36x28 828 1138 116900x750 36x30 518 858 1111000x900 40x36 278 678 146

20

Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends. Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity AveragePipe Size Length Length Weight(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)* [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 0.250x25 2x1 100 173 13 0.350x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 0.580x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 0.580x50 3x2 108 200 14 0.5100x50 4x2 200 292 27 1.1100x80 4x3 93 185 12 0.9

*150x80 6x3 320 420 38.4 2.0*150x100 6x4 230 330 26.7 2.3*200x100 8x4 415 545 51.6 5.2200x150 8x6 215 345 24.9 5.8250x150 10x6 420 550 51.95 9.7250x200 10x8 235 395 24.9 9.9300x200 12x8 420 580 52.45 12.2300x250 12x10 220 380 25.4 13.3350x250 14x10 340 500 41.25 15.9350x300 14x12 150 310 15.9 17.2400x300 16x12 335 520 40.5 21400x350 16x14 215 405 24.65 20450x350 18x14 365 555 44.7 31450x400 18x16 180 400 20.1 46500x400 20x16 365 585 44.7 47500x450 20x18 215 435 24.7 46600x400 24x16 725 945 92.95 91600x450 24x18 575 795 72.9 94600x500 24x20 390 610 48.3 96750x400 30x16 960 1210 181 96750x450 30x18 830 1080 160 95750x500 30x20 705 955 136 91750x600 30x24 450 700 88 87750x700 30x28 290 570 25 75800x600 32x24 580 860 112 108800x700 32x28 325 635 49 100800x750 32x30 290 600 24 94900x600 36x24 830 1140 162 159900x700 36x28 580 920 99 151900x750 36x30 450 790 74 144900x800 36x32 325 695 50 1301000x700 40x28 897 1237 151 204

Eccentric Reducers

* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper; Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple; Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

21

Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (8-40 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Average weight Pipe Length Length ANSI ANSI DIN DINSize (LL) (OL) B16.5 B16.5 2632 2633 CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] 25 1 3 29 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.540 1½ 3 35 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.050 2 5 51 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.880 3 5 51 1.8 2.6 2.4 2.4100 4 5 51 2.8 3.8 2.7 2.7150 6 5 55 3.7 4.2 3.8 3.8200 8 6 56 5.5 6.1 5.5 5.5250 10 6 86 10.6 11.6 10.3 10.6300 12 6 86 15.3 16.5 14.1 14.6350 14 6 86 18.7 20.5 17.7 15.2400 16 6 86 23.0 25.0 21.8 22450 18 6 86 24.0 26.9 23.2 24500 20 6 116 38.0 42.1 36.4 39600 24 6 116 49.0 55.1 47.0 51700 28 6 146 67.0 74.8 64.7 66750 30 6 146 73.0 81.0 71.6 72800 32 6 176 117.0 127.0 112.0 113900 36 6 206 148.0 192.0 141.0 1431000 40 6 206 175.0 228.0 167.0 228

Note: • Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;• Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service

temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal;

• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;• A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.

Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-18 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Average Pipe Length Length Weight Size (LL) (OL) Flange (CL150) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] 50 2 40 86 2.2 80 3 39 85 3.0 100 4 39 85 4.7 150 6 54 104 8.3 200 8 54 104 11.0 250 10 55 135 18.0 300 12 55 135 25 350 14 55 135 31 400 16 55 135 37 450 18 55 135 46

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Orifice flanges

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Note: • Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems; • Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing; • Other metals on request; • Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.

22

Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring flanges. Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring AveragePipe Length Length Diameter to Face Weight Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Stub-end[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 10 37 51 10 0.140 1½ 10 42 73 10 0.250 2 10 56 92 10 0.280 3 10 56 127 10 0.4100 4 10 56 157 16 0.6 150 6 15 65 216 13 1.3200 8 15 95 270 20 2.6250 10 15 95 324 16 3.1300 12 15 95 378 18 3.9350 14 15 95 413 19 3.8400 16 20 130 470 21 6.9450 18 20 130 532 24 11.4500 20 20 130 580 23 12.3600 24 20 130 674 28 13.0700 28 20 160 800 29 17.8750 30 20 160 850 32 19.2800 32 20 190 900 33 24900 36 20 220 1000 36 301000 40 20 220 1100 46 35

Note: • Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric compressed fiber or steel

reinforced rubber gasket, depending on size; • Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a

flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 Average Pipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight Weight WeightSize CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 10 PN 16 (D) (D) (D) (D) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0 16 1.040 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7 16 1.750 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2 18 2.280 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0 20 3.0100 4 23.8 4.2 28.6 7.0 20 3.1 20 3.1150 6 25.5 5.2 36.5 12.2 22 4.9 23 5.1200 8 28.8 8.5 41.3 18.3 25 7.1 27 7.3250 10 35.6 13.5 47.6 26.0 28 9.3 32 11.8300 12 40.0 23 50.8 38.7 29 10.7 35 15.4350 14 41.6 32 54.0 56.3 36 21 40 26400 16 47.9 42 58.2 70.1 40 27 44 33450 18 50.2 40 63.6 86.5 42 27 50 41500 20 52.0 51 66.5 104.1 45 35 54 60600 24 63.7 86 78.4 182.9 52 55 63 72700 28 69.0 101 96.0 213.4 57 79 59 102750 30 71.6 117 99.9 229.3 - - - -800 32 76.9 154 106.0 289.0 62 95 66 106900 36 85.4 197 117.7 424.1 66 112 71 1251000 40 94.0 303 103.0 438.9 74 242 82 291

Note: • Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on

request;• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Steel Ring Flanges forStub-ends

Stub-ends

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

23

Compression molded blind flanges. Nominal Flange Average Weight Pipe Thickness ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 DIN 2633/ISO 7005.2Size (D) CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 10 PN 16[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.540 1½ 25 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.850 2 30 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.280 3 30 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.7100 4 35 1.7 3.6 2.6 2.7150 6 40 2.2 5.4 4.4 4.4200 8 40 4.2 7.8 6.3 6.2250 10 45 5.9 11.7 9.6 9.9300 12 45 10.5 16.2 12.2 13.0350 14 50 14.1 23 17.5 18.4400 16 55 20 31 24 25450 18 60 31 40 31 33500 20 60 44 48 37 42600 24 65 65 73 54 63700 28 70 91 101 77 79750 30 75 110 120 96 96800 32 80 121 141 114 115900 36 85 175 183 146 1471000 40 105 238 206 207 214Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Blind flanges

Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 10 64 42 0.140 1½ 10 74 58 0.150 2 10 102 72 0.380 3 10 102 100 0.4100 4 10 102 129 0.6150 6 70 170 180 1.5200 8 70 230 230 2.5250 10 70 230 286 3.4300 12 70 230 339 4.5350 14 70 230 370 4.8400 16 70 290 419 6.4450 18 70 290 460 7.3500 20 70 290 510 14.4600 24 70 290 606 18.9700 28 70 350 737 24750 30 70 350 787 25800 32 70 410 840 27900 36 70 470 943 291000 40 70 470 1037 33

Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Couplings

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

24

Nipples Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Gap AveragePipe Length * WeightSize (LL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 57 3 0.140 1½ 67 3 0.150 2 95 3 0.180 3 95 3 0.1100 4 95 3 0.2150 6 125 25 0.2200 8 190 30 0.6250 10 190 30 0.8300 12 200 40 1.1350 14 200 40 1.3400 16 260 40 2.2450 18 280 60 2.7500 20 280 60 3.4600 24 280 60 4.4700 28 340 60 8.5750 30 340 60 9.4800 32 400 60 12.4900 36 460 60 17.21000 40 460 60 21.0

Transition Nipples

Nominal Laying Gap AveragePipe Length * WeightSize (LL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 130 34 0.180 3 130 34 0.1100 4 130 34 0.1

Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper (2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.

Support Saddles Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Required Saddle Required Pipe Angle Thickn. Weight Adhesive Weight Adhesive Size α ts B=100mm Kits B=150mm Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] 25 1 180 14 0.2 ½ - 0.3 1 -40 1½ 180 14 0.3 ½ - 0.5 1 -50 2 180 14 0.4 ½ - 0.6 1 -80 3 180 14 0.5 ½ - 0.8 1 -100 4 180 14 0.7 ½ - 1.1 1 -150 6 180 14 0.9 1 - 1.4 - 1200 8 180 14 1.1 1 - 1.7 - 1250 10 180 14 1.5 - 1 2.3 - 1300 12 180 14 1.8 - 1 2.7 - 1350 14 180 14 2.0 - 1 3.0 - 1400 16 180 14 2.4 1 1 3.6 - 2450 18 180 16 - - - 3.2 1 1500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 1 1600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 1 1700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 2750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 2800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 41000 40 180 16 - - - 8.2 - 4

Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.

Note: • Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,

as well as for anchoring purposes; • Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;• Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;

• For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;• Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.

* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).


Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

α

α

25

Grounding saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems. Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average RequiredPipe Angle Length Thickness Saddle AdhesiveSize α B ts Weight Kits[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3Oz]25 1 90 76 14 0.1 140 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 150 2 90 76 14 0.1 180 3 90 76 14 0.1 1100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1125 5 90 76 14 0.3 1150 6 90 76 14 0.3 1200 8 45 76 14 0.2 1250 10 45 76 14 0.2 1300 12 45 76 14 0.2 1350 14 45 76 14 0.3 1400 16 45 76 14 0.3 1450 18 22½ 76 16 0.2 1500 20 22½ 76 16 0.2 1600 24 22½ 76 16 0.3 1700 28 22½ 76 16 0.3 1750 30 22½ 76 16 0.4 1800 32 22½ 76 16 0.4 1900 36 22½ 76 16 0.4 11000 40 22½ 76 16 0.5 1

Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Required Minimum number Pipe Adhesive Kit of Adhesive Kits Size Size required per joint [mm] [inch] [cm3] [Oz] nr. 25 1 88.7 3 ¼ 40 1½ 88.7 3 ¼ 50 2 88.7 3 ⅓ 80 3 88.7 3 ⅓ 100 4 88.7 3 ½ 150 6 88.7 3 ½ 200 8 88.7 3 ½ 250 10 88.7 3 1 300 12 177.4 6 1 350 14 177.4 6 1 400 16 177.4 6 1 450 18 177.4 6 2 500 20 177.4 6 2 600 24 177.4 6 2 700 28 177.4 6 3 750 30 177.4 6 3 800 32 177.4 6 3 900 36 177.4 6 4 1000 40 177.4 6 5

Note: • Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the

same time, the surplus must be discarded;• Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;• Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.

Note: • Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting; • Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.

Engineering design &installation

Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use of Bondstrand® pipe, fittings and flanges:

Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints FP 170Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints FP 1043Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges FP 196Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing FP 132Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview FP 599Bondstrand Marine Design Manual FP 707

Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the latest version of the above mentioned literature.

Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

The maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2

1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2 1 inch = 25.4 mm1 Btu.in/ft2h°F = 0.1442 W/mK°C = 5/9 (°F-32)

Field testing

Surge pressure

Conversions

Specials Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

North America South America Europe Asia Pacific Middle East2425 SW 36th Street Avenida Fernando Simoes P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 P.O. Box 17324San Antonio, TX 78237 USA Recife, Brazil 51020-390 Geldermalsen, The Netherlands Jurong, Singapore 639407 Dubai, UAEPhone: +1 210 434 5043 Phone: +55 31 3326 6900 Phone: +31 345 587 587 Phone: +65 6861 6118 Phone: +971 4881 3566

© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO

FP 943-10 A 02/12

National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.

www.fgspipe.com • [email protected]



Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).

Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm);Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 16 bar;The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes (10 bar, up to 50 bar);ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.

Bondstrand 2000G/3400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.

Bondstrand 2000/2400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.

Approvals

Characteristics

Ballast water Drilling muds Saltwater/seawater Cassions Fresh water Sanitary/sewage Cooling water Potable water Column piping Disposal Produced water Vent lines Drains Fire water

Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2416/3416Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 16 bar pressure




Joining Systems



2


Adhesive ............................................................................................................... 23

Conversions ......................................................................................................... 24

Engineering design & installation data ................................................................ 24

Hydrostatic testing ............................................................................................... 24

Important notice ................................................................................................... 24

Joining system and configuration ......................................................................... 3

Mechanical properties ........................................................................................... 4

Physical properties ................................................................................................ 4

Pipe series .............................................................................................................. 3

Pipe length ............................................................................................................. 4

Pipe dimensions and weights ................................................................................ 6

Pipe performance .................................................................................................. 5

Span length ............................................................................................................ 7

Surge pressure .................................................................................................... 24

FITTINGS DATA

Couplings ............................................................................................................. 21

Deluge Couplings ................................................................................................ 16

Elbows ................................................................................................................ 8-9

Flanges ............................................................................................................ 19-21

Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................ 7

Joint dimensions Taper/Taper ................................................................................ 7

Laterals ................................................................................................................. 15

Nipples ................................................................................................................. 22

Reducers ......................................................................................................... 17-18

Saddles ................................................................................................14-15, 22-23

Specials ................................................................................................................ 23

Stub-ends ............................................................................................................. 20

Tees ................................................................................................................. 10-14

3

Pipe25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint;End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.

Fitting25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.


Flange25-100 mm (1-4 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.


Pipe series PipeFilament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.



Bondstrand® 2000/2000GGlassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.

Bondstrand® 2416/3416Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.


Description Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand 2000 2000G 2416 3416 Pipe Diameter 1-4 inch 1-4 inch 6-40 inch 6-40 inchJoining system Quick-Lock Quick-Lock Taper/Taper Taper/TaperLiner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mmTemperature** 121 ºC 93 ºC 121 ºC 93 ºCCure MDA IPD MDA IPD Pressure rating 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar * Also available without liner.** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.



4

Typical pipe length



Nominal Joining Approximate overall Length* Pipe Size System Europe Plant Asia Plant[mm] [inch] [m] [m]25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.050-100 2-4 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.7/11.8 9.0/11.89450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 6.0/11.7/11.8 11.89

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 300 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 380 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 23250 18100 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.93 1.04 NOV FGS Longitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 65 50 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 10000 7800 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.45 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 80 — NOV FGS Beam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 9200 7000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 148* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 250 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 220 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 25200 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.65 0.81 NOV FGSLongitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 80 65 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 12500 9700 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.44 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 85 — NOV FGS Beam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 12500 8000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 124* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property Units Value Method Thermal conductivity pipe wall W(m.K) .33 NOV FGS Thermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm °C 18.0 NOV FGS Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 — Density kg/m3 1800 — Specific gravity - 1.8 ASTM D-792

* at 65°C.

5

Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 16 499 3142383 502 1618740 1½ 16 148 949574 502 481250 2 16 85 534665 554 272980 3 16 24.5 157309 554 796100 4 16 26.6 154414 1281 863150 6 16 3.7 12069 453 94200 8 16 3.4 11085 941 86250 10 16 3.3 10679 1809 83300 12 16 3.3 10743 3092 84350 14 16 3.4 11070 4218 86400 16 16 3.3 10731 6105 84450 18 16 3.3 10719 8158 83500 20 16 3.3 10547 11015 82600 24 16 3.3 10605 19148 83700 28 16 3.2 10303 32924 80750 30 16 3.3 10387 40831 81800 32 16 3.2 10240 48843 80900 36 16 3.2 10192 69208 791000 40 16 3.3 10328 96228 80


Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 16 460 2087390 504 1625140 1½ 16 137 620545 504 483150 2 16 78 351965 556 274080 3 16 22.6 102636 556 799100 4 16 24.5 111283 1286 866150 6 16 2.4 7821 292 61200 8 16 1.8 5991 504 47250 10 16 1.9 6098 1024 47300 12 16 1.8 5963 1700 46350 14 16 1.8 5820 2195 45400 16 16 1.8 5816 3277 45450 18 16 1.8 5899 4447 46500 20 16 1.8 5923 6130 46600 24 16 1.8 5753 10288 45700 28 16 1.8 5891 18659 46750 30 16 1.8 5867 22858 46800 32 16 1.8 5847 27644 46900 36 16 1.8 5814 39130 451000 40 16 1.7 5787 53425 45



6


Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[ mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AW1-211240 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AW1-211250 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AW1-211280 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AW1-2112100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AW1-2113150 6 159.0 2.9 3.0 AW1-2112200 8 208.8 3.7 4.9 AW1-2112250 10 262.9 4.6 7.5 AW1-2114300 12 313.7 5.5 10.6 AW1-2116350 14 344.4 6.1 12.8 AW1-2116400 16 393.7 6.9 16.4 AW1-2116450 18 433.8 7.6 19.8 AW1-2116500 20 482.1 8.4 24 AW1-2116600 24 578.6 10.1 35 AW1-2116700 28 700.0 12.1 50 AW1-2116750 30 750.0 13.5 58 AW1-2116800 32 800.0 13.8 65 AW1-2116900 36 900.0 15.5 82 AW1-21161000 40 1000.0 17.3 102 AW1-2116

Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AX1-211240 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AX1-211250 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AX1-211280 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AX1-2112100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AX1-2113150 6 159.0 2.5 2.6 AX1-2112200 8 208.8 3.0 4.0 AX1-2112250 10 262.9 3.8 6.2 AX1-2113300 12 313.7 4.5 8.7 AX1-2114350 14 344.4 4.9 10.4 AX1-2115400 16 393.7 5.6 13.4 AX1-2116450 18 433.8 6.2 16.3 AX1-2116500 20 482.1 6.9 20 AX1-2116600 24 578.6 8.2 28 AX1-2116700 28 700.0 10.0 42 AX1-2116750 30 750.0 10.7 48 AX1-2116800 32 800.0 11.4 54 AX1-2116900 36 900.0 12.8 68 AX1-21161000 40 1000.0 14.2 83 AX1-2116

7


Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints. Nominal Insertion Spigot Diameter Spigot Length Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.Size (Ds) Sd Sd L L[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.040 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.050 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.080 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0


Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA) and 2000G/3416 (IPD) at 21 °C Nominal Single Continuous Single Continuous Pipe Span* Span* Span* Span* Size 2000/2416 2000/2410 2000G/3410 2000G/3410 [mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m] 25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.040 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.450 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.780 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7150 6 4.2 5.3 3.3 4.2200 8 4.7 6.0 3.5 4.7250 10 5.3 6.7 3.9 5.3300 12 5.7 7.3 4.2 5.8350 14 6.0 7.7 4.4 6.0400 16 6.4 8.1 4.7 6.4450 18 6.7 8.5 5.0 6.8500 20 7.1 9.0 5.2 7.1600 24 7.7 9.8 5.7 7.8700 28 8.5 10.7 6.3 8.6750 30 8.8 11.1 6.5 8.9800 32 9.0 11.5 6.7 9.2900 36 9.6 12.1 7.1 9.71000 40 10.1 12.8 7.5 10.2


Span length

Taper/Taper dimensions Nominal Taper Insertion Nominal Dia of

Pipe Angle Depth Spigot SpigotSize Nose Thickn. at Nose X Ds nose Sd[mm] [inch] [degrees] [mm] [mm] [mm]150 6 2.5 50 1.0 161.0200 8 2.5 80 1.0 210.8250 10 2.5 110 1.0 264.9300 12 2.5 140 1.0 315.7350 14 2.5 140 1.5 347.4400 16 2.5 170 1.5 396.7450 18 2.5 170 1.5 436.8500 20 2.5 200 2.0 486.1600 24 2.5 230 2.5 583.6700 28 1.75 230 5.5 711.0750 30 1.75 260 6.0 762.0800 32 1.75 290 5.5 811.0900* 36 1.75 350 6.0 912.0900** 36 1.75 260 6.0 912.01000* 40 1.75 320 8.0 1016.01000** 40 1.75 230 8.0 1016.0* For Bondstrand 2416 only;** For Bondstrand 3416 only.

8

Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Weight[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 65 92 0.340 1½ 81 113 0.450 2 76 122 0.580 3 114 160 1.1100 4 152 198 1.6150 6 240 290 4,2200 8 315 395 12250 10 391 501 16300 12 463 603 26350 14 364 504 37400 16 402 572 53450 18 472 642 76500 20 523 723 125600 24 625 855 228700 28 726 956 238750 30 777 1037 290800 32 828 1118 364900* 36 929 1279 595900** 36 929 1189 5441000* 40 1040 1360 6501000** 40 1040 1270 610

Elbows 90º.

* For Bondstrand 2416 only; ** For Bondstrand 3416 only.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

9

Elbows 45º

Elbows 22½º

Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 22 49 0.240 1½ 29 61 0.350 2 35 81 0.480 3 51 97 0.8100 4 64 110 1.1150 6 106 156 2,5200 8 137 217 7,4250 10 169 279 12,4300 12 196 336 22350 14 125 265 29400 16 142 312 41450 18 204 374 54500 20 225 425 75600 24 268 498 130700 28 310 540 177750 30 331 591 226800 32 352 642 272900* 36 394 744 463900** 36 394 654 3821000* 40 450 770 3401000** 40 450 680 300

Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 9 36 0.140 1½ 9 41 0.250 2 13 59 0.580 3 21 67 0.7100 4 29 75 1.0150 6 60 110 1,4200 8 76 156 5,1250 10 68 178 9,7300 12 77 217 15,5350 14 71 211 21400 16 85 255 24450 18 106 276 39500 20 116 316 56600 24 136 366 93700 28 157 387 123750 30 167 427 158800 32 177 467 198900* 36 197 547 343900** 36 197 457 266



Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

10

Equal Tees

Reducing Tees

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 0.650x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 0.950x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 1.080x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 1.680x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 1.680x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 1.7100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 7.5100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 194 226 9.0100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 2.1100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 2.3150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 221 248 16.3150x150x25 6x6x1½ 88 138 221 253 21.9*150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 124 174 8.0*150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 134 184 9.6*150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 140 190 9.6200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 245 272 24.6200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 246 278 24.7200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 179 229 24.6

*200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 159 209 16.0*200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 172 222 16.7200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 178 228 13.2


Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize total run total run branch branch (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 54 108 27 54 0.240 1½ 60 124 30 62 0.450 2 128 220 64 110 1.080 3 172 264 86 132 1.8100 4 210 302 105 151 2.5150 6 306 406 153 203 8.7200 8 376 536 188 268 21250 10 452 672 226 336 31300 12 528 808 264 404 50350 14 544 824 272 412 55400 16 590 930 295 465 87450 18 678 1018 339 509 103500 20 740 1140 370 570 209600 24 868 1328 434 664 351700 28 994 1454 497 727 476750 30 1046 1566 523 783 591800 32 1118 1698 559 849 727900* 36 1248 1948 624 974 1213900** 36 1248 1768 624 884 10801000* 40 1416 2056 708 1028 7601000** 40 1416 1876 708 938 700





Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock standard

Quick-Lock fabricated

11

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.




Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]250x250x25 10x10x1 88 198 272 299 30250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 198 273 305 30250x250x50 10x10x2 88 198 206 256 30250x250x80 10x10x3 100 210 206 256 32

*250x250x100 10x10x4 226 336 194 244 29250x250x150 10x10x6 226 336 204 254 28250x250x200 10x10x8 226 336 213 293 34300x300x25 12x12x1 88 228 298 325 35300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 228 298 330 35300x300x50 12x12x2 88 228 232 282 35300x300x80 12x12x3 100 240 232 282 37

*300x300x100 12x12x4 264 404 216 266 43300x300x150 12x12x6 264 404 229 279 42300x300x200 12x12x8 264 404 239 319 45300x300x250 12x12x10 264 404 251 361 51350x350x25 14x14x1 88 228 313 340 37350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 228 313 345 37350x350x50 14x14x2 88 228 247 297 37350x350x80 14x14x3 100 240 247 297 40350x350x100 14x14x4 113 253 247 297 43350x350x150 14x14x6 272 412 254 304 41350x350x200 14x14x8 272 412 264 344 54350x350x250 14x14x10 272 412 277 387 62350x350x300 14x14x12 272 412 289 429 66400x400x25 16x16x1 88 258 338 365 50400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 258 338 370 50400x400x50 16x16x2 88 258 272 322 50400x400x80 16x16x3 100 270 272 322 53400x400x100 16x16x4 113 283 272 322 56400x400x150 16x16x6 295 465 274 324 51400x400x200 16x16x8 295 465 283 363 56400x400x250 16x16x10 295 465 293 403 63400x400x300 16x16x12 295 465 305 445 67400x400x350 16x16x14 295 465 315 455 71450x450x25 18x18x1 88 258 358 385 54450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 258 358 390 54450x450x50 18x18x2 88 258 292 342 54450x450x80 18x18x3 100 270 292 342 58450x450x100 18x18x4 113 283 292 342 61450x450x200 18x18x8 339 509 316 396 100450x450x250 18x18x10 339 509 329 439 104450x450x300 18x18x12 339 509 329 469 107450x450x350 18x18x14 339 509 330 470 137450x450x400 18x18x16 339 509 330 500 143500x500x25 20x20x1 88 288 382 409 59500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 288 382 414 59500x500x50 20x20x2 88 288 316 366 59500x500x100 20x20x3 100 300 316 366 63500x500x150 20x20x4 113 313 316 366 67500x500x200 20x20x8 370 570 350 430 175500x500x250 20x20x10 370 570 355 465 180500x500x300 20x20x12 370 570 355 495 186500x500x350 20x20x14 370 570 356 496 188500x500x400 20x20x16 370 570 356 526 195500x500x450 20x20x18 370 570 365 535 200



12




Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]600x600x25 24x24x1 88 318 430 457 71600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 318 431 263 71600x600x50 24x24x2 88 318 364 414 71600x600x80 24x24x3 100 330 364 414 75600x600x100 24x24x4 113 343 364 414 80600x600x300 24x24x12 434 664 405 545 211600x600x350 24x24x14 434 664 406 546 281600x600x400 24x24x16 434 664 406 576 220600x600x450 24x24x18 434 664 428 598 239600x600x500 24x24x20 434 664 428 628 279700x700x25 28x28x1 88 318 491 518 97700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 318 491 523 97700x700x50 28x28x2 88 318 425 475 97700x700x80 28x28x3 100 330 425 475 102700x700x100 28x28x4 113 343 425 475 107700x700x350 28x28x14 497 727 475 615 413700x700x400 28x28x16 497 727 483 655 423700x700x450 28x28x18 497 727 483 653 428700x700x500 28x28x20 497 727 491 691 440700x700x600 28x28x24 497 727 491 721 458750x750x25 30x30x1 88 348 516 543 103750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 348 516 548 103750x750x50 30x30x2 88 348 450 500 103750x750x80 30x30x3 100 360 450 500 109750x750x100 30x30x4 113 373 450 500 114750x750x350 30x30x14 532 783 501 641 506750x750x400 30x30x16 532 783 501 671 516750x750x450 30x30x18 532 783 509 679 522750x750x500 30x30x20 532 783 509 709 534750x750x600 30x30x24 532 783 517 747 555750x750x700 30x30x28 532 783 517 747 573800x800x25 32x32x1 88 378 541 568 124800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 378 541 573 124800x800x50 32x32x2 88 378 475 525 124800x800x80 32x32x3 100 390 475 525 130800x800x100 32x32x4 113 403 475 525 136800x800x350 32x32x14 559 849 529 669 616800x800x400 32x32x16 559 849 537 707 628800x800x450 32x32x18 559 849 537 707 633800x800x500 32x32x20 559 849 545 745 647800x800x600 32x32x24 559 849 545 775 667800x800x700 32x32x28 559 849 553 783 689800x800x750 32x32x30 559 849 553 813 706



13


Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding and flanged branch. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Average Pipe Length Length Length Weight Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) with flange (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch CL150 [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] 50x50x25 2x2x1 72 118 179 3.280x80x25 3x3x1 72 118 193 4.180x80x40 3x3x1½ 89 135 198 5.080x80x50 3x3x2 104 150 212 6.6100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 8.0100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 9.7100x100x50 4x4x2 104 150 244 12.0100x100x80 4x4x3 104 150 245 12.8 Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact

NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Fabricated Reducing


* For Bondstrand 2416 only;** For Bondstrand 3416 only.


Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]900x900x25* 36x36x1 88 438 591 618 155900x900x40* 36x36x1½ 88 438 591 623 155900x900x50* 36x36x2 88 438 525 575 155900x900x80* 36x36x3 100 450 525 575 162900x900x100* 36x36x4 113 463 525 575 168900x900x450* 36x36x18 624 974 603 773 1035900x900x500* 36x36x20 624 974 603 803 1052900x900x600* 36x36x24 624 974 611 841 1082900x900x700* 36x36x28 624 974 611 841 964900x900x750* 36x36x30 624 974 618 878 986900x900x800* 36x36x32 624 974 618 908 1008900x900x25** 36x36x1 88 348 591 618 145900x900x40** 36x36x1½ 88 348 591 623 145900x900x50** 36x36x2 88 348 525 575 145900x900x80** 36x36x3 100 360 525 575 152900x900x100** 36x36x4 113 373 525 575 158900x900x450** 36x36x18 624 884 603 773 947900x900x500** 36x36x20 624 884 603 803 975900x900x600** 36x36x24 624 884 611 841 878900x900x700** 36x36x28 624 884 611 841 887900x900x750** 36x36x30 624 884 618 878 909900x900x800** 36x36x32 624 884 618 908 931



Tees with Flanged Branch

Quick-Lock

14

Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends andflanged branch. Nominal Laying Overall Laying AveragePipe Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) with flange(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 251 18150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 138 256 23200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 275 25200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 281 26200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 316 26250x250x25 10x10x1 88 198 302 30250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 198 308 31250x250x50 10x10x2 88 198 343 31250x250x80 10x10x3 100 210 343 34300x300x25 12x12x1 88 228 328 35300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 228 333 36300x300x50 12x12x2 88 228 369 36300x300x80 12x12x3 100 240 369 39350x350x25 14x14x1 88 228 343 38350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 228 348 38350x350x50 14x14x2 88 228 384 39350x350x80 14x14x3 100 240 384 42350x350x100 14x14x4 113 253 384 46400x400x25 16x16x1 88 258 368 50400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 258 373 51400x400x50 16x16x2 88 258 409 51400x400x80 16x16x3 100 270 409 55400x400x100 16x16x4 113 283 409 59450x450x25 18x18x1 88 258 388 55450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 258 393 55450x450x50 18x18x2 88 258 429 56450x450x80 18x18x3 100 270 429 60450x450x100 18x18x4 113 283 429 64500x500x25 20x20x1 88 288 412 60500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 288 417 61500x500x50 20x20x2 88 288 453 61500x500x80 20x20x3 100 300 453 65500x500x100 20x20x4 113 313 453 70600x600x25 24x24x1 88 318 460 71600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 318 466 71600x600x50 24x24x2 88 318 501 72600x600x80 24x24x3 100 330 501 77600x600x100 24x24x4 113 343 501 82700x700x25 28x28x1 88 318 521 97700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 318 526 98700x700x50 28x28x2 88 318 562 98700x700x80 28x28x3 100 330 562 101700x700x100 28x28x4 113 343 562 110750x750x25 30x30x1 88 348 546 104750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 348 551 104750x750x50 30x30x2 88 348 587 105750x750x80 30x30x3 100 360 587 111750x750x100 30x30x4 113 373 587 117800x800x25 32x32x1 88 378 571 124800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 378 576 125800x800x50 32x32x2 88 378 612 125800x800x80 32x32x3 100 390 612 132800x800x100 32x32x4 113 403 612 139900x900x25* 36x36x1 88 438 621 155900x900x40* 36x36x1½ 88 438 626 159900x900x50* 36x36x2 88 438 662 156900x900x80* 36x36x3 100 450 662 163900x900x100* 36x36x4 113 463 662 170900x900x25** 36x36x1 88 348 621 145900x900x40** 36x36x1½ 88 348 626 149900x900x50** 36x36x2 88 348 662 146900x900x80** 36x36x3 100 360 662 153900x900x100** 36x36x4 113 373 662 160

Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch (C’tnd)


Taper/Taper

15

Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-12 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm[ [kg]50 2 60 152 95 1.080 3 60 152 126 1.3100 4 60 152 147 1.7150 6 160 260 201 4.0200 8 160 320 251 5.4250 10 160 380 305 9.0300 12 160 440 356 11.0


Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded bushings.* Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Average Required Pipe Length Thickn. Weight Adhesive Size α (B) (ts) Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]50 2 180 100 14 0.5 1 - 80 3 180 100 14 0.6 1 - 100 4 180 100 14 0.8 1 - 150 6 180 100 14 1 - 1200 8 180 100 14 1,2 - 1250 10 180 100 14 1,6 1 1300 12 180 100 14 1,9 1 1350 14 180 100 14 2,1 1 1400 16 180 100 14 2,5 - 2450 18 90 100 14 3,3 - 1500 20 90 100 14 3,7 1 1600 24 90 100 14 4,4 - 2

Bushing Saddles

Deluge Couplings

* Consult Bondstrand® for other type material, or other sized bushings.

Deluge Saddles Filament-wound deluge saddles with reversed taper bushings with ½ or ¾ inch threaded outlets

Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Average Required Pipe Length Thickn. Weight Adhesive Size α (B) (ts) Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]50 2 180 152 14 0.6 - - 80 3 180 152 14 0.7 - - 100 4 180 152 14 0.8 1 - 125 5 180 152 14 0.9 1 -150 6 180 152 14 1.1 - 1200 8 180 152 14 1,3 - 1250 10 180 152 14 1,6 1 1300 12 180 152 14 1,8 1 1

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

16

Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch). Nominal Laying Saddle Saddle AveragePipe Length* Length Angle WeightSize (LL) (B) α with flange(runxbranch) CL150[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [deg] [kg]50x25 2x1 133 152 180 0.980x50 3x1 133 152 180 0.980x40 3x1½ 133 152 180 1.280x50 3x2 174 152 180 1.9100x25 4x1 152 152 180 1.6100x40 1x1½ 152 152 180 1.7100x50 4x2 194 152 180 2.4150x25 6x1 187 152 180 2.7150x40 6x1½ 187 152 180 2.7150x50 6x2 229 152 180 3.3200x25 8x1 206 152 180 3.9200x40 8x1½ 206 152 180 3.9200x50 8x2 248 152 180 4.5250x25 10x1 232 152 180 4.7250x40 10x1½ 232 152 180 4.7250x50 10x2 274 152 180 5.3300x25 12x1 264 152 180 5.4300x40 12x1½ 264 152 180 5.4300x50 12x2 306 152 180 6.0350x25 14x1 279 152 180 5.9350x40 14x1½ 279 152 180 5.8350x50 14x2 321 152 180 6.4400x25 16x1 305 152 180 6.6400x40 16x1½ 305 152 180 6.6400x50 16x2 347 152 180 7.2450x25 18x1 330 152 90 3.8450x40 18x1½ 330 152 90 3.8450x50 18x2 372 152 90 4.4500x25 20x1 356 152 90 4.2500x40 20x1½ 356 152 90 4.2500x50 20x2 399 152 90 4.8600x25 24x1 406 152 90 4.9600x40 24x1½ 406 152 90 4.9600x50 24x2 448 152 90 5.5

* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.

Flanged Reducing Saddles

Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 64 110 203 249 1.680 3 76 122 254 300 3.0100 4 76 122 305 351 3.9150 6 99 149 378 428 12.3

Filament-wound 45° reducing laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (LL3) (OL3) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]80x50 3x2 86 136 264 314 264 314 3.2100x50 4x2 86 136 315 365 315 365 4.3100x80 4x3 86 136 315 365 315 365 5.2150x80 6x3 100 150 378 428 378 426 8.2150x100 6x4 100 150 378 428 378 428 9.3

45º Reducing Laterals

45º Laterals

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

17

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) (runxrun) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]40x25 1½x1 32 91 0.250x25 2x1 64 137 0.350x40 2x1½ 32 110 0.580x40 3x1½ 76 154 0.580x50 3x2 54 146 0.5100x50 4x2 76 168 1.1100x80 4x3 73 165 0.9

*150x80 6x3 117 217 1.5*150x100 6x4 124 224 1.8*200x100 8x4 163 293 4.3200x150 8x6 129 259 4.3250x150 10x6 148 308 6.2250x200 10x8 135 325 6.9300x200 12x8 180 400 9.9300x250 12x10 167 417 10.8350x250 14x10 214 464 17.0350x300 14x12 208 488 16.8400x300 16x12 195 505 22400x350 16x14 183 493 23450x400 18x16 128 468 27500x400 20x16 249 619 36500x450 20x18 151 521 35600x400 24x16 486 886 70600x450 24x18 388 788 70600x500 24x20 267 697 70700x400 28x16 796 1196 141700x450 28x18 698 1098 140700x500 28x20 577 1007 142700x600 28x24 340 800 142750x400 30x16 915 1345 177750x450 30x18 817 1247 175750x500 30x20 696 1156 177750x600 30x24 459 949 177750x700 30x28 149 639 165800x400 32x16 1038 1498 216800x450 32x18 940 1400 214800x500 32x20 819 1309 217800x600 32x24 582 1102 217800x700 32x28 272 792 203800x750 32x30 153 703 207900x450** 36x18 1186 1706 358900x500** 36x20 1065 1615 362900x600** 36x24 828 1408 361900x700** 36x28 518 1098 300900x750** 36x30 399 1009 304900x800** 36x32 276 916 307900x450*** 36x18 1186 1616 314900x500*** 36x20 1065 1525 314900x600*** 36x24 828 1318 268900x700*** 36x28 518 1008 261900x750*** 36x30 399 919 265900x800*** 36x32 276 826 269

Concentric Reducers

* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper; Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple; Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;** For Bondstrand 2416 only;*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

18

Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends. Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Maximum AveragePipe Size Length Length Working Weight(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)* Pressure [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 16 0.250x25 2x1 100 173 13 16 0.350x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 16 0.580x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 16 0.580x50 3x2 108 200 14 16 0.5100x50 4x2 200 292 27 16 1.1100x80 4x3 93 185 12 16 0.9

*150x80 6x3 320 420 38 16 9.8*150x100 6x4 230 330 27 16 5.3*200x100 8x4 415 545 52 16 11.1200x150 8x6 215 345 25 16 9.0250x150 10x6 420 580 52 16 9.6250x200 10x8 235 425 27 16 10300x200 12x8 420 640 52 16 29300x250 12x10 220 470 25 16 11350x250 14x10 340 590 41 16 27350x300 14x12 150 430 16 16 22400x300 16x12 335 645 41 16 61400x350 16x14 215 525 25 16 22450x350 18x14 365 675 45 16 23450x400 18x16 180 520 20 16 90500x400 20x16 365 735 45 16 87500x450 20x18 215 585 25 16 75600x400 24x16 725 1125 93 16 115600x450 24x18 575 975 73 16 90600x500 24x20 390 820 48 16 142700x400 28x16 1195 1595 156 16 416700x450 28x18 1045 1445 136 16 153700x500 28x20 860 1290 111 16 223700x600 28x24 500 960 63 16 191750x400 30x16 1380 1810 181 16 259750x450 30x18 1235 1665 161 16 205750x500 30x20 1050 1510 136 16 186750x600 30x24 690 1180 88 16 134750x700 30x28 220 710 25 16 96800x600 32x24 875 1395 113 16 178800x700 32x28 405 925 50 16 142800x750 32x30 220 770 25 16 118900x600** 36x24 1250 1830 163 16 284900x700** 36x28 780 1360 100 16 260900x750** 36x30 590 1200 75 16 243900x800** 36x32 405 1045 50 16 271900x600*** 36x24 1250 1740 163 16 204900x700*** 36x28 780 1270 100 16 180900x750*** 36x30 590 1110 75 16 163900x800*** 36x32 405 955 50 16 191

Eccentric Reducers

* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper; Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple; Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;** For Bondstrand 2416 only;*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

19

Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (8-24 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Average weight Pipe Length Length ANSI ANSI DINSize (LL) (OL) B16.5 B16.5 2633 CL.150 CL.300 PN16[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg] 25 1 3 29 0.5 0.6 0.540 1½ 3 35 1.1 1.1 1.050 2 5 51 1.3 1.7 1.880 3 5 51 1.8 2.6 2.4100 4 5 51 2.8 3.8 2.7150 6 5 55 3,7 5.5 4.2 200 8 6 86 8,4 11.9 8.3 250 10 6 116 14,3 20 14.5 300 12 6 116 21 27 17.3 350 14 6 116 25 35 23 400 16 6 146 38 52 35 450 18 6 146 41 63 43 500 20 6 176 58 82 61 600 24 6 206 87 135 100

Note: • Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;• Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service

temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal;

• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand® literature;• A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.

Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-24 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Average Pipe Length Length Weight Size (LL) (OL) Flange (CL150) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] 50 2 40 86 2.280 3 39 85 3.0100 4 39 85 4.7150 6 54 104 8.5200 8 55 135 14.7250 10 55 165 23300 12 55 165 40350 14 55 165 44400 16 55 195 50450 18 55 195 57500 20 55 225 75600 24 55 255 118

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Orifice flanges

Note: • Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems; • Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing; • Other metals on request; • Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

20

Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring flanges. Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring AveragePipe Length Length Diameter to Face Weight Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Stub-end[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 10 37 51 10 0.140 1½ 10 42 73 10 0.250 2 10 56 92 10 0.280 3 10 56 127 10 0.4100 4 10 56 157 16 0.6150 6 15 65 216 13 1.3200 8 15 95 270 20 2.6250 10 15 125 324 23 4.0300 12 15 155 378 26 5.9350 14 15 155 413 27 5.8400 16 20 190 470 32 9.6450 18 20 190 532 35 16.1500 20 20 220 580 39 19.8600 24 20 250 674 47 22700 28 20 250 800 51 26750 30 20 280 850 46 29800 32 20 310 900 48 34900* 36 20 370 1000 53 41900** 36 20 280 1000 53 361000* 40 20 250 1100 69 441000** 40 20 340 1100 69 37

Note: • Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel

reinforced rubber gaskets, depending on size; • Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a

flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2633 Average Pipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight WeightSize CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 16 (D) (D) (D) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.040 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.750 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.280 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0100 4 23.8 4.2 28.6 7.0 20 3.1150 6 25,5 5,2 36.5 12.2 23 5.1200 8 28,8 8,5 41.3 18.3 27 7.3250 10 35,6 13,5 47.6 26 32 11.8300 12 40 23 50.8 39 35 15.4350 14 41,6 32 54 56 40 26400 16 47,9 42 58.2 70 44 33450 18 50,2 40 63.6 87 50 41500 20 52 51 66.5 104 54 60600 24 63,7 86 78.4 183 63 72700 28 69 100 95 213 59 102750 30 71,6 117 99.9 229 - -800 32 76,9 154 106 289 66 106900 36 85,4 197 117.7 424 71 1251000 40 94 303 103 439 82 291

Note: • Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on

request;• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.


Stub-ends

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

21

Compression molded blind flanges. Nominal Flange Average Weight Pipe Thickness ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 7005.2Size (D) CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 16[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg]25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.540 1½ 25 0.5 0.9 0.850 2 30 0.7 1.2 1.280 3 30 1.1 1.9 1.7100 4 35 1.7 3.6 2.7150 6 40 2,2 2.9 2.3200 8 45 4,2 5.7 4.1250 10 50 5,9 7.8 5.7300 12 60 10,5 13.3 9.5350 14 65 14,1 16.9 13.4400 16 70 20 23.6 18.8450 18 70 36 45.0 36.7500 20 70 44 54.1 46.0600 24 85 65 82.3 69.4700 28 85 91 118.0 87.7750 30 90 110 135.3 106.7800 32 100 135 158.0 126.1900 36 85 175 206.5 162.8

Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Blind flanges

Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 10 64 42 0.140 1½ 10 74 58 0.150 2 10 102 72 0.380 3 10 102 100 0.4100 4 10 102 129 0.6150 6 70 170 180 1.5200 8 70 230 230 2.5250 10 70 290 286 4.0300 12 70 350 350 9.8350 14 70 350 381 10.5400 16 70 410 430 13.2450 18 70 410 460 9.0500 20 70 470 524 21600 24 70 530 619 24700 28 70 530 745 31750 30 70 590 795 34800 32 70 650 840 32900* 36 70 770 951 50900** 36 70 590 945 411000* 40 70 710 1065 861000** 40 70 530 1055 52

Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) orTaper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Couplings


Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

22

Nipples Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Gap AveragePipe Length * WeightSize (LL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]25 1 57 3 0.140 1½ 67 3 0.150 2 95 3 0.180 3 95 3 0.1100 4 95 3 0.2150 6 125 25 0.3200 8 190 30 0.7250 10 250 30 1.3300 12 320 40 2.4350 14 320 40 3.0400 16 380 40 4.6450 18 400 60 5.6500 20 460 60 8.3600 24 520 60 13.3700 28 520 60 19.7750 30 580 60 26800 32 640 60 30900** 36 760 60 39900*** 36 580 60 311000** 40 700 60 541000*** 40 520 60 35

Transition Nipples

Nominal Laying Gap AveragePipe Length * WeightSize (LL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 130 34 0.180 3 130 34 0.1100 4 130 34 0.1

Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper (2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.

Support Saddles Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Required Saddle Required Pipe Angle Thickn. Weight Adhesive Weight Adhesive Size α ts B=100mm Kits B=150mm Kits [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] 25 1 180 14 0.2 ½ - 0.3 1 -40 1½ 180 14 0.3 ½ - 0.5 1 -50 2 180 14 0.4 ½ - 0.6 1 -80 3 180 14 0.5 ½ - 0.8 1 -100 4 180 14 0.7 ½ - 1.1 1 -150 6 180 14 0.9 1 - 1.4 - 1200 8 180 14 1.1 1 - 1.7 - 1250 10 180 14 1.5 - 1 2.3 - 1300 12 180 14 1.8 - 1 2.7 - 1350 14 180 14 2 - 1 3.0 - 1400 16 180 14 2.4 1 1 3.6 - 2450 18 180 16 - - - 3.2 1 1500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 1 1600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 1 1700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 2750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 2800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 41000 40 180 16 - - - 7.1 - 5

Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.

Note: • Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,

as well as for anchoring purposes; • Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;• Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;• For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;• Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.

* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends);** For Bondstrand 2416 only;*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.


Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

23

Grounding saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems. Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average RequiredPipe Angle Length Thickness Saddle AdhesiveSize α B ts Weight Kits[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3Oz]25 1 90 76 14 0.1 140 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 150 2 90 76 14 0.1 180 3 90 76 14 0.1 1100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1150 6 90 76 14 0,3 1200 8 45 76 14 0,2 1250 10 45 76 14 0,2 1300 12 45 76 14 0,2 1350 14 45 76 14 0,3 1400 16 45 76 14 0,3 1450 18 22,5 76 16 0,2 1500 20 22,5 76 16 0,2 1600 24 22,5 76 16 0,3 1700 28 22,5 76 16 0,3 1750 30 22,5 76 16 0,4 1800 32 22,5 76 16 0,4 1900 36 22,5 76 16 0,4 11000 40 22,5 76 16 0,5 1

Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Required Minimum number Pipe Adhesive Kit of Adhesive Kits Size Size required per joint [mm] [inch] [cm3] [Oz] nr. 25 1 89 3 ¼ 40 1½ 89 3 ¼50 2 89 3 ¹/3

80 3 89 3 ¹/3

100 4 89 3 ½150 6 89 3 ½ 200 8 89 3 1 250 10 177 6 1 300 12 177 6 1 350 14 177 6 2 400 16 177 6 2 450 18 177 6 2 500 20 177 6 3 600 24 177 6 3 700 28 177 6 4750 30 177 6 5 800 32 177 6 6 900* 36 177 6 7 900** 36 177 6 61000* 40 177 6 71000** 40 177 6 5


Note: • Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the

same time, the surplus must be discarded;• Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;• Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.

Note: • Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting; • Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.


Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:



Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.


1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2


Field testing

Surge pressure

Conversions



FP 943-16 02/12





Bondstrand® pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).

Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;Pipe diameter: 2-28 inch (50-700 mm);Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 25 bar;The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes (10 bar, up to 50 bar);ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.

Bondstrand 3400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.

Bondstrand 2400ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.

Approvals

Characteristics

Ballast water Drilling muds Saltwater/seawater Cassions Fresh water Sanitary/sewage Cooling water Potable water Column piping Disposal Produced water Vent lines Drains Fire water

Bondstrand® 2425/3425 Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 25 bar pressure


Taper/Taper joint2 - 28 Inch

Joining Systems


3


Adhesive ............................................................................................................... 19

Conversions ......................................................................................................... 20

Engineering design & installation data ................................................................ 20

Hydrostatic testing ............................................................................................... 20

Important notice ................................................................................................... 20

Joining system and configuration ......................................................................... 3

Mechanical properties ........................................................................................... 4

Physical properties ................................................................................................ 4

Pipe series .............................................................................................................. 3

Pipe length ............................................................................................................. 4

Pipe dimensions and weights ................................................................................ 6

Pipe performance .................................................................................................. 5

Span length ............................................................................................................ 7

Surge pressure .................................................................................................... 20

FITTINGS DATA

Couplings ............................................................................................................. 17

Deluge Couplings ................................................................................................ 13

Elbows ................................................................................................................ 8-9

Flanges ............................................................................................................ 19-21

Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................ 7

Joint dimensions Taper/Taper ................................................................................ 7

Nipples ................................................................................................................. 18

Reducers ......................................................................................................... 14-15

Saddles ........................................................................................................... 18-19

Specials ................................................................................................................ 20

Stub-ends ............................................................................................................. 16

Tees ...................................................................................................................... 13

4




Bondstrand® 2425/3425Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;Maximum pressure rating: 25 bar.


Description Bondstrand Bondstrand 2425 3425 Pipe Diameter 2-28 inch 2-28 inchJoining system Taper/Taper Taper/TaperLiner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mmTemperature** 121 °C 93 °CCure MDA IPD Pressure rating 25 bar 25 bar * Also available without liner.** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.

Pipe50-700 mm (2-28 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint;End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.

Fitting50-700 mm (2-28 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.

Flange50-700 mm (2-28 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.



5

Typical pipe length



Nominal Joining Approximate overall Length* SystemPipe Size Europe Plant Asia Plant[mm] [inch] [m] [m]50 2-4 Taper/Taper 6.15 5.85/9.0150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.8 9.0/11.89700 28 Taper/Taper 11.8 11.89

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 300 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 380 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 23250 18100 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.93 1.04 NOV FGSLongitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 65 50 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 10000 7800 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.45 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 80 — NOV FGSBeam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 9200 7000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 148* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C 93°C MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 250 — ASTM D-1599Circumferential Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 220 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 25200 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.65 0.81 NOV FGSLongitudinal Axial tensile strength N/mm2 80 65 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 12500 9700 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.44 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 85 — NOV FGSBeam Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 12500 8000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design Basis Static N/mm2 124* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property Units Value Method Thermal conductivity pipe wall W(m.K) .33 NOV FGSThermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm °C 18.0 NOV FGSFlow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 — Density kg/m3 1800 — Specific gravity - 1.8 ASTM D-792

* at 65°C.

6

Bondstrand 2425 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]50 2 25 23.4 73612 108 573.180 3 25 11.9 37727 198 293.7100 4 25 11.5 36595 408 284.9150 6 25 10.5 33359 1281 259.7200 8 25 10.0 31856 2767 248.0250 10 25 10.1 32232 5590 250.9300 12 25 9.8 31128 9163 242.3350 14 25 9.9 31411 12238 244.5400 16 25 10.0 31919 18585 248.5450 18 25 10.0 31762 24737 247.3500 20 25 9.9 31574 33748 245.8600 24 25 9.8 31309 57839 243.8700 28 25 9.4 29963 97906 233.3



Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness PipePipe Pressure Collapse Factor StiffnessSize **Rating Pressure [mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]50 2 25 23.4 73904 109 575.480 3 25 7.7 24662 128 192.0100 4 25 7.3 23396 258 182.1150 6 25 6.1 19347 733 150.6200 8 25 6.2 19797 1700 154.1250 10 25 5.7 18142 3104 141.2300 12 25 5.8 18446 5364 143.6350 14 25 6.1 19622 7561 152.8400 16 25 6.0 19221 11059 149.6450 18 25 5.9 18884 14529 147.0500 20 25 5.9 18752 19801 146.0600 24 25 6.0 19016 34721 148.0700 28 25 5.3 16916 54562 131.7


7


Bondstrand 2425 (MDA-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[ mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)50 2 53.0 1.8 0.7 AW1-211180 3 81.8 2.2 1.2 AW1-2111100 4 105.2 2.8 1.9 AW1-2112150 6 159.0 4.1 4.1 AW1-2113200 8 208.8 5.3 6.8 AW1-2116250 10 262.9 6.7 10.7 AW1-2116300 12 313.7 7.9 15.0 AW1-2116350 14 344.4 8.7 18.1 AW1-2116400 16 393.7 10.0 23.6 AW1-2116450 18 433.8 11.0 28.5 AW1-2116500 20 482.1 12.2 35.1 AW1-2116600 24 578.6 14.6 50.1 AW1-2116700 28 700.0 17.4 72.0 AW1-2116

Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation perPipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)50 2 53.0 1.8 0.7 AX1-211180 3 81.8 1.9 1.1 AX1-2111100 4 105.2 2.4 1.7 AX1-2112150 6 159.0 3.4 3.4 AX1-2112200 8 208.8 4.5 5.8 AX1-2114250 10 262.9 5.5 8.9 AX1-2116300 12 313.7 6.6 12.6 AX1-2116350 14 344.4 7.4 15.4 AX1-2116400 16 393.7 8.4 19.9 AX1-2116450 18 433.8 9.2 23.9 AX1-2116500 20 482.1 10.2 29.4 AX1-2116600 24 578.6 12.3 42.3 AX1-2116700 28 700.0 14.3 59.2 AX1-2116

8

Bondstrand 2425 (MDA) and 3425 (IPD) at 21 °C Nominal Single Continuous Single Continuous Pipe Span* Span* Span* Span* Size 2425 2425 3425 3425 [mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m] 50 2 2.9 3.6 2.6 3.480 3 3.3 4.2 3.0 3.8100 4 3.7 4.7 3.4 4.3150 6 4.5 5.7 4.0 5.1200 8 5.1 6.5 4.6 5.8250 10 5.7 7.3 5.1 6.4300 12 6.2 7.9 5.5 7.0350 14 6.5 8.3 5.8 7.4400 16 6.9 8.8 6.2 7.9450 18 7.3 9.3 6.5 8.2500 20 7.7 9.7 6.8 8.7600 24 8.4 10.6 7.5 9.5700 28 9.2 11.7 8.1 10.3


Span length



Nominal Taper Insertion Nominal Dia ofPipe Angle Depth Spigot SpigotSize Nose Thickn. at Nose X Ds nose Sd[mm] [inch] [degrees] [mm] [mm] [mm]50 2 1.75 50 1.0 55.280 3 1.75 80 1.0 83.8100 4 1.75 80 1.0 107.2150 6 2.5 110 1.0 161.0200 8 2.5 140 1.0 210.8250 10 2.5 170 1.5 265.9300 12 2.5 200 1.5 316.9350 14 2.5 170 2.0 384.4400 16 2.5 230 2.5 398.7450 18 2.5 200 2.5 438.8500 20 2.5 230 3.0 488.1600 24 2.5 260 3.5 585.6700 28 1.75 350 7.0 714.0

9

Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends foradhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Weight[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 87 137 0.680 3 110 190 2.1100 4 155 235 3.8150 6 240 350 8.7200 8 315 455 24250 10 391 561 39300 12 463 663 61350 14 374 544 51400 16 402 632 84450 18 497 679 87500 20 548 778 173600 24 650 910 266700 28 726 1076 365

Elbows 90°.

Elbows 45° Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends foradhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 45 95 0.580 3 61 141 1.7100 4 73 153 2.4150 6 106 216 7.0200 8 137 277 15.5250 10 169 339 32300 12 196 396 47350 14 135 305 38400 16 142 372 80450 18 229 429 78500 20 250 480 109600 24 293 553 184700 28 310 660 333

Taper/Taper

Taper/Taper

10

Elbows 22½º Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 29 79 1.480 3 37 117 1.5100 4 43 123 2.0150 6 60 170 5.9200 8 76 216 10.5250 10 68 238 19.1300 12 77 277 32350 14 81 251 26400 16 85 315 57450 18 131 331 51500 20 141 371 71600 24 161 421 114700 28 157 507 221

Taper/Taper

Equal Tees

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize total run total run branch branch (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 148 248 74 124 1.680 3 192 352 96 179 3.6100 4 230 390 115 195 6.4150 6 306 526 153 263 18200 8 376 656 188 328 37250 10 452 792 226 396 55300 12 528 928 264 464 92350 14 564 904 282 452 80400 16 590 1050 295 525 126450 18 728 1128 364 564 218500 20 790 1250 395 625 297600 24 918 1438 459 719 483700 28 994 1694 497 847 828

Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Taper/Taper

11

Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper(2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.



Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]80x80x50 3x3x2 96 176 86 136 3.0100x100x50 4x4x2 115 195 99 149 5.4100x100x80 4x4x3 115 195 108 188 5.5150x150x50 6x6x2 153 263 124 174 12.2150x150x80 6x6x3 153 263 134 214 12.6150x150x100 6x6x4 153 263 140 220 13.7200x200x2 8x8x2 88 228 179 229 24.6200x200x80 8x8x3 188 328 159 239 19.3200x200x100 8x8x4 188 328 172 252 26200x200x150 8x8x6 188 328 178 288 33250x250x50 10x10x2 88 258 206 256 30250x250x80 10x10x3 100 270 206 286 32250x250x100 10x10x4 226 396 194 274 42250x250x150 10x10x6 226 396 204 314 42250x250x200 10x10x8 226 396 213 353 53300x300x50 12x12x2 88 288 232 282 35300x300x80 12x12x3 100 300 232 312 37300x300x100 12x12x4 264 464 216 296 60300x300x150 12x12x6 264 464 229 339 86300x300x200 12x12x8 264 464 239 379 90300x300x250 12x12x10 264 464 251 421 92350x350x50 14x14x2 88 258 247 297 37350x350x80 14x14x3 100 270 247 327 40350x350x150 14x14x6 282 452 254 364 66350x350x200 14x14x8 282 452 264 404 69350x350x250 14x14x10 282 452 277 447 74350x350x300 14x14x12 282 452 289 489 79400x400x50 16x16x2 88 318 272 322 50400x400x80 16x16x3 100 330 272 352 53400x400x150 16x16x6 295 525 274 384 97400x400x200 16x16x8 295 525 283 423 102400x400x250 16x16x10 295 525 293 463 107400x400x300 16x16x12 295 525 305 505 117400x400x350 16x16x14 295 525 325 495 100450x450x50 18x18x2 88 288 292 342 54450x450x80 18x18x3 100 300 292 372 58450x450x200 18x18x8 364 564 316 456 158450x450x250 18x18x10 364 564 329 499 165450x450x300 18x18x12 364 564 329 529 172450x450x350 18x18x14 364 564 340 510 172450x450x400 18x18x16 364 564 330 560 182500x500x50 20x20x2 88 318 316 366 59500x500x80 20x20x3 100 330 316 396 63500x500x250 20x20x10 395 625 355 525 257500x500x300 20x20x12 395 625 355 555 265500x500x350 20x20x14 395 625 366 536 267500x500x400 20x20x16 395 625 356 586 279500x500x450 20x20x18 395 625 390 590 285600x600x50 24x24x2 88 348 364 414 71600x600x80 24x24x3 100 360 364 444 75600x600x300 24x24x12 459 719 405 605 422600x600x350 24x24x14 459 719 416 586 423600x600x400 24x24x16 459 719 406 636 438600x600x450 24x24x18 459 719 453 653 448600x600x500 24x24x20 459 719 453 683 462700x700x350 28x28x14 497 847 485 655 700700x700x400 28x28x16 497 847 483 713 720700x700x450 28x28x18 497 847 508 708 726700x700x500 28x28x20 497 847 516 746 745700x700x600 28x28x24 497 847 516 776 774

Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; italic numbers are fabricated tees

12

Filament-wound deluge couplings with O-ring sealed reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded outlets with integral Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm[ [kg]50 2 160 260 95 2.380 3 160 320 124 3.8100 4 160 320 147 4.6150 6 160 380 201 7.5200 8 160 440 251 10.8250 10 160 500 305 14.2300 12 160 560 356 18.1350 14 160 500 386 21400 16 160 620 436 23450 18 160 560 476 23500 20 160 620 524 26600 24 160 680 621 32

Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends and flanged branch.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying AveragePipe Length Length Length WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50x50X25 2x2x1 88 138 179 4.480x80x25 3x3x1 88 168 193 5.880x80X40 3x3x1½ 88 168 198 6.5100x100x25 4x4x1 88 168 225 12.6100x100x40 4x4x1½ 88 168 230 13.3150x150x25 6x6x1 88 198 252 17.8150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 198 257 23200x200x25 8x8x1 88 228 276 25200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 228 281 26200x200x50 8x8x2 88 228 316 26250x250x25 10x10x1 88 258 303 30250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 258 308 31250x250x50 10x10x2 88 258 343 31250x250x80 10x10x3 100 270 343 34300x300x25 12x12x1 88 288 329 35300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 288 334 36300x300x50 12x12x2 88 288 369 36300x300x80 12x12x3 100 300 369 39350x350x25 14x14x1 88 258 344 38350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 258 349 38350x350x50 14x14x2 88 258 384 39350x350x80 14x14x3 100 270 384 42400x400x25 16x16x1 88 318 369 50400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 318 374 51400x400x50 16x16x2 88 318 409 51400x400x80 16x16x3 100 330 409 55450x450x25 18x18x1 88 288 389 55450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 288 394 55450x450x50 18x18x2 88 288 429 56450x450x80 18x18x3 100 300 429 60500x500x25 20x20x1 88 318 413 60500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 318 418 61500x500x50 20x20x2 88 318 453 61500x500x80 20x20x3 100 330 453 65600x600x25 24x24x1 88 348 462 71600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 348 467 72600x600x50 24x24x2 88 348 501 72600x600x80 24x24x3 100 360 501 77

Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch

Note: • Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;• Other configurations are available on request;• Bushings to be specified with order.

Deluge Couplings

Taper/Taper

Taper/Taper

13

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall AveragePipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) (runxrun) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]80x50 3x2 74 204 0.9100x50 4x2 96 226 2.7100x80 4x3 94 254 2.0150x80 6x3 117 307 3.9150x100 6x4 124 314 4.2200x100 8x4 163 383 9.5200x150 8x6 129 379 9.5250x150 10x6 148 428 14.5250x200 10x8 135 445 16300x200 12x8 180 520 33300x250 12x10 167 537 35350x250 14x10 224 564 31350x300 14x12 218 588 34400x300 16x12 195 625 42400x350 16x14 193 593 45450x400 18x16 153 583 51500x400 20x16 274 734 81500x450 20x18 201 631 78600x400 24x16 511 1001 108600x450 24x18 438 898 100600x500 24x20 317 807 106700x400 28x16 796 1376 264700x450 28x18 723 1273 257700x500 28x20 602 1182 262700x600 28x24 365 975 263

Concentric Reducers

Taper/Taper

14

Filament-wound eccentric reducers with Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket endsfor adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity AveragePipe Size Length Length Weight(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)* [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]80x50 3x2 140 270 14 0.9100x50 4x2 225 355 27 2.7100x80 4x3 120 280 12 2.0150x80 6x3 320 510 38 3.9150x100 6x4 230 420 27 4.2200x100 8x4 415 635 52 9.5200x150 8x6 215 465 25 4.3250x150 10x6 420 700 52 14.5250x200 10x8 235 545 27 16300x200 12x8 420 760 52 33300x250 12x10 220 590 25 35350x250 14x10 350 690 41 31350x300 14x12 160 530 16 34400x300 16x12 335 765 41 42400x350 16x14 225 625 25 45450x350 18x14 400 770 45 48450x400 18x16 205 635 20 51500x400 20x16 390 850 45 81500x450 20x18 265 695 25 78600x400 24x16 750 1240 93 108600x450 24x18 625 1085 73 100600x500 24x20 440 930 48 106

Eccentric Reducers

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Taper/Taper (2-14 inch) socket endfor adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Overall Average Weight Pipe Length Length ANSI DINSize (LL) (OL) B16.5 2634 CL.300 PN25[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg]50 2 5 55 1.7 1.980 3 5 55 2.6 2.6100 4 5 85 5.9 5.3150 6 5 85 8.1 7.7200 8 6 116 14.8 13.8250 10 6 146 22.0 22.0300 12 6 176 37.0 33.0350 14 6 176 48.0 46.0

Note: • Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;• Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and fluid.

Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal;

• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;• A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.

Heavy-Duty Flanges

Taper/Taper

15

Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring flanges. Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring AveragePipe Length Length Diameter to Face Weight Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Stub-end[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 15 65 92 10 0.280 3 15 95 127 16 0.7100 4 15 95 157 16 1.1150 6 15 125 216 23 2.3200 8 15 155 270 29 4.0250 10 15 185 324 33 5.5300 12 15 215 378 38 7.6350 14 15 185 413 33 6.5400 16 20 250 470 47 11.6450 18 20 220 532 42 17.9500 20 20 250 580 47 22600 24 20 280 674 57 23700 28 20 370 800 63 26

Note: • Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel reinforced

rubber gaskets, depending on size; • Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat faced

stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Stub-ends

Taper/Taper

Nominal ANSI Average DIN 2634 AveragePipe B16.5 Weight PN25 WeightSize CLASS.300 (D) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]50 2 22.2 2.5 20 2.480 3 28.6 4.8 24 3.7100 4 28.6 7.1 24 4.6150 6 36.5 12.3 28 7.6200 8 41.3 18.6 32 11.2250 10 47.6 26.4 37 17.1300 12 50.8 39 45 25350 14 54.0 57 45 39400 16 58.2 71 51 52450 18 63.6 87 -- --500 20 66.5 109 59 73600 24 78.4 185 69 115700 28 95.0 253 75 136

Note: • Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on request;• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.


16

Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket endsfor adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Outside AveragePipe Length Length Diameter WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 70 170 70 0.480 3 70 230 100 0.9100 4 70 230 124 1.2150 6 70 290 180 2.2200 8 70 350 238 5.0250 10 70 410 296 7.9300 12 70 470 350 11.6350 14 70 410 381 11.3400 16 70 530 435 17.4450 18 70 470 472 15.8500 20 70 530 524 21600 24 70 590 634 39700 28 70 770 752 39

Couplings

Taper/Taper

Nipples Filament-wound nipples with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) male endsfor adhesive bonding. Nominal Laying Gap AveragePipe Length + WeightSize (LL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 125 25 0.180 3 185 25 0.2100 4 185 25 0.3150 6 245 25 0.8200 8 310 30 1.5250 10 370 30 2.9300 12 440 40 4.7350 14 380 40 4.6400 16 500 40 8.6450 18 460 60 8.6500 20 520 60 12.4600 24 580 60 19700 28 760 60 35

+ Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).

Taper/Taper

17

Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket endsfor adhesive bonding. Nominal Required Minimum number Pipe Adhesive Kit of Adhesive Kits Size Size required per joint[mm] [inch] [cm3] [Oz] nr. 50 2 89 3 0.280 3 89 3 0.4100 4 89 3 0.4150 6 89 3 0.8200 8 89 3 2.050 10 177 6 1.0300 12 177 6 2.0350 14 177 6 2.0400 16 177 6 2.0450 18 177 6 2.0500 20 177 6 3.0600 24 177 6 4.0700 28 177 6 6.0

Note: • Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the

surplus must be discarded;• Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;

• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.

18


Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:

Marketing Bulletin Engineering and Design Support Services FP 934Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints FP 170Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints FP 1043Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges FP 196Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing FP 132Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview FP 599Bondstrand Marine Design Manual FP 707

Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the current version of the above literature.

Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Bondstrand® pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.


1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2


Field testing

Surge pressure

Conversions

Specials



FP 943-25 02/12



1




Joining Systems


In 1993, IMO (International Maritime Organisation) issued a resolution (A.18/Res. 753) covering acceptance criteria for assuring ship safety. Major certifying bodies have adopted and implemented these Guidelines in their respective Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships.

All Bondstrand pipe series used in the marine industry are designed and type-approved by the below major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), U.S.A.; Bureau Veritas, France; Det Norske Veritas, Norway; Germanischer Lloyd, Germany; Lloyd’s Register, United Kingdom; Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Japan; Registro Italiano Navale (RINA), Italy; United States Coast Guard (USCG), U.S.A..

Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C.Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm). Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B - service factor 0.5);ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1. Design criteria for external pressure requirements are in accordance with IMO regulations.

Bondstrand 2000MASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.

Bondstrand 7000MASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.

Approvals

Characteristics

A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is available on CD-ROM. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.

For specific fire protection requirements, an outher layer of passive fire protection is available.

For pipe systems without external pressure requirements, please contact your Bondstrand representative.

Ballast Portable discharge line Chlorination Stripping lines Draining Tankcleaning (salt water) Cargo line Fire protection mains Sanitary service & sewage Various other applications

Bondstrand® 2000M/7000M for marine 1 to 16 inch (Quick-lock® joint), 18 to 40 inch (Taper/Taper joint) with external pressure requirements


2

Table of Contents General Data

Adhesives .....................................................................................................................27

Conversions .................................................................................................................28

Engineering design & installation data ........................................................................28

Hydrostatic testing .......................................................................................................28

Important notice ...........................................................................................................28

Joining system and configuration .................................................................................3

Mechanical properties ...................................................................................................4

Physical properties ........................................................................................................4

Pipe series ......................................................................................................................3

Pipe length .....................................................................................................................4

Pipe dimensions and weights ........................................................................................7

Pipe performance ...................................................................................................... 5-6

Span length ....................................................................................................................9

Surge Pressure ............................................................................................................28

Ultimate Collapse Pressures ..........................................................................................8

Fittings Data

Adaptors ................................................................................................................. 26-27

Bell mouth ....................................................................................................................25

Couplings .....................................................................................................................22

Elbows ..................................................................................................................... 9-11

Expansion coupling .....................................................................................................26

Flanges ................................................................................................................... 20-22

Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ......................................................................................8

Joint dimensions Taper/Taper ........................................................................................8

Laterals .........................................................................................................................17

Nipples .........................................................................................................................23

Reducers ................................................................................................................ 18-19

Saddles ...............................................................................................................17 & 24

Specials ......................................................................................................................28

Tees ........................................................................................................................ 11-16

3


FittingsA wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product guide, please contact your Bondstrand representative.

FlangesFilament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty flanges, hubbed and stub-end flanges for Quick-Lock adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5 (> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also availabe.

Bondstrand® 2000MGlassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner. Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.Minimum pressure: full vacuum. External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.

Bondstrand® 7000M (* conductive)Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.Maximum pressure rating: 16 bar.Minimum pressure: full vacuum.External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.

* ConductiveOur conductive pipe systems have been developed to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically continuous system.

Description Bondstrand® 2000M Bondstrand® 7000MPipe diameter 1-40 inch 1-40 inchJoining system Quick-Lock 1-16 inch Quick-Lock 1-16 inch Taper/Taper 18-40 inch Taper/Taper 18-40 inchLiner *0.5 mm -**Temperature 121°C 121°CPressure Rating 16 bar 16 bar

* Also available without liner;** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.

Pipe25-400 mm (1-16 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.

450-1000 mm (18-40 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint.End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot

Fitting25-400 mm (1-16 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell ends.

450-1000 mm (18-40 inch): Taper/Taper adhesive joint.End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.

Flanges25-1000 mm (1-40 inch): Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end.

Note: * Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.

Joining system & configuration

4


Nominal Joining Approximate overall Length* Pipe Size System Europe Plant Asia Plant[mm] [inch] [m] [m]25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.050-125 2-5 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0150 6 Quick-Lock 6.1 5.85/9.0200 8 Quick-Lock 6.1/11.8 5.85/9.0250 10 Quick-Lock 6.1/11.8 5.85/11.89300-400 12-16 Quick-Lock 6.05/11.8 5.85/11.89450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 11.8 11.89

* Tolerance +/- 50 mm.

Pipe property Units Value MethodThermal conductivity pipe wall W(m.K) .33 NOV FGS Thermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm °C 18.0 NOV FGS Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 —Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 —Density kg/m3 1800 — Specific gravity - 1.8 ASTM D-792

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C. 93°C. MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 300 — ASTM D-1599CircumferentialHoop tensile strength N/mm2 380 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 23250 18100 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.93 1.04 NOV FGS LongitudinalAxial tensile strength N/mm2 65 50 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 10000 7800 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.45 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 80 — NOV FGS

BeamApparent elastic modulus N/mm2 9200 7000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design BasisStatic N/mm2 148* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C. 93°C. MethodBi-axial Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 250 — ASTM D-1599CircumferentialHoop tensile strength N/mm2 220 — ASTM D-2290Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 25200 ASTM D-2290Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.65 0.81 NOV FGS LongitudinalAxial tensile strength N/mm2 80 65 ASTM D-2105 Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 12500 9700 ASTM D-2105Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.44 ASTM D-2105Axial bending strength — 85 — NOV FGS BeamApparent elastic modulus N/mm2 12500 8000 ASTM D-2925Hydrostatic Design BasisStatic N/mm2 124* — ASTM D-2992 (Proc. B.)

* At 65°C.


Typical pipe length

5

.

Typical pipe performance Bondstrand 2000M (MDA cured) at 21°C.

Nominal STIS Stifness PipePipe Factor StiffnessSize[mm] [inch] [kN/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 2079.1 502 1618740 1½ 618.1 502 4812 50 2 350.6 554 2729 80 3 102.2 554 796 100 4 110.8 1281 863125 5 57.7 1281 449 150 6 33.4 1281 260200 8 35.5 3092 276250 10 36.6 6375 285300 12 35.9 10627 280350 14 36.8 13548 286400 16 36.9 20308 287450 18 36.2 28265 282500 20 36.3 38976 283600 24 36.6 67877 285700 28 36.9 121531 288750 30 36.8 148680 286800 32 37.1 182139 289900 36 36.8 256919 2861000 40 37.7 361759 294

Bondstrand 2000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.

Nominal STIS Stifness PipePipe Factor StiffnessSize[mm] [inch] [kN/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 2087.4 504 1625140 1½ 620.6 504 483150 2 352.0 556 2740 80 3 102.6 556 799 100 4 111.3 1286 866125 5 57.9 1286 451150 6 33.5 1286 261200 8 35.6 3104 277250 10 36.8 6400 286300 12 36.1 10669 281350 14 36.9 13602 287400 16 37.1 20389 289450 18 36.3 28378 283500 20 36.5 39130 284600 24 36.6 68147 285700 28 36.9 122013 289750 30 36.8 149270 288800 32 37.1 182862 290900 36 36.8 257939 2881000 40 37.7 363195 295

6

Typical pipe performance Bondstrand 7000M (MDA-cured) at 21°C. Nominal STIS Stifness PipePipe Factor StiffnessSize [mm] [inch] [kN/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 3142.4 797 2446440 1½ 949.6 797 739350 2 534.7 867 4162 80 3 157.3 867 1225 100 4 154.4 1809 1202125 5 80.6 1809 627 150 6 46.7 1809 363200 8 39.4 3092 276250 10 38.2 6375 285300 12 37.2 10627 280350 14 38.0 13548 286400 16 37.2 20308 287450 18 38.0 28265 282500 20 37.2 38976 283600 24 36.7 67877 285700 28 37.1 121531 288750 30 36.9 148680 286800 32 37.3 182139 289900 36 36.9 256919 2861000 40 37.9 361759 294

Bondstrand 7000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.

Nominal STIS Stifness PipePipe Factor StiffnessSize [mm] [inch] [kN/m2] [lb.in] [psi]25 1 3154.9 800 2456140 1½ 953.3 800 742250 2 536.8 871 4179 80 3 157.9 871 1230 100 4 155.0 1816 1207125 5 80.9 1816 630 150 6 46.9 1816 365200 8 35.6 3104 277250 10 36.8 6400 286300 12 36.1 10669 281350 14 36.9 13602 287400 16 37.1 20389 289450 18 36.3 28378 283500 20 36.5 39130 284600 24 36.7 68147 286700 28 37.1 122013 289750 30 36.9 149270 288800 32 37.3 182862 290900 36 36.9 257939 2881000 40 37.9 363195 295

7


Bondstrand 2000M.

Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation Pipe Inside Struct. Wall Pipe per ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2966[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] MDA IPD25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 RTRP-11 FW1-2112 FX1-3112 40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 RTRP-11 FW1-2112 FX1-3112 50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 RTRP-11FW1-2112 FX1-3112 80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 RTRP-11FW1-2112 FX1-3112100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113125 5 131.9 4.1 3.5 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113150 6 159.0 4.1 4.6 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113 200 8 208.8 5.5 7.4 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116 250 10 262.9 7.0 12 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116 300 12 313.7 8.3 17 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116 400 14 337.6 9.0 19 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116400 16 385.8 10.3 25 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116450 18 433.8 11.5 32 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116500 20 482.1 12.8 39 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116600 24 578.6 15.4 56 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116700 28 700.0 18.7 75 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116750 30 750.0 20.0 93 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116800 32 800.0 21.4 102 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116900 36 900.0 24.0 132 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-31161000 40 1000.0 26.9 165 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116

Bondstrand 7000M.

Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation Pipe Inside Struct. Wall Pipe per ASTMSize Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2966[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] MDA IPD25 1 27.1 3.5 0.7 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112 40 1½ 42.1 3.5 1.3 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112 50 2 53.0 3.6 1.3 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112 80 3 81.8 3.6 1.8 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112100 4 105.2 4.6 3.1 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113 125 5 131.9 4.6 3.5 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113150 6 159.0 4.6 4.6 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113 200 8 208.8 5.5 7.4 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116 250 10 262.9 7.0 12 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116 300 12 313.7 8.3 17 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116 350 14 337.6 9.0 19 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116 400 16 385.8 10.3 25 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116450 18 433.8 11.5 32 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116500 20 482.1 12.8 39 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116600 24 578.6 15.4 56 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116700 28 700.0 18.7 75 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116750 30 750.0 20.0 93 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116800 32 800.0 21.4 102 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116900 36 900.0 24.0 132 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-31161000 40 1000.0 26.9 165 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116

8

Ultimate collapse pressure



Ultimate collapse pressure (ultimate short term external failure pressure) at 21° C.

Nominal Internal 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000MPipe Pressure MDA IPD MDA IPDSize static*[mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar]

25 1 16 491 491 714 714 40 1½ 16 160 160 239 239 50 2 16 95 95 141 141 80 3 16 29 29 44 44 100 4 16 31 31 43 43 125 5 16 16.5 16.5 23 23 150 6 16 9.7 9.7 13.5 13.5200 8 16 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 250 10 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 300 12 16 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 350 14 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 400 16 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 450 18 16 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 500 20 16 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 600 24 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 700 28 16 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 750 30 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7 800 32 16 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8900 36 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.71000 40 16 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0

* Up to 93°C.

Nominal Insertion Spigot Diameter Spigot Length Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.Size (Ds) Sd Sd L L[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.040 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.050 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.080 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0125 5 57 139.5 139.9 58.5 61.5150 6 57 166.2 166.6 59.0 62.0 200 8 64 217.1 217.5 65.0 68.0250 10 70 271.3 271.7 71.0 74.0 300 12 76 322.2 322.6 78.0 81.0 350 14 89 353.8 354.2 89.0 93.0 400 16 102 404.1 404.5 103.0 106.0 Dimensions for Quick-Lock Spigots for bonding HD Flanges. Dia of Straight Spigot [Sd]450 18 111 455.8500 20 111 506.6600 24 127 608.2700 28 152 736.3750 30 165 788.4800 32 178 840.5900 36 163 943.41000 40 230 1051.4

Dimensions for adhesive Taper spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.

Nominal Taper Insertion Nominal Dia ofPipe Angle Depth Spigot SpigotSize Nose Thickn. at Nose X Ds nose Sd[mm] [inch] [degrees] [mm] [mm] [mm]450 18 2.5 114 4.6 443.0500 20 2.5 127 5.0 492.2600 24 3.5 178 3.8 586.3700 28 1.75 178 6.4 712.9750 30 1.75 178 4.2 758.4800 32 1.75 178 8.9 817.8900 36 1.75 203 5.6 911.31000 40 1.75 410 8.1 1016.3

9

Span length

Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Max. Working AveragePipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Pressure Weight[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 65 92 20 0.340 1½ 81 113 20 0.450 2 76 122 20 0.580 3 114 160 20 1.1100 4 152 198 20 1.6125 5 195 252 16 2.7 150 6 229 286 16 3.6200 8 305 369 16 6.8250 10 381 451 16 11.0300 12 457 533 16 18.0350 14 359 448 16 26.0400 16 397 499 16 31.0450 18 458 572 16 53.0500 20 508 635 16 65.0600 24 584 762 16 122.0700 28 711 889 16 205.0750 30 762 940 16 243.0800 32 813 991 16 330.0900 36 915 1118 16 417.01000 40 1040 1450 16 489.0

Bondstrand 2000M.

Nominal Single MDA Contininuous Single IPD ContinuousPipe Size Span* Span* Span* Span*[mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m]25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.040 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.450 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.780 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7125 5 4.3 5.4 4.0 5.0150 6 4.5 5.7 4.2 5.3200 8 5.1 6.5 4.8 6.1250 10 5.8 7.3 5.3 6.8300 12 6.3 8.0 5.8 7.4350 14 6.5 8.3 6.0 7.7400 16 7.0 8.8 6.4 8.2450 18 7.4 9.3 6.8 8.7500 20 7.7 9.8 7.2 9.1600 24 8.5 10.8 7.9 10.0700 28 9.3 11.8 8.6 11.0750 30 9.6 12.2 8.9 11.3800 32 10.0 12.7 9.2 11.7900 36 10.5 13.4 9.8 12.41000 40 11.1 14.1 10.3 13.1

Bondstrand 7000M. MDA IPD25 1 2.5 3.3 2.4 3.040 1½ 2.9 3.8 2.7 3.450 2 3.1 4.1 2.9 3.780 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2100 4 4.0 5.2 3.7 4.7125 5 4.3 5.6 4.0 5.0150 6 4.5 5.9 4.2 5.3200 8 5.0 6.5 4.7 5.9250 10 5.7 7.3 5.3 6.7300 12 6.2 8.0 5.7 7.3350 14 6.4 8.3 6.0 7.6400 16 6.9 8.8 6.4 8.1450 18 7.3 9.3 6.7 8.6500 20 7.7 9.8 7.1 9.0600 24 8.4 10.8 7.8 9.9700 28 9.3 11.8 8.6 10.9750 30 9.6 12.2 8.9 11.3800 32 9.9 12.7 9.2 11.7900 36 10.5 13.4 9.7 12.41000 40 11.1 14.1 10.3 13.0

* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects.

Elbows 90°

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

10

Elbows ANSI 45°

Elbows ANSI 90°short radius

Elbows 45°

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*

Nominal Laying Maximum AveragePipe Length Working WeightSize (LL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg]50 2 110 12 0.480 3 135 12 0.7100 4 160 12 1.0150 6 198 12 2.4200 8 224 12 3.9250 10 275 12 6.3300 12 300 12 13.3

* Also available with flanges.

Filament-wound 45° Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) orTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Working WeightSize (LL) (OL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 22 49 16 0.240 1½ 29 61 16 0.350 2 35 81 16 0.480 3 51 97 16 0.8100 4 64 110 16 1.1125 5 84 141 16 1.8150 6 95 152 16 2.4200 8 127 191 16 4.3250 10 159 229 16 7.3300 12 191 267 16 11.0350 14 121 210 16 17.0400 16 137 239 16 20.0450 18 191 305 16 33.0500 20 210 337 16 40.0600 24 252 430 16 82.0700 28 295 473 16 140.0750 30 322 500 16 164.0800 32 337 515 16 283.0900 36 400 603 16 283.01000 40 450 860 16 334.0

Filament-wound 45°elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*

Nominal Laying Maximum AveragePipe Length Working WeightSize (LL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg]50 2 60 12 0.280 3 71 12 0.4100 4 97 12 0.9150 6 121 12 1.9200 8 134 12 3.9250 10 159 12 8.3300 12 186 12 10.0

* Also available with flanges.

11

Elbows 22½°

Equal Tees

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Working WeightSize (LL) (OL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 9 36 16 0.140 1½ 9 41 16 0.250 2 13 59 16 0.580 3 21 67 16 0.7100 4 29 75 16 1.0125 5 43 100 16 1.4150 6 43 100 16 1.9200 8 57 121 16 3.9250 10 67 137 16 5.9300 12 76 152 16 10.4350 14 83 172 16 12.0400 16 89 191 16 14.0


Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Working WeightSize total run total run branch branch Pressure (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 54 108 27 54 16 0.240 1½ 60 124 30 62 16 0.450 2 128 220 64 110 16 1.080 3 172 264 86 132 16 1.8100 4 210 302 105 151 16 2.5125 5 254 368 127 184 16 5.0150 6 286 400 143 200 16 6.7200 8 356 484 178 242 16 10.0250 10 432 572 216 286 16 18.0300 12 508 660 254 330 16 29.0350 14 534 712 267 356 16 37.0400 16 584 788 292 394 16 56.0450 18 648 876 324 438 16 69.0 500 20 712 966 356 483 16 92.0600 24 838 1194 419 597 16 168.0700 28 964 1320 482 660 16 285.0750 30 1016 1372 508 686 16 337.0800 32 1090 1446 545 723 16 459.0900 36 1220 1626 610 813 16 581.01000 40 1416 2236 708 1118 16 686.0

12

Reducing Tees

Standard

Fabricated

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) Pressure(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 20 0.650x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 20 0.950x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 20 1.080x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 20 1.680x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 20 1.680x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 20 1.7100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 20 7.5100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 136 194 226 20 9.0100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 20 2.1100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 20 2.3125x125x50 5x5x2 127 184 102 148 16 3.4125x125x80 5x5x3 127 184 111 157 16 4.0125x125x100 5x5x4 127 184 118 164 16 4.6150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 221 248 16 11.7150x150x40 6x6x1½ 101 158 221 253 16 13.8150x50x50 6x6x2 143 200 114 160 16 5.4150x150x80 6x6x3 143 200 124 170 16 6.0150x150x100 6x6x4 143 200 130 176 16 6.2150x150x125 6x6x5 143 200 136 193 16 6.5200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 245 272 16 15.0 200x200x40 8x8x1½ 101 165 246 278 16 17.5200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 246 292 16 19.9200x200x80 8x8x3 178 242 149 195 16 9.1200x200x100 8x8x4 178 242 162 208 16 9.7200x200x125 8x8x5 178 242 168 225 16 10.6200x200x150 8x8x6 178 242 168 225 16 11.4250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 273 300 16 18.1250x250x40 10x10x1½ 100 170 273 305 16 21.0250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 273 320 16 24.0 250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 273 320 16 24.0250x250x100 10x10x4 216 286 184 230 16 14.8 250x250x125 10x10x5 216 286 194 251 16 15.2250x250x150 10x10x6 216 286 194 251 16 15.5250x250x200 10x10x8 216 286 203 267 16 16.5300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 298 325 16 21.2 300x300x40 12x12x1½ 102 178 298 330 16 25.0 300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 298 344 16 29.0 300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 298 344 16 29.0 300x300x100 12x12x4 254 330 206 252 16 21.0300x300x150 12x12x6 254 330 219 276 16 22.0 300x300x200 12x12x8 254 330 229 293 16 23.0300x300x250 12x12x10 254 330 241 311 16 24.0350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 314 341 16 24.0350x350x40 14x14x1½ 99 188 314 346 16 28.0350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 314 361 16 31.0350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 314 361 16 31.0350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 314 361 16 31.0350x350x150 14x14x6 267 356 244 301 16 29.0350x350x200 14x14x8 267 356 254 318 16 30.0 350x350x250 14x14x10 267 356 267 337 16 32.0 350x350x300 14x14x12 267 356 279 355 16 34.0400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 338 365 16 29.0400x400x40 16x16x1½ 103 205 338 370 16 33.0400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 338 384 16 37.0400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 338 384 16 37.0400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 338 384 16 37.0400x400x150 16x16x6 292 394 264 321 16 37.0400x400x200 16x16x8 292 394 273 337 16 38.0400x400x250 16x16x10 292 394 283 353 16 41.0400x400x300 16x16x12 292 394 295 371 16 45.0400x400x350 16x16x14 292 394 292 381 16 49.0

Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees; Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral.

13

Reducing Tees Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) Pressure(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 358 385 16 31.0450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 202 358 390 16 31.0450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 358 404 16 22.0450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 358 404 16 35.0450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 358 404 16 38.0450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 367 424 16 45.0450x450x200 18x18x8 324 438 306 370 16 53.0450x450x250 18x18x10 324 438 319 389 16 60.0450x450x300 18x18x12 324 438 319 395 16 67.0450x450x350 18x18x14 324 438 317 406 16 66.0450x450x400 18x18x16 324 438 319 421 16 69.0500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 382 409 16 35.0500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 215 382 414 16 35.0500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 382 428 16 36.0500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 382 428 16 39.0500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 382 428 16 43.0500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 391 448 16 50.0500x500x250 20x20x10 356 483 344 414 16 77.0500x500x300 20x20x12 356 483 345 421 16 82.0500x500x350 20x20x14 356 483 343 432 16 85.0500x500x400 20x20x16 356 483 344 446 16 85.0500x500x450 20x20x18 356 483 350 464 16 89.0600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 430 457 16 51.0600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 266 430 462 16 51.0600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 430 476 16 52.0600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 430 476 16 56.0600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 430 476 16 61.0600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 439 496 16 69.0600x600x200 24x24x8 419 597 412 476 14 78.0600x600x250 24x24x10 419 597 386 456 16 85.0600x600x300 24x24x12 419 597 408 484 16 85.0600x600x350 24x24x14 419 597 394 483 16 101.0600x600x400 24x24x16 419 597 395 497 16 123.3600x600x450 24x24x18 419 597 413 527 16 137.0600x600x500 24x24x20 419 597 406 533 16 156.0700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 491 518 16 59.0700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 266 491 523 16 59.0700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 491 537 16 59.0700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 491 537 16 64.0700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 491 537 16 70.0700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 500 557 16 80.0700x700x350 28x28x14 482 660 490 579 16 147.0700x700x400 28x28x16 482 660 500 602 16 166.0700x700x450 28x28x18 482 660 500 614 16 189.0700x700x500 28x28x20 482 660 506 633 16 210.0700x700x600 28x28x24 482 660 506 684 16 252.0750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 516 543 16 63.0750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 266 516 548 16 63.0750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 516 562 16 63.0750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 516 562 16 69.0750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 516 562 16 74.0750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 525 582 16 85.0750x750x300 30x30x12 508 686 756 832 16 118.0750x750x350 30x30x14 508 686 722 811 16 157.0750x750x400 30x30x16 508 686 698 800 16 178.0750x750x450 30x30x18 508 686 488 602 16 202.0750x750x500 30x30x20 508 686 495 622 16 225.0750x750x600 30x30x24 508 686 481 659 16 270.0


14


Standard

Fabricated

Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integralTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) Pressure(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 541 568 16 66.0800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 266 541 573 16 67.0800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 541 587 16 67.0800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 541 587 16 73.0800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 541 587 16 79.0800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 550 607 16 90..0800x800x500 32x32x20 545 723 523 650 16 257.0800x800x600 32x32x24 545 723 523 701 16 310.0800x800x700 32x32x28 545 723 532 710 16 348.0800x800x750 32x32x30 545 723 534 712 16 387.0900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 591 618 16 78.0900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 291 591 623 16 78.0900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 591 637 16 78.0900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 591 637 16 85.0900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 591 637 16 92.0900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 600 657 16 105.0900x900x400 36x36x16 610 813 563 665 16 270.0900x900x450 36x36x18 610 813 563 677 16 290.0900x900x500 36x36x20 610 813 563 690 16 323.0900x900x600 36x36x24 610 813 541 719 16 387.0900x900x700 36x36x28 610 813 570 748 16 459.0900x900x750 36x36x30 610 813 584 762 16 484.01000x1000x400 40x40x1 120 530 641 668 16 92.01000x1000x450 40x40x1½ 120 530 641 673 16 92.01000x1000x500 40x40x2 120 530 641 687 16 92.01000x1000x600 40x40x3 132 542 641 687 16 100.01000x1000x600 40x40x24 708 1118 593 771 16 457.01000x1000x700 40x40x28 708 1118 632 810 16 541.01000x1000x750 40x40x30 708 1118 633 811 16 571.01000x1000x800 40x40x32 708 1118 652 830 16 605.01000x1000x900 40x40x36 708 1118 652 855 16 634.0


15

Fabricated Reducing Teeswith Flanged Branch

Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends and flanged branch.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) Pressure with flange(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch CL150[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 16 8.0100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 16 9.7150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 252 16 12.2150x150x40 6x6x1½ 101 158 257 16 14.5200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 276 16 15.5200x200x40 8x8x1½ 101 165 281 16 18.2200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 295 16 21.4250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 303 16 18.6250x250x40 10x10x1½ 100 170 308 16 22.0250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 322 16 25.6250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 323 16 26.3300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 329 16 22.3300x300x40 12x12x1½ 102 178 334 16 26.1300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 348 16 30.2300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 349 16 30.9350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 344 16 24.3350x350x40 14x14x1½ 99 188 349 16 28.4350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 363 16 32.7350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 369 16 33.4350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 364 16 34.2400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 369 16 29.1400x400x40 16x16x1½ 103 205 374 16 33.8400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 388 16 38.5400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 389 16 39.2400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 389 16 39.9


16

Fabricated Reducing Teeswith Flanged Branch

Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends and flanged branch.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) Pressure with flange(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch CL150[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 388 16 31.7450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 202 394 16 32.0450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 408 16 33.0450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 409 16 37.0450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 409 16 41.2450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 430 16 49.9500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 412 16 35.8500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 215 418 16 36.0500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 432 16 37.0500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 433 16 41.4500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 433 16 45.9500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 454 16 54.8600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 460 16 51.9600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 266 467 16 52.0600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 480 16 53.0600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 481 16 58.2600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 481 16 63.4600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 502 16 73.7700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 521 16 59.3700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 266 527 16 59.3700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 541 16 60.5700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 542 16 66.5700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 542 16 72.6700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 563 16 84.5750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 546 16 63.2750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 266 552 16 63.4750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 566 16 64.4750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 567 16 70.8750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 567 16 77.1750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 588 16 89.8800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 571 16 66.9800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 266 576 16 67.2800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 590 16 68.1800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 590 16 74.9800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 590 16 81.6800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 610 16 94.9900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 621 16 78.3900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 291 627 16 78.6900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 641 16 79.6900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 642 16 87.0900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 642 16 94.4900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 663 16 109.21000x1000x25 40x40x1 120 530 672 16 92.31000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 120 530 677 16 92.61000x1000x50 40x40x2 120 530 691 16 93.71000x1000x80 40x40x3 132 542 692 16 103.0


17

Bushing Saddles

45° Laterals

Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch threaded bushings.* Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Maximum Average RequiredPipe Length Thickn. Working Weight AdhesiveSize α (B) (ts) Pressure Kits[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]50 2 180 100 14 16 0.5 1 - 80 3 180 100 14 16 0.6 1 - 100 4 180 100 14 16 0.8 1 -125 5 180 100 14 16 0.9 - 1150 6 180 100 14 16 1.0 - 1200 8 180 100 14 16 1.2 - 1250 10 180 100 14 16 1.6 1 1300 12 180 100 14 12 1.9 1 1350 14 180 100 14 12 2.1 1 1400 16 180 100 14 12 2.5 - 2450 18 90 100 14 12 3.3 - 1500 20 90 100 14 12 3.7 1 1600 24 90 100 14 12 4.4 - 2

* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.

Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock socking ends.

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Length Length Working WeightSize (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) Pressure [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]50 2 64 110 203 249 16 1.680 3 76 122 254 300 16 3.0100 4 76 122 305 351 16 3.9125 5 89 146 337 394 16 5.8150 6 89 146 368 425 16 6.8200 8 114 178 445 509 16 12.0250 10 127 197 521 591 12 21.0300 12 140 216 622 698 12 30.0350 14 140 229 622 711 12 39.0400 16 140 242 622 724 12 54.0

18

Concentric Reducers

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends. Nominal Laying Overall Maximum AveragePipe Size Length Length Working Weight(runxrun) (LL) (OL) Pressure [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]40x25 1½x1 32 91 16 0.250x25 2x1 64 137 16 0.350x40 2x1½ 32 110 16 0.580x40 3x1½ 76 154 16 0.580x50 3x2 54 146 16 0.5100x50 4x2 76 168 16 1.1100x80 4x3 73 165 16 0.9125x80 5x3 74 177 16 1.4125x100 5x4 74 177 16 1.5150x80 6x3 97 200 16 1.8150x100 6x4 94 197 16 1.8150x125 6x5 110 224 16 1.8200x100 8x4 138 248 16 2.9200x125 8x5 126 247 16 2.8200x150 8x6 98 219 16 2.7250x150 10x6 117 244 16 3.7250x200 10x8 105 239 16 3.6300x200 12x8 149 289 16 5.0300x250 12x10 137 283 16 4.6350x250 14x10 184 343 16 7.2350x300 14x12 178 343 16 7.3400x300 16x12 165 343 16 8.9400x350 16x14 152 343 16 9.0450x400 18x16 103 319 16 12.7500x400 20x16 225 454 16 22.6500x450 20x18 123 364 16 18.9600x400 24x16 453 733 16 48.4600x450 24x18 353 645 16 44.3600x500 24x20 230 535 16 38.5700x400 28x16 765 1045 16 79.0700x450 28x18 661 953 16 74.0700x500 28x20 542 847 16 69.0700x600 28x24 311 667 16 67.3750x400 30x16 876 1156 16 111.6750x450 30x18 775 1067 16 106.6750x500 30x20 653 958 16 99.6750x600 30x24 422 778 16 87.2750x700 30x28 111 467 16 57.2800x400 32x16 1023 1303 16 139.4800x450 32x18 920 1212 16 125.4800x500 32x20 798 1103 16 108.8800x600 32x24 570 926 16 94.3800x700 32x28 259 615 16 81.8800x750 32x30 148 504 16 70.9900x500 36x20 1029 1359 16 210.0900x600 36x24 799 1180 16 176.1900x700 36x28 487 868 16 140.2900x750 36x30 375 756 16 125.91000x900 40x36 285 898 16 182.0

19

Eccentric Reducers

Quick-Lock

Taper/Taper

Filament-wound Eccentric Reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends. Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Maximum AveragePipe Size Length Length Working Weight(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X) Pressure [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 16 0.250x25 2x1 100 173 13 16 0.350x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 16 0.580x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 16 0.580x50 3x2 108 200 14 16 0.5100x50 4x2 200 292 27 16 1.1100x80 4x3 93 185 12 16 0.9125x100 5x4 101 204 14 16 1.5150x80 6x3 293 396 39 16 1.8150x100 6x4 200 303 27 16 1.8150x125 6x5 100 214 13 16 1.8200x100 8x4 390 500 52 16 2.9200x150 8x6 190 311 25 16 2.7250x150 10x6 392 519 53 16 3.7250x200 10x8 202 336 27 16 3.6300x200 12x8 390 530 53 16 5.0300x250 12x10 190 336 26 16 4.6350x250 14x10 308 467 42 16 7.2350x300 14x12 118 283 16 16 7.3400x300 16x12 306 484 41 16 8.9400x350 16x14 188 379 25 16 9.0450x300 18x12 450 640 63 16 15.6450x350 18x14 322 525 43 16 14.2450x400 18x16 197 413 18 16 12.7500x400 20x16 324 553 39 16 23.0500x450 20x18 197 438 22 16 18.9600x400 24x16 580 860 93 16 48.0600x450 24x18 450 742 73 16 44.0600x500 24x20 325 630 48 16 39.0750x400 30x24 451 807 86 16 87.0900x400 36x24 832 1213 161 16 176.0

20

Hub Flanges

Heavy-Duty Flanges Filament-wound Heavy-Duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-40 inch) socket end. Nominal Laying Overall Maximum Average weight DIN 2632 DIN 2633Pipe Length Length Working ANSI ANSI Size (LL) (OL) Pressure B16.5 B16.5 CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg] 25 1 3 29 16 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.540 1½ 3 35 16 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.050 2 4 51 16 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.880 3 5 51 16 1.8 2.6 2.4 2.4100 4 5 51 16 2.8 3.8 2.7 2.7125 5 5 62 16 3.8 5.4 4.0 4.0150 6 6 63 16 4.5 6.7 4.9 4.9200 8 6 70 16 5.0 9.9 7.1 6.9250 10 6 76 16 9.5 13.2 9.1 9.8300 12 5 81 16 14.5 19.2 11.2 12.7350 14 8 97 16 20.5 29.8 18.6 20.5400 16 8 110 16 27.0 40.0 25.0 27.4450 18 10 114 16 32.0 - - -500 20 10 121 16 40.0 - - -600 24 11 138 16 58.0 - - -700 28 14 165 16 73.0 - - -750 30 14 178 16 88.0 - - -800 32 14 192 16 112.0 - - -900 36 14 178 16 116.0 - - -1000 40 15 245 16 162.0 - - -

Note: Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

1) Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 +5 is recom mended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.2) For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.3) Size 18-40 inch can be bonded directly to a fitting by using a Quick-Lock to Taper/Taper transition nipple. For bonding to pipe, a Quick Lock (straight) spigot has to be shaved on the pipe.

Filament-wound Hubbed flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-36 inch) socket end. Nominal Laying Overall Flange Maximum Average weight DIN 2632 DIN 2633Pipe Length Length Thickness Working ANSI ANSI Size Pressure B16.5 B16.5 (LL) (OL) (E) CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]50 2 4 51 30 12 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.080 3 5 51 30 12 1.5 1.8 1.6 1.1100 4 5 51 33 12 2.2 2.9 2.1 2.1125 5 5 62 47 12 3.7 4.9 3.6 3.6150 6 6 63 47 12 3.7 5.4 3.9 3.9200 8 6 70 54 12 6.2 8.4 6.0 6.0250 10 6 76 54 12 8.4 11.1 7.6 8.2300 12 5 81 56 12 12.3 15.3 9.0 10.2350 14 8 97 72 12 17.3 22.6 14.1 15.5400 16 8 110 85 12 26.0 32.9 20.6 22.6450 18 10 114 89 12 30.0 - - -500 20 10 121 96 12 35.0 - - -600 24 11 138 113 12 48.0 - - -700 28 14 165 114 12 67.0 - - -750 30 14 178 121 12 77.0 - - -800 32 14 192 124 12 85.0 - - -900 36 14 178 140 12 93.0 - - -

21

Stub-end Flanges

Steel Ring Flange forStub-end

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Filament-wound O-ring sealed stub-end flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) orTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends with loose steelrings. Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring Maximum AveragePipe Length Length Diameter to Face Working Weight Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Pressure Stub-end[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 10 37 51 10 16 0.140 1½ 10 42 73 10 16 0.250 2 10 56 92 10 16 0.280 3 10 56 127 10 16 0.4100 4 10 56 157 16 16 0.6125 5 10 67 186 16 16 1.0150 6 10 67 216 16 16 1.2200 8 10 74 270 16 16 1.8250 10 10 80 324 23 16 2.5300 12 10 86 378 23 16 3.3350 14 10 98 413 27 16 3.8400 16 10 112 470 27 16 5.7450 18 20 134 532 35 16 11.1500 20 20 147 580 39 16 13.2600 24 20 198 674 47 16 17.2700 28 20 198 800 51 16 21.0750 30 20 198 850 46 16 24.4800 32 20 198 900 48 16 21.8900 36 20 223 1000 53 16 30.81000 40 20 430 1100 58 16 470

Note: Up to 12 bar flat faced stub-ends suitable for elastomeric gaskets can be used.

From 12 bar and above O-ring sealed stub-ends should be used.Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 AveragePipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight Weight WeightSize CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 10 PN 16 (D) (D) (D) (D) [mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0 16 1.040 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7 16 1.750 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2 18 2.280 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0 20 3.0100 4 23.8 4.2 31.7 7.0 20 3.1 20 3.1125 5 23.8 4.4 34.9 9.5 22 3.6 23 3.8150 6 25.5 5.2 36.5 12.2 22 4.9 23 5.1200 8 28.8 8.5 41.3 18.3 25 7.1 27 7.3250 10 35.6 13.5 47.6 26.0 28 9.3 32 11.8300 12 40.0 23.0 50.8 38.7 29 10.7 35 15.4350 14 41.6 32.0 54.0 56.3 36 21.3 40 26.3400 16 47.9 42.0 58.2 70.1 40 26.6 44 33.0450 18 50.2 39.7 63.6 86.5 42 27.2 50 40.9500 20 52.0 50.6 66.5 104.1 45 34.7 54 59.8600 24 63.7 86.1 78.4 182.9 52 55.3 63 72.2700 28 69.0 100.5 95.6 213.4 57 78.8 59 101.9750 30 71.6 117.0 99.9 229.3 - - - -800 32 76.9 153.5 106.2 289.0 62 95.3 66 105.7900 36 85.4 197.2 117.7 424.1 66 111.8 71 125.11000 40 93.7 - 102.8 - 74 - 82 -

Note: Other materials and/or drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

22

Couplings

Blind Flanges

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Filament-wound blind flanges. Nominal Flange Maximum Average weight Average weightPipe Thickness Working ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 DIN 2632 DIN 2633Size (D) Pressure CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 10 PN 16[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]25 1 25 16 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.540 1½ 25 16 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.850 2 30 16 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.280 3 30 16 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.7100 4 35 16 1.7 3.6 2.6 2.7125 5 35 16 2.6 3.8 3.0 3.1150 6 40 16 2.9 5.7 4.4 4.6200 8 45 16 5.2 9.2 7.1 7.3250 10 50 16 7.2 13.8 10.6 11.5300 12 60 16 11.4 23.0 16.3 17.8350 14 65 16 16.4 31.0 23.0 25.0400 16 70 16 23.0 41.0 31.0 33.0450 18 70 16 43.0 52.0 40.0 43.0500 20 70 16 52.0 63.0 48.0 54.0600 24 85 16 85.0 106.0 79.0 91.0700 28 85 16 110.0 136.0 104.0 106.0750 30 90 16 132.0 160.0 129.0 116.0800 32 95 16 145.0 184.0 155.0 125.0900 36 100 16 206.0 239.0 191.0 192.0

Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) orTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends.

Nominal Laying Overall Outside Maximum Average Pipe Length Length Diameter Working WeightSize (LL) (OL) (OD) Pressure [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 10 64 42 16 0.1 40 1½ 10 74 58 16 0.150 2 10 102 72 16 0.380 3 10 102 100 16 0.4100 4 10 102 129 16 0.6125 5 10 124 153 16 0.9150 6 10 124 183 16 1.1 200 8 10 138 235 16 1.7 250 10 10 150 289 16 2.3 300 12 10 162 340 16 2.8 350 14 19 197 372 16 4.6 400 16 19 223 422 16 7.2 450 18 70 298 460 16 10.7500 20 70 324 514 16 13.0600 24 70 426 619 16 18.8700 28 70 426 742 16 23.5750 30 70 426 795 16 24.5800 32 70 426 848 16 27.0900 36 70 476 950 16 34.51000 40 70 890 1057 16 40.7

23

Nipples

Transition Nipples

Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) orTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.

Nominal Laying Gap* Maximum AveragePipe Length Working WeightSize (LL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]25 1 57 3 16 0.1 40 1½ 67 3 16 0.1 50 2 95 3 16 0.1 80 3 95 3 16 0.1 100 4 95 3 16 0.2 125 5 117 3 16 0.3150 6 118 3 16 0.4 200 8 130 3 16 0.6 250 10 143 3 16 0.9 300 12 156 3 16 1.1 350 14 184 3 16 3.1 400 16 210 3 16 4.4 450 18 278 50 16 5.9500 20 304 50 16 7.8600 24 406 50 16 12.0700 28 406 50 16 21.0750 30 406 50 16 22.0800 32 406 50 16 24.0900 36 456 50 16 36.01000 40 870 50 16 51.0

* Remaining gap after bonding.

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.

Nominal Laying Gap* Maximum AveragePipe Length Working WeightSize (LL) Pressure[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]450 18 238 19 16 6 500 20 263 25 16 7600 24 338 33 16 9700 28 374 44 16 15750 30 386 44 16 22800 32 400 44 16 30900 36 410 43 16 401000 40 685 45 16 45

* Remaining gap after bonding.

24

Grounding Saddles

Support Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.

Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Required Saddle RequiredPipe Angle Thickn. Weight Adhesive Weight Adhesive Size α ts B=100mm Kits B=150mm Kits[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6Oz] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz]25 1 180 14 0.2 1 - 0.3 1 - 40 1½ 180 14 0.3 1 - 0.5 1 -50 2 180 14 0.4 1 - 0.6 1 -80 3 180 14 0.5 1 - 0.8 - 1100 4 180 14 0.7 1 - 1.1 - 1125 5 180 14 0.8 - 1 1.2 - 1150 6 180 14 0.9 - 1 1.4 1 1200 8 180 14 1.1 - 1 1.7 1 1250 10 180 14 1.5 1 1 2.3 - 2300 12 180 14 1.8 1 1 2.7 1 2350 14 180 14 2.0 1 1 3.0 1 2400 16 180 14 2.4 - 2 3.6 - 3450 18 180 16 - - - 3.2 - 2500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 - 2600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 - 2700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 3750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 3800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 41000 40 180 16 - - - 8.2 - 4

Notes:1) Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as for anchoring purposes. Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°. Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm. 2) For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.3) Wear saddles are standard 90°. Weights of 90° degree saddles are 50% of value shown.

Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.

Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average RequiredPipe Angle Length Thickness Saddle AdhesiveSize α B ts Weight Kits[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3Oz]25 1 90 76 14 0.1 1 40 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 1 50 2 90 76 14 0.1 1 80 3 90 76 14 0.1 1 100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1 125 5 90 76 14 0.3 1150 6 90 76 14 0.3 1 200 8 45 76 14 0.2 1 250 10 45 76 14 0.2 1 300 12 45 76 14 0.2 1 350 14 45 76 14 0.3 1 400 16 45 76 14 0.3 1450 18 221/2 76 16 0.2 1500 20 221/2 76 16 0.2 1600 24 221/2 76 16 0.3 1700 28 221/2 76 16 0.3 2750 30 221/2 76 16 0.4 2800 32 221/2 76 16 0.4 3900 36 221/2 76 16 0.4 31000 40 221/2 76 16 0.5 3

Notes:1) Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting.

α

α

25

Bell Mouths Filament-wound bell mouths with adhesive-bonded HD-flange.

Nominal Overall Length of Internal Internal AveragePipe Length Bell Mouth Diameter Diameter Weight*Size (OL) (H1) (D1) (D2) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 269 115 110 110 3.180 3 274 120 220 220 5.0100 4 289 135 275 275 8.4 125 5 323 158 400 400 12.7 150 6 324 158 450 450 14.7 200 8 533 340 750 418 26.0 250 10 594 395 850 518 39.0 300 12 569 365 850 510 51.0 350 14 605 375 850 510 60.0 400 16 588 345 850 510 67.0450 18 627 360 900 548 90.0500 20 724 450 1100 548 119.0600 24 831 540 1300 648 171.0

* Weights provided are for bell mouth with CL150 flange.

26

Key-Lock Adapter forExpansion Coupling

Expansion Coupling

Taper/Taper

Assembly of doubleO-ring expansion joint

Quick-Lock

Filament-wound Key-Lock expansion coupling with integral double O-ring Key-Lock female end one side and double O-ring female end on other side.

Nominal Laying Overall O-ring Key Average Pipe Length Length Size Size WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 50 222 7 x 59.7 6 x 305 1.380 3 50 222 7 x 88.3 6 x 400 1.7100 4 50 222 7 x 113.7 6 x 483 3.5125 5 50 264 9 x 135 8 x 580 4.6150 6 50 270 10 x 161.3 8 x 660 6.6200 8 50 337 10 x 225.5 10 x 840 15.4250 10 50 356 12.5 x 302 12 x 1270 19.9300 12 50 410 12.5 x 342.3 15 x 1270 21.0 350 14 50 430 12.5 x 342.3 15 x 1360 25.0400 16 50 450 12.5 x 393.1 18 x 1585 32.0450 18 50 416 15.0 x 445.0 15x1750 27.0500 20 50 433 15.0 x 490.0 15x1930 32.0600 24 50 479 18.0 x 580.0 18x2240 52.0700 28 50 560 20.0 x 685.0 20x2700 99

Filament-wound double O-ring male Key-Lock adapter with integral Quick-Lock (2-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.

Nominal Laying Overal Pressure Weight Pipe Length Length Size (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]50 2 85 131 16 0.480 3 85 131 16 0.6100 4 85 131 16 0.9125 5 102 159 16 1.6150 6 105 162 16 1.8 200 8 138 202 16 5.1 250 10 148 218 16 11.8 300 12 175 251 16 14.6 350 14 185 274 16 10.7 400 16 195 297 16 15.9 450 18 193 307 16 19.5500 20 201 328 16 23.5600 24 224 402 16 25.0700 28 265 443 16 29.0750 30 272 450 16 34.0800 32 307 485 16 42.0900 36 362 465 16 50.01000 40 355 765 16 64.0

27

Double O-ring Adapterfor Expansion Coupling

Adhesive

Taper/Taper

Quick-Lock

Filament-wound double O-ring male adapter with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) orTaper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.

Nominal Laying Overall Average Pipe Length Length WeightSize (LL) (OL) [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]50 2 85 131 0.4 80 3 85 131 0.7 100 4 85 131 0.9 125 5 102 159 1.6 150 6 105 162 1.8 200 8 138 202 5.1 250 10 148 218 11.8 300 12 175 251 14.6 350 14 185 274 10.7 400 16 195 297 15.9450 18 193 307 19.5500 20 201 328 23.5600 24 224 402 25.0 700 28 265 443 29.0750 30 272 450 34.0800 32 307 485 42.0900 36 362 465 50.01000 40 355 765 64.0

Number of Adhesive Kits per joint.

Nominal Required Minimum numberPipe Adhesive Kit of Adhesive KitsSize Size required per joint[mm] [inch] [cm3] [Oz] nr.25 1 88.7 3 1/540 1½ 88.7 3 1/550 2 88.7 3 1/480 3 88.7 3 1/3 100 4 88.7 3 1/2125 5 88.7 3 1150 6 88.7 3 1200 8 88.7 3 1250 10 177.4 6 1300 12 177.4 6 1½350 14 177.4 6 2400 16 177.4 6 2450 18 177.4 6 2500 20 177.4 6 3 600 24 177.4 6 4700 28 177.4 6 4750 30 177.4 6 5800 32 177.4 6 5900 36 177.4 6 61000 40 177.4 6 6

Notes: 1) Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the surplus must be discarded.2) Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles.3) For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.

28

Field testing

Surge pressure


Conversions

Consult de following literature for recommendations pertaining design, installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:



Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

Pipe system is designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.

Maximum allowable surge pressure is max. 150% of rated pressure.

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2


Specials



FP 918 A 02/12



This document describes the method to assemble Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock) adhesive bonded joints.To ensure that the performance of the installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that all personnel involved in the bonding procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this document.

The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances that might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in order to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.

Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about specific problems encountered in the field.

Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.

Definition of words used in these instructions:- The word “shall” indicates a requirement- The word “should” indicates a recommendation.

These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:

Documentation Reference numberOperating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver FP 696Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets FP 730RP60B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings FP 458Operating instructions for B-1 Tool pipe shaver FP 810

It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer or a Qualified Certifier.

After preparation of spigot- and bell end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed continuously and without any interruption or delay.

All pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline/piping system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual bonding activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.

Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or leakage.The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit.Make sure that storage of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.

Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and those in the referenced instructions.

Assembly instructions for Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock®)adhesive-bonded joints

2. References

3. Quality

4. Inspection

1. Introduction

3

Table of contents

1. General 1

2. References 1

3. Quality 1

4. Inspection 1

5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions 45.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end 45.2 Unprepared and prepared surface 45.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces 45.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end 55.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end 5

6. Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot end 66.1 Cutting of pipe 66.2 Shaving of pipe end 7 - 8

7. Preparing for bonding 97.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces 97.2 Dry fit and marking 97.3 Installation of pulling equipment 9

8. Bonding 108.1 Preparation of adhesive 108.2 Application of adhesive 108.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell 118.4 Curing of the adhesive 12

9. Materials, tools and consumables 139.1 Materials 139.2 Tools 139.3 Consumables 13

10. Health and safety 14

Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint 15Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process 15Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process 16

Annex B Minimum cut length 17

Annex C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot 18Annex C Table of Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot 18

Annex D Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints 19

11. Important notice 20

4

5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditionsThis section gives descriptions of specific conditions of the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding surfaces.

5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell endBoth, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined) pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).

5.2 Unprepared and prepared surfaceAn unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich layers. A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process, the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for contamination.

5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfacesIf the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary measures must be taken to create an environment where the bonding process can be performed under conditioned circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC. If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC, protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and 40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point. Precautionary measures shall be taken to guarantee the compliance with the required humidity and temperature conditions during the complete bonding procedure.

Fig. 5.1.a

5

5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell endA machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.

5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell endThe sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hoursfrom the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).

Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigotends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, aflapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.

The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.

Fig. 5.5.a

Fig. 5.5.b

Fig. 5.5.c

6

6. Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot endIn case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the pipe length has to be adjusted or a cylindrical spigot end has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step in the activities to complete the bonding procedure.

6.1 Cutting of pipea Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant requirements stated in section 5).

b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped on a pipe vice. Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of 2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.

c Determine the required length from the product drawing or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).

d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the minimum cut length (see Annex B).

e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.

f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.e and table 6.1.f).

Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end

ID (mm) A (mm)

25 - 400 ± 3

Fig. 6.1.c

Fig. 6.1.d

Fig. 6.1.e

7

6.2 Shaving of pipe enda Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a). To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable shaver instructions (see section 2).

b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant requirements in section 5) and must be adequately supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).

c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a maximum shaving feed of 2 mm. Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might have an unequal thickness over the circumference.

Fig. 6.2.a.

Fig. 6.2.b

Fig. 6.2.c

8

d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot dimensions (see Annex C, table C) are achieved. Indications of the spigot dimensions are obtained by measuring these dimensions while the shaver is mounted.

The spigot diameter (S1) is determined at about half of the spigot length (SA) (see fig. 6.2.d1). The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at a number (3 - 6) of positions at the end of the spigot, equally spaced in the circumference (see fig. 6.2.d2).

The actual spigot dimensions shall be determined after dismantling of the shaver from the pipe end. The spigot dimensions shall comply with the requirements of Annex C, table C.

• Incaseofnon-compliancewithdimensional requirements, following corrective action shall be taken:

In case of non-compliance with dimensional requirements, following corrective actions shall be taken: Cut the shaved spigot end and put the left pipe section aside; this section can be used for a shorter assembly. Continue the assembly process starting from section 6.1.

Fig. 6.2.d1

Fig. 6.2.d2

9

7. Preparing for bondingBefore any actual bonding activity can start, the spigot- and bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous to assemble more joints at the same time see adhesive instructions (section 2).

7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfacesa Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements stated in section 5.

Note: The maximum number of sanding operations for each of the bonding surfaces, either the spigot- or the bell end, is two.In case the spigot is re-sanded the relevant spigot dimensions shall be checked by measuring.For dimensional requirements see Annex C, table C.

Determine the spigot diameter (S1).The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at a number (>= 6) of positions at the end of the spigot, equally spaced in the circumference.

In case the number of sanding operations of the bonding surfaces is more than two, or the spigot dimensions are not in compliance with the requirements, the product shall not be used or the spigot end shall be cut.

7.2 Dry fit and markingIn order to be able to check the required final position of the spigot relative to the bell, the joint of a pipe and a fitting is marked with an alignment mark.

Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the bell, continuing on the outer surface of the pipe containing the shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2).

7.3 Installation of pulling equipmenta If possible, the Conical-Cylindrical adhesive bonded joint is assembled without the use of mechanical pulling equipment. However, starting from DN200 (8”) it is allowed to mount the spigot in the bell using pulling equipment.

b The pulling equipment is installed on both sides of the joint; normally two winches will suffice. The position of the winches is equally spaced over the circumference of the parts to be jointed in order to realise centric entrance of the spigot in the bell. Make sure there is enough space to apply adhesive on the bonding surfaces.

c Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed as well as the support during the bonding operation.

Fig. 7.2

10

8. BondingThe actual bonding starts with the preparation of the adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after completion of curing of the adhesive.The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed continuously and without any interruption or delay, within the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that the period within mixing of the adhesive components until the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the potlife/working life.

8.1 Preparation of adhesivea Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if applicable. Determine the number of adhesive kits required for one joint, or the number of joints which can be made with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive, reference is made to the relevant document (see section 2).

b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the requirements stated in the relevant document (see section 2).

c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix procedure.

d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the temperature rises significantly.

8.2 Application of adhesivea Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula must be cleaned first.

b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive (hardly any thickness).

c Apply a thin (0.5 – 0.8 mm) and uniform layer of adhesive on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the bell end. Apply a somewhat thicker (0.8 – 1.0 mm) and uniform layer of adhesive on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the spigot end. Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary to avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the joint, resulting in flow restrictions. Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of the spigot and on the pipe stop shoulder in the bell end (see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).

d Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces and prevent any contamination.

Fig. 8.2.c

Fig. 8.2.d

11

8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bella Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible. Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.

b Insert the spigot in the bell and push it home while rotating slowly one quarter of a rotation, if possible. Pay attention to the alignment mark on the outer surface with regard to the orientation of the parts to be jointed.

c When using pulling equipment for joints DN >200mm (8”), the winches are hooked, each winch is equally loaded and the sections to be bonded are pulled together with a smooth movement.

d Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the bell until the entrance of the spigot is stopped by the shoulder in the bell.

NoteContinuation of activities on the pipeline/piping system may never result in displacement of the position of the spigot relative to the bell in whatever direction or orientation.

e Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface (see fig. 8.3.d1) and if possible from the inside of the joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a plug (see fig. 8.3.d2).

Fig. 8.3.d1

Fig. 8.3.d2

12

8.4 Curing of the adhesivea Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.

b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond area and keeping the power supply cable free from the blanket. Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a string or steel wire and assuring an optimal surface contact with the bell (see fig. 8.4.b).

c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position the overlap outside the insulation.

d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent). Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught. Insulating material should overlap the sides of the blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).

e Apply electric power to the heating blanket. If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such that the surface temperature of the jointed parts complies with the requirements stated in the relevant adhesive instructions (see section 2). Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at the start and at the end of the curing process by measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a (digital) thermometer.

f The curing time starts when the required surface temperature of the jointed components is reached. Write the starting time of the curing on the pipe, next to the heating blanket (see fig. 8.4.d). For the required curing time, see Annex D.

g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange. For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts, after the excess adhesive has been removed from the inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).

h If the curing process does not comply with the requirements of the curing cycle, the complete curing cycle shall be repeated.

i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be switched off after completion of the curing time and after having checked the surface temperature for the last time. Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on the pipe. It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that the adhesive is cured. Allow the joint to cool down before loading mechanically or hydrostatically

Fig. 8.4.b

Fig. 8.4.d

Fig. 8.4.g

13

9. Materials, tools and consumables9.1 Materials• Adhesive*

9.2 Tools• Shaver*• Heatingblanket(plustemperaturecontroller,if applicable)*

• Measuringtapeand/orfoldingrule• Verniercalliper• Pi-tape• Pipefitters’wrap-around• Levelandmarker• Pipeviceorstablesupports(brackets)withrubber coated clamping device• Hacksaw,discgrinderorpowerjigsaw• Protractor• Smallelectricalorairdrivengrindingmachine• Pairsofwhinchesorcome-alongs(ifapplicable)• Pairsofbandclampswithpullerrings(ifapplicable)• Insulationmaterialorblankets• Digitaltemperaturegaugeforsurfacetemperature measurement• Dewpointmeter• Thermometer• Relativehumiditymeter• Infra-redthermometer• Hotairblower(ifapplicable)• Tenting(subjecttoweatherconditions)

* Tobesuppliedbythepipemanufacturer.

9.3 Consumables• Cuttingdisks• Emerydisks,emerycups,emerycloth,flapperwheels (all grade P40 to P60)• Spatula(rubberscraperplate,fillingknife),markerpen, dust (paint) brush• Rubbergloves,workinggloves,dustmasks,safety goggles• Cleaningplug• Overalls,safetyshoes,safetyhelmet• Cleaningrags,cleaningfluidsuchasacetone,Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)

14

10. Health and safetyWhen working with GRE products, following safety precautions shall be taken:• Wearatalltimesuitableprotectiveclothing.• UsePersonnelProtectiveEquipment(PPE),suchas: - Long sleeves - Hard head (if required by site conditions) - Safety shoes - Glasses - Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection) - Dust mask (during machining and sanding) - Ear protection (during mechanical operations)

For health and safety data reference is made to the applicable instructions (see section 2).

15

Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint

Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process

Yes

Cutting pipe

Check pipe surface and ambient conditions

Shaving pipe end

Adhesive bondingprocess

Spigot dimensioning process

see section 5

see section 6.1

see section 6.2

see Annex A2

Check spigot dimensions:

diameter, length,

Too small,too big, out of

tolerance

OK

Not OK see section 6.2.d

16

Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process

Check pipe surface and ambient

conditions

Sandingspigot and socket

Cleanspigot and socket

Markingspigot

Installationpulling equipment

Control temperature of spigot, socket and

adhesive

Preparation adhesive

Applying adhesive

Assembly

Curing see section 8.4

Adhesive bonding process

see section 5

see section 5.5

see section 5.4

see section 7.2

see section 7.3

see section 7.1, 8.1

see section 8.1

see section 8.2

see section 8.3

17

Annex B Minimum cut length

Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Conical-Cylindrical bell - spigot

Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)

ID ID PN (bar)

(mm) (inch) 12 16 20

25 1 - - 150

40 1½ - - 150

50 2 - - 150

80 3 - - 150

100 4 - - 150

125 5 - 170 -150 6 - 170 -200 8 185 - -250 10 250 - -300 12 250 - -350 14 250 - -400 16 270 - -

Lo

ID

18

Annex C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot

Fig. C Conical-Cylindrical Spigot dimensions

*(Tnom) = Nominal wall thickness of the spigot (for reference only)*S1 =NominalSpigotDiameter*SA =NominalSpigotLength

PN ID ID Tmin* Tmax* S1* S1* SA* SA*

min max min max

(bar) (mm) (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

20

25 1 2.6 3.2 32.6 32.9 25.5 28.5

40 1½ 2.6 3.2 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.5

50 2 3 3.6 59.2 59.6 49 52

80 3 2.8 3.4 87.6 88 49 52

100 4 3.5 4.1 112.5 112.9 49 52

16125 5 3.7 4.3 139.5 139.9 58.5 61.5

150 6 3.5 4.1 166.2 166.6 59 62

12

200 8 3.9 4.7 217.1 217.5 65 68

250 10 3.9 4.9 271.3 271.7 71 74

300 12 3.8 5 322.2 322.6 78 81

350 14 4.2 5.6 353.8 354.2 89 92

400 16 4.6 6.2 404.1 404.5 103 106

Table C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot

T

19

Annex D Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints

Conical-Cylindrical joints - Standard(BS 2000, 4000 & 7000 series)

1-16 inch (25-400mm)

Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine(BS 2000M & 7000M series)

≤6” (≤150mm)

Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine(BS 2000M & 7000M series)

8-16 inch (200-400mm)

Pipe-to-pipe joints 60 90

Pipe-to-fitting joints 90 90

Pipe-to-flange joints 60 60

Note 1: Curing time starts when the required surface temperature (125°C) of the jointed components is reached.Note 2: Pipe-to-flange joints are cured from the inside.



F6301 06/12



Assembly instructions for Taper (Taper/Taper) adhesive-bonded joints

2. References

This document describes the method to assemble taper adhesive-bonded joints. To ensure that the performance of the installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that all personnel involved in the bonding procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this document.

The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances that might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in order to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.

Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about specific problems encountered in the field.

Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.

“The word shall indicates a requirement. The word should indicates a recommendation”.

These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:

Documentation Reference numberOperating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver FP 919

Operating instructions M87 Pipe Shaver FP 454

Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver FP 455

Operating instructions M95 Pipe Shaver FP 925

Operational safety instructions ---

Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets FP 730

RP60 B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings FP 458

It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer or a Qualified Certifier.

After preparation of bell- and spigot end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed continuously and without any interruption or delay.

3. Quality

4. InspectionAll pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual bonding activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.

Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or leakage. The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit. Make sure that storage of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.

Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and those in the referenced instructions.

1. Introduction

3

Table of contents

1. General 1

2. References 1

3. Quality 1

4. Inspection 1

5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions 45.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end 45.2 Unprepared and prepared surface 45.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces 45.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end 55.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end 5

6. Dimensioning of taper spigot end 66.1 Cutting of pipe 66.2 Shaving of pipe end 7 - 9

7. Preparing for bonding 107.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces 107.2 Dry fit and marking 107.3 Installation of pulling equipment 11

8. Bonding 128.1 Preparation of adhesive 128.2 Application of adhesive 128.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell 138.4 Curing of the adhesive 14

9. Materials, tools and consumables 159.1 Materials 159.2 Tools 159.3 Consumables 15

10. Health and safety 16

Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper-Taper bonded joint 17Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process 17Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process 18

Annex B Minimum cut length 19

Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot 20Annex C1 Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (10 bar) 20 Annex C2 Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (16 bar) 21Annex C3 Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (20 bar) 22Annex C4 Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (25 bar) 23

Annex D Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper Spigot 24 - 25

Annex E Determine required curing time 26Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints 26Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fitting joints 26

11. Important notice 28

4

5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditionsThis section gives descriptions of specific conditions of the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding surfaces.

5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or unprepared bell endBoth, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined) pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).

5.2 Unprepared and prepared surfaceAn unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich layers. A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process, the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for contamination.

5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfacesIf the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary measures must be taken to create an environment where the bonding process can be performed under conditioned circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC. If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC, protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and 40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point.

Fig. 5.1.a

Precautionary measures shall be taken to guarantee the compliance with the required humidity and temperature conditions during the complete bonding procedure.

5

5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell endA machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination, cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned surface nor allow it to be contaminated.

5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell endThe sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hoursfrom the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections 5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).

Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigotends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, aflapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.

The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.

Fig. 5.5.a

Fig. 5.5.b

Fig. 5.5.c

6

6. Dimensioning of taper spigot endIn case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the pipe length has to be adjusted or a tapered spigot end has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step in the activities to complete the bonding procedure.

6.1 Cutting of pipea Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant requirements stated in section 5).

b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped on a pipe vice. Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of 2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.

c Determine the required length from the product drawing or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).

d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the minimum cut length (see Annex B).

e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.

f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.f and table 6.1.f).

Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end

ID (mm) A (MM)

25 - 600 ± 3

700 - 900 ± 4

1000 - 1200 ± 6

L L

Fig. 6.1.c

Fig. 6.1.d

Fig. 6.1.f

7

6.2 Shaving of pipe enda Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a). To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable shaver instructions (see section 2).

b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant requirements in section 5) and must be adequately supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).

c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a maximum shaving feed of 2 mm. Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might have an unequal thickness over the circumference.

Fig. 6.2.a.

Fig. 6.2.b

Fig. 6.2.c

8

d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot dimension (see Annex C) is achieved. Measurement of the nose thickness (T) at a number spots (3 - 6) in the circumference of the head of the spigot (see fig. 6.2.d) can be used to obtain an indication of having achieved the required spigot diameter (S1).

e Use an unprepared (dummy) bell to check the correctness of the shaved spigot end dimensions by determining the actual insert depth of the spigot in the bell. Mark the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy) bell on the section containing the spigot end (see fig. 6.2.e). The spigot diameter (S1) is checked by comparing the actual insert depth with the allowable values of the insert depth (see Annex C). The actual insert depth shall comply with the following requirement: The actual insert depth shall be: - Equal to or smaller than the maximum insert depth - Equal to or greater than the minimum insert depth. (Minimuminsertdepth≤Actualinsertdepth ≤Maximuminsertdepth).

If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy) bell is too long (> maximum insert depth, Annex C, table C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too small. Choose for one of the following corrective actions: - Cut the shaved length to comply with the required insert depth. - Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved length and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1

If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy) bell is too short (<minimum insert depth, see Annex C, table C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too big. Choose for the following corrective action:

Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved length and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1.

Fig. 6.2.d

Fig. 6.2.e

9

f The eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID) is determined from a number(≥6)ofmeasurementsofthenosethickness(T) in the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1). The maximum allowable difference between the measured nose thicknesses (Tolmax) is indicated in table C1 of Annex C. An explanation of a check of the eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter is given in Annex D, Re. 2.

If the actual tolerance on the nose thickness (Tolact) is too big (> Tolmax, see Annex C, table C1), this means that the eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID) is too big.Choose for the following corrective action:

Cut the shaved spigot at about 50% of the shaved length and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1.

Note:Shaving the spigot diameter (S1) 1 mm smaller (nose thickness 0.5 mm less) results in an additional insert depth of the spigot in the bell depending on the taper angle (see fig. N1):- For a taper angle α= 1.75 º, the additional insert depth= 16.4 mm.- For a taper angle α= 2.50 º, the additional insert depth= 11.5 mm.

insert depth

add. insert depth

Fig. N1

10

7. Preparing for bondingBefore any actual bonding activity can start, the spigot and bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous to assemble more joints at the same time.

7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfacesa Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements stated in section 5.

Note: The maximum number of sanding operations for each of the bonding surfaces, either the bell or the spigot, is two. In case a bonding surface is subjected to more than two sanding operations the dimensions shall be checked by determination of the insert depth of the spigot in the bell to be bonded. In this situation, the check of the insert depth shall be performed with the actual bell of the joint to be made, instead of using a dummy bell end.

7.2 Dry fit and markinga A joint of two pipe sections is marked with an insertion mark. A joint of a pipe and a fitting is marked with an insertion mark as well as an alignment mark.

b In order to be able to check the required final position of the spigot relative to the bell a marking shall be made on the outer surface: - An insertion mark is made on the pipe containing the spigot end in order to check the insert depth of the spigot in the bell. - An alignment mark is made on both, the bell and the pipe containing the spigot, in order to check the required orientation.

c For an insertion mark: Measure distance Y (see Annex D, Table D1) back from the head of the spigot and scribe a line in circumferential direction on the outer surface of the pipe (see fig. 7.2.c).

Note:Y is derived from the following equation: Y= Minimum insert depth + X (Eq.1) Where: - For Minimum insert depth see Annex C, Table C1. - X is taken as a default value of 50 mm in Annex D, Table D1. In case the value of X = 50 mm is not workable, choose another practical value of X and determine Y using equation (Eq.1).

Fig. 7.2.c

11

d For an alignment mark: Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the bell, continuing on the outer surface of the pipe containing the shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2.d).

7.3 Installation of pulling equipmenta The mechanical equipment to pull the spigot centrically in the bell is installed on both sides of the joint (see fig. 7.3.a). Normally two winches will suffice; if needed more winches can be used. The position of the winches is equally spaced over the circumference of the parts to be jointed in order to realise centric entrance of the spigot in the bell. Make sure that there will be sufficient space to apply adhesive on the bonding surfaces.

b Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed as well as the support during the bonding operation.

Fig. 7.3.a

Fig. 7.2.d

12

8. BondingThe actual bonding starts with the preparation of the adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after completion of curing of the adhesive.The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed continuously and without any interruption or delay, within the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that the period within mixing of the adhesive components until the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the potlife/working life.

8.1 Preparation of adhesivea Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if applicable. Determine the number of adhesive kits required for one joint, or the number of joints which can be made with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive, reference is made to the relevant document (see section 2).

b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the requirements stated in the relevant document (see section 2).

c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix procedure.

d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the temperature rises significantly.

8.2 Application of adhesivea Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula must be cleaned first.

b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive (hardly any thickness).

c Applyathin(≈0.5mm)anduniformlayerofadhesive on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the spigot end. Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary to avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the joint, resulting in flow restrictions. Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of the spigot (see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).

d Make sure to apply sufficient adhesive on the cylindrical end of the spigot that will be covered by the bell (see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).

e Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces and prevent any contamination.

Fig. 8.2.c

Fig. 8.2.d

13

8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bella Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible. Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.

b Insert the spigot in the bell and pay attention to the alignment mark on the outer surface with regard to the orientation of the parts to be jointed.

c Hook the winches, apply an equal load on each winch and pull the sections to be bonded in a smooth movement together until the spigot does not enter anymore into the bell (see fig. 8.3.c); respect the marking on the outer surface. Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the bell until the joint is firmly fixed together.

d Determine the distance (Dist) measured from the head of the bell to the insertion mark (see fig. 8.3.d); this distance (Dist) shall comply with the requirement stated in Annex D, Re. 1. The distance (Dist) may depend on the type of adhesive.

e It may be necessary to create some space between the winch cables and the pipe outside to ease positioning of the heating blanket. The load on the pulling equipment may only be changed within the potlife/working life of the adhesive.

Note:Continuation of activities on the pipeline system may never influence the load on the pulling equipment in either positive or negative sense.

g Keep the tension load on the pulling equipment until the adhesive is fully cured. If the load on the jointed parts is released within the potlife/working life of the adhesive, the bonding procedure shall be repeated starting from section 8.2. If the load on the jointed parts is released after the potlife/working life of the adhesive, but before completion of the curing cycle, then the joint is rejected and the bonding procedure shall be repeated starting from section 7.

h Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface (see fig. 8.3.h) and if possible from the inside of the joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a plug (see fig. 8.3.h.1).

Fig. 8.3.c

Fig. 8.3.d

Fig. 8.3.h

Fig. 8.3.h.1

14

8.4 Curing of the adhesivea The tension on the pulling equipment shall not be changed until completion of the cure of the adhesive. Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.

b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond area and keeping the power supply cable free from the blanket. Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a string or steel wire and assuring an optimal surface contact with the bell (see fig. 8.4.b). More details can be found in the heating blanket instruction (see section 2).

c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position the overlap outside the insulation.

d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent). Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught. Insulating material should overlap the sides of the blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).

e Apply electric power to the heating blanket. If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such that the surface temperature of the jointed parts complies with the requirements stated in the relevant adhesive instructions (see section 2). Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at the start and at the end of the curing process by measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a (digital) thermometer.

f The curing time starts when the required surface temperature of the jointed components is reached. Write the starting time of the curing on the pipe, next to the heating blanket. For the required curing time see Annex E.

g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange. For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts, after the excess adhesive has been removed from the inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).

h If the curing time or the curing temperature does not comply with the requirements of the curing cycle, the complete curing cycle shall be repeated. i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be switched off after completion of the curing time and after having checked the surface temperature for the last time. Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on the pipe. It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that the adhesive is cured. Allow the joint to cool down before loading mechanically or hydrostatically.

Fig. 8.4.b

Fig. 8.4.d

Fig. 8.4.g

15

9. Materials, tools and consumables9.1 Materials• Adhesive*

9.2 Tools• Shaver*• Heatingblanket* (plus temperature controller, if applicable)• Dummyofbellend*

• Measuringtapeand/orfoldingrule• Verniercalliper• Pipefitters’wrap-around• Levelandmarker• Pipeviceorstablesupports(brackets)withrubber coated clamping device• Hacksaw,discgrinderorpowerjigsaw• Smallelectricalorairdrivengrindingmachine• Pairsofwinchesorcome-alongs• Pairsofbandclampswithpullerrings• Insulationmaterialorblankets• Digitaltemperaturegaugeforsurfacetemperature measurement• Dewpointmeter• Temperaturemeter• Relativehumiditymeter• Digitalthermometerformeasurementofsurface temperature during curing process• Hotairblower• Tenting(subjecttoweatherconditions)

* To be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.

9.3 Consumables• Cuttingdisks• Emerydisks,emerycups,emerycloth,flapperwheels (all grade P40 to P60)• Spatula(rubberscraperplate,fillingknife),markerpen, dust (paint) brush• Rubbergloves,workinggloves,dustmasks,safety goggles• Cleaningplug• Overalls,safetyshoes,safetyhelmet• Cleaningrags,cleaningfluidsuchasacetone,Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)

16

10. Health and safetyWhen working with GRE products, following safety precautions shall be taken:• Wearatalltimesuitableprotectiveclothing.• UsePersonnelProtectiveEquipment(PPE),suchas: - Long sleeves - Hard head (if required by site conditions) - Safety shoes - Glasses - Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection) - Dust mask (during machining and sanding) - Ear protection (during mechanical operations)

For health and safety data reference is made to the applicable instructions (see section 2).

17

Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper bonded joint

OK

Not OK

Yes

No

OK

Not OK Yes

Cutting Pipe


conditions

Shaving Pipe

Adhesive bondingprocess

Cut to length or make new spigot

Spigot dimensioning process

see section 5

see section 6 .1

see section 6.2

see section 6.2.e

see Annex A2

Check insert depth

see section 6.2.f

Too long

Check tolerance nose

thickness

Too big

Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process

18

Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process


conditions

Sandingspigot and socket

Cleanspigot and socket

Markingspigot

Installationpulling equipment

Control temperature of spigot, socket and

adhesive

Preparation adhesive

Applying adhesive

Assembly

Curing see section 8.4

Adhesive bonding process

see section 5

see section 5.5

see section 5.4

see section 7.2

see section 7.3

see section 7.1, 8.1

see section 8.1

see section 8.2

see section 8.3

19

Annex B Minimum cut length

Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Taper bell - Taper spigot

Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)

Inch mm 10 16 20 252 50 500 500 500 500

3 80 500 500 500 500

4 100 500 500 500 500

6 150 500 500 500 500

8 200 580 580 580 640

10 250 580 610 610 670

12 300 580 640 640 700

14 350 580 640 640 700

16 400 610 670 670 730

18 450 610 670 670 730

20 500 610 700 720 860

24 600 610 730 730 860

28 700 870 1150

30 750 870 1150

32 800 870 1150

36 900 900 1060

ID PN (bar)

20

Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (10 bar)

Fig. C1 Dimensions Taper spigot

Note:For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fitFor spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fitDry fit insertion depth = according table Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mmUsing filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mmEccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest

Nominal Pipe size

mm inch

Shave angleα (°)

+/- 10’

EccentricTolerance

mm

DRY FIT insert depth

Ds

+/- 5mm

Nose thickness(reference)

(Tnom)

mm

Spigot diameter

(reference)(S1)

mm

Spigot Length

(reference)(SA)

mm50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2

80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2

100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 26.2

150 6 2.5 0.6 50 1.0 161.0 22.9

200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 36.6

250 10 2.5 0.8 80 1.0 264.9 45.8

300 12 2.5 0.9 80 1.0 315.7 55.0

350 14 2.5 1.1 80 1.5 347.4 48.1

400 16 2.5 1.2 110 1.5 396.7 55.0

450 18 2.5 1.4 110 1.5 436.8 59.5

500 20 2.5 1.5 110 2.0 486.1 66.4

600 24 2.5 1.8 110 2.0 582.6 80.2

700 28 1.75 2.1 140 4.0 708.0 81.8

750 30 1.75 2.3 140 4.0 758.0 88.4

800 32 1.75 2.4 170 4.0 808.0 94.9

900 36 1.75 2.7 200 4.0 908.0 111.3

1000 40 1.75 3.0 200 4.5 1007.5 117.8

Table C1 Shaving dimensions 10 bar

General pipe info 10 bar

21




Nominal Pipe size

mm inch

Shave angleα (°)

+/- 10’

EccentricTolerance

mm


Ds

+/- 5mm


(Tnom)

mm

Spigot diameter

(reference)(S1)

mm

Spigot Length

(reference)(SA)

mm50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2

80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2

100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 32.7

150 6 2.5 0.6 50 1.0 161.0 34.4

200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 45.8

250 10 2.5 0.8 110 1.0 264.9 64.1

300 12 2.5 0.9 140 1.0 315.7 80.2

350 14 2.5 1.1 140 1.5 347.4 77.9

400 16 2.5 1.2 170 1.5 396.7 93.9

450 18 2.5 1.4 170 1.5 436.8 107.6

500 20 2.5 1.5 200 2.0 486.1 112.2

600 24 2.5 1.8 230 2.5 583.6 130.6

700 28 1.75 2.1 230 5.5 711.0 147.3

750 30 1.75 2.3 260 6.0 762.0 153.8

800 32 1.75 2.4 290 5.5 811.0 193.1

900 36 1.75 2.7 260 6.0 912.0 222.6

1000 40 1.75 3.0 230 8.0 1014.5 202.9



22




Nominal Pipe size

mm inch

Shave angleα (°)

+/- 10’

EccentricTolerance

mm


Ds

+/- 5mm


(Tnom)

mm

Spigot diameter

(reference)(S1)

mm

Spigot Length

(reference)(SA)

mm50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2

80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2

100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 32.7

150 6 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 161.0 43.5

200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 57.3

250 10 2.5 0.8 110 1.0 264.9 75.6

300 12 2.5 0.9 140 1.0 315.7 96.2

350 14 2.5 1.1 140 1.5 347.4 93.9

400 16 2.5 1.2 170 1.5 396.7 114.5

450 18 2.5 1.4 170 1.5 436.8 128.3

500 20 2.5 1.5 200 2.0 486.1 132.8

600 24 2.5 1.8 230 2.5 583.6 162.6

700 28 1.75 2.1 290 5.5 711.0 193.1

750 30 1.75 2.3 230 6.0 762.0 202.9

800 32 1.75 2.4 320 6.5 813.0 216.0

900 36 1.75 2.7 260 7.5 915.0 232.4



23




Nominal Pipe size

mm inch

Shave angleα (°)

+/- 10’

EccentricTolerance

mm


Ds

+/- 5mm


(Tnom)

mm

Spigot diameter

(reference)(S1)

mm

Spigot Length

(reference)(SA)

mm50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2

80 3 1.75 0.6 80 1.0 83.8 29.5

100 4 1.75 0.6 80 1.0 107.2 45.8

150 6 2.5 0.6 110 1.0 161.0 55.0

200 8 2.5 0.6 140 1.0 210.8 80.2

250 10 2.5 0.8 170 1.5 265.9 91.6

300 12 2.5 0.9 200 1.5 316.7 116.8

350 14 2.5 1.1 170 2.0 348.4 123.7

400 16 2.5 1.2 230 2.5 398.7 135.1

450 18 2.5 1.4 200 2.5 438.8 153.5

500 20 2.5 1.5 230 3.0 488.1 164.9

600 24 2.5 1.8 260 3.5 585.6 201.6

700 28 1.75 2.1 260 7.0 714.0 238.9

750 30 1.75 2.3 290 8.0 766.0 242.2

800 32 1.75 2.4 290 8.5 817.0 258.6



24

Annex D Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper spigotThe correctness of the shaving dimensions of the taper spigot end is checked by measurement of: 1. The insert depth of the spigot in the bell 2. The actual tolerance on the nose thickness

Note:The nominal Spigot Length (SA) is given in Annex C, Table C1, for reference only. The Spigot Length (SA) shall not be used as quality criterion.

Re. 1 The insert depth of the spigot in the bellA check of the required minimum insert depth of the spigot in the bell, after assembly of the spigot in the bell, is performed by measurement of the distance (Dist) from the head of the bell to the insertion mark (see section 8.3.d).

A correct insertion depth shall comply with the following requirement:

Filled adhesive (e.g. RP 60 B / RP 34)(X-10)≤Dist≤X (Eq.D1)

Unfilled adhesive (e.g. RP 48 / RP 44, RP 55)(X-10)≤Dist≤(X+10)(Eq.D2)

Example for position of insertion mark(see section 7.2.c, fig. D1 and fig. D2):

In case for X= 50 mm is chosen, the insertion mark shall be scribed at a distance Y (mm), measured from the head of the spigot; for Y see following table D1.

Fig. D1

Fig. D2

Inch mm 10 16 20 252 50 95 95 95 95

3 80 95 95 95 125

4 100 95 95 95 125

6 150 95 95 125 155

8 200 125 125 125 185

10 250 125 155 155 215

12 300 125 185 185 245

14 350 125 185 185 215

16 400 155 215 215 275

18 450 155 215 215 245

20 500 155 245 245 275

24 600 155 275 275 305

28 700 185 275 335 305

30 750 185 305 275 335

32 800 215 335 365 335

36 900 245 305 305

40 1000 245 275

Nominal pipe size PN (bar)

25

Table D1 Position insertion mark at distance Y (mm) from head of the spigot, for X=50mm

Re. 2 Eccentricity of spigot endA check of the deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is an indirect method to check the eccentricity of the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).The deviation of the nose thickness (Tdev) is obtained from measurements of the nose thickness (T) in the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1), (see fig. D3).

The minimum value of the deviation on the nose thickness (Tdevmin)= 0; in this case the spigot diameter (S1) is centric relative to the inner diameter (ID).The maximum allowable deviation on the nose thickness (Tdevmax) indicates the maximum allowable eccentricity of the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).

The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is determined from measurements of the actual nose thickness (T) and is compared with the maximum allowable tolerance (Tolmax), which is listed in Annex C, table C1.

The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is derived from following equation:

Tdev = Tmax - Tmin (Eq. D2)

Tmax and Tmin are respectively the maximum and minimum value of the measured nose thickness (T).The nose thickness (T) is measured at least 6 times, equally spaced over the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1), (see fig. D3).

The eccentricity of the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID) is correct if the deviation (Tdev) complies with the following requirement:

Tdev≤Tolmax (Eq. D3)

Fig. D3

26

Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints

Curing time (hours) pipe to pipe joints

Curing time (hours) pipe to fittings joints

Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fittings joints

Inch mm 10 16 20 252 50 1 1 1 1

3 80 1 1 1 1

4 100 1 1 1 1

6 150 1 1 1 1

8 200 1 1 1 1

10 250 1 1 1 1

12 300 1 1 1 1.5

14 350 1 1 1 1.5

16 400 1 1 1.5 2

18 450 1 1.5 1.5 2

20 500 1 1.5 2 3

24 600 1 2 2 4

28 700 1 3

30 750 1.5 3

32 800 1.5 3

36 900 1.5 4

40 1000 2 4

Table E1 Curing time pipe - pipe


Inch mm 10 16 20 252 50 1 1 1 1

3 80 1 1 1 1

4 100 1 1 1 1

6 150 1 1 1 1

8 200 1 1 1 1.5

10 250 1 1.5 1.5 2

12 300 1 1.5 2 3

14 350 1 1.5 2 3

16 400 1 2 3 4

18 450 1.5 2 3 4

20 500 1.5 3 4 4

24 600 1.5 4 4

28 700 2 4

30 750 2 4

32 800 2 4

36 900 3

40 1000 4

Table E2 Curing time pipe - fitting


___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Inch mm 10 16 20 252 50 1 1 1 1

3 80 1 1 1 1

4 100 1 1 1 1

6 150 1 1 1 1

8 200 1 1 1 1

10 250 1 1 1 1

12 300 1 1 1 1.5

14 350 1 1 1 1.5

16 400 1 1 1.5 2

18 450 1 1.5 1.5 2

20 500 1 1.5 2 3

24 600 1 2 2 4

28 700 1 3

30 750 1.5 3

32 800 1.5 3

36 900 1.5 4

40 1000 2 4

Table E1 Curing time pipe - pipe



FP 1043 B 04/12



These instructions present NOV Fiber Glass Systems recommendations for the proper use of Bondstrand fiberglass flanges. The mounting of flanges on the pipe is addressed by the assembly instructions for the particular joint type and adhesive used.

Bondstrand flanges are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe flanges in diameters 25 through 1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Flanges are used in Bondstrand pipe systems to connect appendages and equipment, or to make connection with other lines of similar or other material. It also gives the ability to divide a pipeline into several (prefabricated) sections making it easier to install. Three type of flanges are available. Depending on the application and pressure one of the below described flanges can be used.

Hubbed type flangeApplicable for low pressure up to a maximum of 12 bar (174 psi),and only in combination with flat face counter flanges. Never use this type of flange against raised face flanges or in combination with wafer type valves. Hubbed type flanges are available in sizes 2-16 inch (50-400 mm) with Quick-Lock® adhesive bonded joints.

Heavy Duty (HD) type flangeThe Heavy Duty type flanges are used for pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi). HD type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock sizes 1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch (50-1000 mm) adhesive bonded joint. Heavy duty tupe flanges can be used when connecting to raised faced metal flanges and wafer type valves.

Stub-end (lap joint) type flangeStub-end type flanges are suitable for high pressures upto 100 bar (1450 psi) . Stub end flanges can be supplied with an o-ring groove or a flat face in combination with suitable gasket. Stub-end type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock sizes 1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch (50-1000) adhesive bonded joint. Stub-end type flanges can be used when

connecting to raised faced metal flange and wafer type valves.

Stub-end (lap joint) type flanges consist of 2 parts; A Bondstrand GRE stub with a steel backing ring flange.

Always use a flat faced (stub end) flange against an o-ring sealed stub end flange, when using stub-ends as flange pairs.

Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® fiberglass flanges

Scope

Bondstrand fiberglass

Bondstrand flange types

Photo 1 - Hubbed flange

Photo 3 - Stub-end flange

Photo 2 - HD flange

2

Flange joints shall be installed aligned and stress free. Never pull flanges together by tightening the bolts. See table below for maximum misalignment allowance.

Table 2: Maximum misalignment allowance

Leakage problems due to misalignment could be solved by using o-ring type gaskets (e.g. Kroll & Ziller G-ST-P/S or Elastomet OR).

ToolingCheck the presence and quality of joint material (bolt, nut, washer, gas-ket) and tooling (Photo 4). The tooling and joint material listed below are, as a minimum, required to make a flanged joint. A torque wrench and a ring spanner are required for proper assembly of Bondstrand fiberglass flanges.

1. Level 2. Torque wrench 3. Ring spanner 4. Flange square5. Winches6. Band clamp7. Steel cross

• For hubbed flanges use a full-face gasket of a reinforced elastomer;• For heavy duty flanges use a full-face or raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or

compressed fiber;• For o-ring sealed stub end flanges use an o-ring. For flat faced stub end flanges use a

raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or compressed fiber;• Gasket material must be suitable for the service pressure, temperature and fluids in the

system.Gasketsshouldbe3mm(⅛inch)thick. The hardness should be 60-75 Shore A;• When connecting to rubber lined valves, use either flat faced stub end flanges or insert a

spacer ring between valve and flange.

See table 1 for pressure rating of the different gasket types.

Size Range Reinforced Compressed Steel O-Ring

Elastomer Fiber Reinforced (stub end)

Rubber

(inch) (mm) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi)

1-12 25-300 16 232 20 290 50 725 100 1450

14-24 350-600 16 232 16 232 40 580 75 1088

26-40 650-1000 16 232 16 232 25 363 50 725

Gaskets

Alignment

Flange Size Range A B

(inch) (mm) (bar) (mm) (bar) (mm)

1-16 25-400 5/128 1 5/64 2

18-40 450-1000 5/64 2 5/32 4

Bolt lengthNote that Bondstrand flanges are thicker than metal flanges and require washers. This should be taken into account when calculating the bolt length. For flange thickness see the appropriate product datasheet, dimension data.

3

Connecting to other pipe systemsWhen Bondstrand pipe is connected to metal pipe systems, the interface should be anchored to prevent movement or loads being transmitted to the Bondstrand pipe system.

Assembly of Quick-Lock flanges

Photo 5 - Apply adhesive

Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the pipe spigot and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Quick-Lock assembly instructions for detailed instruction on joint preparation and assembly.

Without delay, slowly push the Quick-Lock flange onto the Quick-Lock spigot in a straight forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.

After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes. Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.

Final seating of the spigot can be accomplished by carefully tapping on a wooden block placed on the flange face. The spigot end should be seated against the bell stop of the socket.Forsizes≥6inch(≥150mm)asteelcross(seephoto15)canbeusedtogetfinalseating.

Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square.

Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes. Remove excessive adhesive.

Support the flange from underneath while curing to maintain proper alignment. Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved heating blanket. Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner blankets are available.

Photo 6 - Push flange onto spigot

Photo 7 - Check bolt holes alignment

Photo 8 - Final seating

Photo 9 - Check alignment of flange face

Photo 10 - Remove excessive adhesive

Photo 11 - Cure adhesive joint

4



Photo 14 - Check boltholes alignment

Photo 15 - Check insertion depth


Photo 17 - Check alignment of bolt holes

Photo 18 - Cure the adhesivejoint

Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the pipe spigot and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Taper/Taper assembly instructions for detailed instruction on joint preparation and assembly.

Without delay, slowly push the Taper/Taper flange onto the Taper/Taper spigot in a straight forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.

After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes. Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.

Pull the joint together using the winches. Check the insertion depth.

Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square, or by using a level and a measuring tape.

Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes. Remove excessive adhesive.

Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber GLass Systems approved heating blanket. Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner blankets are available. Do not remove the winches while curing the joint.

Assembly of Taper/Taper flanges

5



Photo 14 - Check boltholes alignment

Photo 15 - Check insertion depth


Photo 17 - Check alignment of bolt holes

Photo 18 - Cure the adhesivejoint

Flange jointing

Photo 19 - Place gasket

Photo 20 - Insert bolts

Photo 21 - Tighten bolts

Place the gasket between the two flange faces.

Insert the bolts and finger-tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain proper torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect flange back face.

Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under “tightening sequence”. Do not exceed the torque increments given in “Recommended Bolt Torques.”After all bolts have been tightened to the recommended torque, re-check the torque on each bolt in the same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.

Caution: Excess torque can damage the flange and prevent sealing.Note! Always use washers on the back-facing of glassfiber hubbed and heavy duty flanges. For stub end flange assembly with metal flange rings washers are optional.

Tightening sequence

D

DRAWING SIZE : A3 RevCheckedDrawn

ALL DIM. IN mm

ByDateRevision

CB

DateBy

-

Appv'd

Fax : (+31) 345 587 561

DWG. Scale

Symbol

Phone : (+31) 345 587 5874190 CA Geldermalsen, The Netherlands

anoven 20, P.O. Box 6De PAmeron B.V.

mission of Ameron.

Sheet1 of1

1 : 4

DWG No.

2-CD2684

A

S.P. 30-10-7

Appv´d

ECN No.

Title:

AMERON

Fiberglass-Composite Pipe GroupThis document contains infor-mation proprietary to Ameron.It shall not be reproduced,used ot disclosed to anyonewithout the prior written per-

TIGHTENING SEQUENCE31

27

29

7

241

13

25

5

19

17

11

9

23

21

2

3

14

15

26

19

13

2 4

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

7

2

3

410

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

1 19

5

13

3

11

7152

10

6

14

4

12

168

10

16

4

18

6

14

2

11

30

715

3

917

5

13

1

12

8

21

16

4

10

18

6

142 11

197

15

3

9

17

5

13112

208

20

23

22

24

20

16

8

12

4

22

14

6

18

10

2 23

15

719

11

3

13

5

17

9

125

21

27

24

26

28

20

12

8

2816

4

22

1018

6

32

6

Flange Size Initial Torque Torque

Full Pressure Seal

(inch) (mm) (N·m) (ft·lb) (N.m) (ft·lb)

2-4 50-100 10 7 30 22

6-12 150-300 20 15 40 30

14-16 350-400 30 22 70 52


Full Pressure Seal

(inch) (mm) (N·м) (ft·lb) (N·м) (ft·lb)

1-1.5 25-40 10 7 30 22

2-4 50-100 20 15 60 44

6-8 150-200 30 22 80 59

10-14 250-350 50 37 150 111

16 400 100 74 250 184

18-20 450-500 200 148 400 295

22-40 550-1000 250 184 500 369


Full Pressure Seal

(inch) (mm) (N·м) (ft·lb) (N.м) (ft·lb)

1-4 25-100 20 15 90 66

6-12 150-300 50 37 150 111

14-16 350-400 100 74 300 221

18-24 450-600 200 148 600 443

26-40 650-1000 300 221 800 590

Table 3: Hubbed Flanges

Table 4: Heavy Duty Flanges and blind

Table 5: Stub end Flanges

Recommended bolt torques

7

Safety

TroubleshootingIf the assembled flange joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gasket. Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace it with a new, undamaged gasket. Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged flanges installed. If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended corrective procedures. Clean and re-lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining procedure out-lined above. After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint.

Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.

Photo 22 - Safety gear



FP196 D 04/12



1

Bondstrand fiberglass saddles

Scope

Tooling

These instructions describe the proper procedures for mounting Bondstrand filament-wound epoxy saddles on epoxy pipe. This procedure is suitable for all saddle types.

Bondstrand saddles are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe saddles in diameters 25 through 1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Reducing saddles are used in Bondstrand pipe systems to connect appendages, e.g. pressure gauges. Several types of saddles are available. Depending on the application one of the below described saddles can be used.

Check the presence and quality of the material (saddle), adhesive and tooling. The tooling listed below is, as a minimum, required to mount the saddle.

1. Level;2. Band clamp;3. Hole saw;4. Flapper wheel sander grid 40/60. 1

2

3

4

Tooling

Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® Fiberglass Saddles

2

Reducing saddle with flanged branchThese saddles are available in pressure classes up to 16 bar depending on the size. Flanged reducing saddles are available in size 2”- 40” with either Quick-Lock or Taper adhesive bonded flanges. Refer to the product datasheets for available branch sizes. Flanged reducing saddles are generally used to connect vents and drains or temperature and pressure gauges. To connect branch lines reducing tees are recommended.

Reducing saddle with socket outletThe socket reducing saddles are, depending on size, suitable up to 16 bar. This type of reducing saddle is available in size 3”-40” with either a Quick-Lock or Taper adhesive bonded bell end. Refer to the product datasheets for available branch sizes. In general socket reducing saddles are used to connect short branch lines (e.g. drain or vent lines). Reducing tees are recommended to connect to branch lines.

Reducing saddle with bushingBushing saddle can be used for pressures up to 16 bar (depending on size) and are available in sizes 2”-40”. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes up to 1” are available. Bushing saddles are used to connect pressure and temperature gauges.

Bondstrand saddle types

Reducing saddle with socket outlet

Reducing saddle with flanged branch

Reducing saddle with bushing

3

Deluge saddleDeluge saddles are available up to 16 bar (depending on size). Deluge saddles are manufactured using titanium reversed taper bushings that are bonded in the saddle. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes up to 1” are available. Deluge saddles are used in deluge piping to connect deluge nozzles.

Support saddleAvailable in sizes 1” up to and including 40”. Support saddle can be used at sliding supports (wear saddle) or at anchor supports to restrict movement of the pipe.

Grounding saddleGrounding saddles are used to ground conductive pipe. They are available in size 1” – 40” and are bonded to the pipe using RP-60 conductive adhesive.

Deluge saddle

Support saddle

Grounding saddle

4

Asssembly of saddlesMark the outline of the saddle on the surface of the pipe.

Sand the area with a flapper wheel, using a grid 40 or 60 abrasive. Sand the bonding area until the resin rich outer layer is completely removed. After sanding, the surface should show a dull, fresh finish (not a polished look).

If a hole in the pipe is required, mark and drill the hole opening. Do not use oil or other lubricants for drilling. Make the hole just slightly larger than the outer diameter of the protuted part of the branch at the inner radius of the saddle. A hole saw with a pilot drill and a carbide cutting works best for ¾-inch and larger holes, while a standard drill bit for steel will usually suffice for smaller holes.

Examine the inside surface of the pipe around the newly cut hole for cracks in the liner. Chipped or cracked liner material must be sanded off and a thin layer of adhesive added to the affected areas.

Sand the inside surface of the saddle using a flapper sander. Lightly re-sand the pipe surface and the edge of the hole, especially if the surface may have been contaminated while drilling the hole.

All mating surfaces, plus the edge of the hole, must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of assembly.

After sanding, surfaces to be bonded should show a dull, fresh finish (not a polished look).

Thoroughly wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces with a clean, dry paper cloth or use a duster brush to remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket until dry, then re-sand. Protect the mating surfaces from moisture during wet weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with bare hands or any article that would leave an oily film. Never use solvents for cleaning bonding surfaces.

Sand area with flapper wheel

When required mark and drill the hole opening

Sand the inside surface of the saddle

Wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces clean

Mark outline saddle

5

Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand Chemical Resistance Chart recommend a special adhesive for your particular service, one should use Bondstrand RP-34 Epoxy Adhesive. If a different Bondstrand adhesive is required, substitute for the RP-34 an equal quantity of the desired adhesive.

Instructions for mixing and using the adhesive are found in the package. Grounding saddles are bonded using RP60 conductive adhesive.

Apply enough adhesive to completely cover the mating surfaces of both pipe and saddle and a thin layer to the hole edge in the pipe with the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit. Then add a liberal amount of adhesive in the central area of the pipe mating surface so that excess adhesive will be forced to flow from the central area to the saddle edges when the saddle and pipe are banded. If saddle is to be mounted over a hole, avoid excess flow towards the hole by placing the excess adhesive around the hole, about halfway between the hole and the edge of the saddle.

Push the saddle into place and check the alignment of the outlet using a level.

Draw the saddle against the pipe using two band clamps at each end of the saddle.

Do not over tight as this will squeeze out all the adhesive. Put just enough tension on the band clamps until adhesive is shown at all edges.

Remove excess adhesive for a nice finish. Once again check the alignment.

Cure the adhesive bonded saddle at ambient temperature for at least 8 hours, leaving the bandclamps in place.

Remove the bandclamps and heat cure the adhesive using NOV FGS heating blankets. Use two blankets for reducing saddles, one at each side of the outlet. The required curing time is two hours.

Apply enough adhesive

Push saddle into place and check the alignment

Use band clamps

Use NOV FGS heating blanket for heat cure

Use required Bondstrand Epoxy adhesive kit

6

SafetyWear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.

Personal protective equipment (PPE)



FP 1010 04/12



1.1. ScopeThis manual gives general information about various aspects that are relevant for the installation of Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems. Respect for the requirements, methods and recommendations given in this guide will contribute to a successful operating pipeline system.

Authorized, trained and certified personnel can only contribute to a reliable pipeline system. Note that the remarks about the various joints in this document are for guidance only.

More specific and detailed information about underground and aboveground installations, as well as various joining methods, is given in manufacturers’ referenced documents.

1. Introduction

Fig. 1.1. Offshore unit

Installation guide for GRE pipe systems

2

Table of contents

1. Introduction 11.1. Scope 11.2. References 41.3. Notification 5

2. Product introduction 62.1. Systems 62.2. Pipe fabrication process 62.3. Advantages and disadvantages of GRE compared with steel 62.3.1. Advantages 62.3.2. Disadvantages 72.4. Product identifcation 7

3. Material handling, storage and transportation 73.1. Handling 73.1.1. Loading 73.1.2. Unloading 83.2. Storage 9

4. Joining systems and preparation methods 104.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint 104.2. Taper-Taper bonded joint 104.3. Laminate Joint 114.4. Flange Joint 114.5. Mechanical O-Ring Lock Joint 124.6. Mechanical O-Ring Joint 124.7. Mechanical Coupler 12

5. Tools and materials 135.1. Tools 135.1.1. Non-consumables 135.1.1.2. Heating blanket 135.1.1.3. Pullers and band clamps 145.1.1.4. Others 145.1.2. Consumables 145.2. Materials 155.2.1. Adhesive 155.2.2. O-ring 155.2.3. Locking key 155.3. Check of incoming material 155.3.1. Quality check 155.3.2. Quantity check 15

6. Installation of underground pipe systems 166.1. Trench construction 166.2. System assembly 166.2.1. Positioning components in the plant 166.2.2. Joining of components 176.3. Backfilling 176.3.1. Procedure and requirements 176.3.2. Backfill material specification 186.3.3. Other backfilling methods 186.4. Special underground installations 186.4.1. Road crossing 186.4.1.1. Jacket pipe 186.4.1.2. Relief plates 186.4.1.3. Burial depth 186.4.1.4. Pipe stifness 186.4.2. Channel crossing 196.5. Alignment 196.6. Settlement 196.7. Pipe cast in concrete 19

3

7. Installation of aboveground pipe systems 207.1. Supports 207.1.1. General 207.1.2. Fixed support points 207.2. Pipe clamps 217.3. Valves 217.4. Bellows 227.5. Pipe connections through walls 227.5.1. GRE pipe with sealing puddle flange 227.5.2. Sand coated GRE pipe 227.5.3. Link seal 227.5.4. Special sealing shape 237.5.5. Plain wall passing 237.6. Joining with other materials 237.7. UV-resistance 23

8. Quality Control/Quality Assurance 248.1. General 248.2. Joint traceability 248.3. Possible installation defects 24

9. Field Test Procedure 259.1. General 259.2. Preparation 269.3. Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing 269.3.1. Filling and stabilizing 269.3.2. Testing 26 - 279.3.3. Depressurising 27

10. Repair 27

11. Tolerances 28

12. Safety precautions 2912.1. Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination sets 2912.2. Cutting, shaving and sanding 2912.3. Environment 29

4

1.2. ReferencesFollowing documentation gives additional and detailed information about various subjects, which are described in this manual

Chapter Subject Reference number

2.4 Product Identification ---

3.1 Packing and handling instructions FP 167

4.1 Assembly instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints FP 170

4.2 Assembly instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints FP 564

4.3 Jointing Instructions Laminate ---

4.4 Assembly instructions for Flanges FP 196

4.5 - 4.6 Assembly instructions for Key-Lock mechanical joints FP 161

5.1.1 Operating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver FP 696


5.1.1 Operating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver FP 919


5.1.1 Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver FP 455



5.1.1 Operating instructions B1-Tool FP 810

5.1.1.3 Operating instructions for NOV FGS Heating Blankets FP 730

It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that he has the latest revision of the listed documents. Documents can be obtained via [email protected]

5

1.3. NotificationThis manual provides the following information:• Ageneraloverviewontoolingandmaterialsfor pipe system installation• Adescriptionofjoiningmethodsandsystems• Handling,storageandtransportingmaterials• Installationsystemsandprocedures• Systemcontrolandsafetymeasures

Please note that the instructions in this manual are for guidance only. Specifications written for a particular project will be normative.

We cannot describe all possible circumstances met in the field. For this reason, our experienced supervisors may deviate from given descriptions in order to achieve the optimum solution for the particular situation, using the latest techniques and methods.

Fig. 1.3. Mine application

Fig. 1.2. Water injection

6

2.3. Advantages and disadvantages of GRE compared with steel

2.3.1. AdvantagesGlass Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems have a number of advantages over conventional pipe systems, of which the most important are:• Durable/corrosion resistant GRE piping is resistant, both internally and externally, to the corrosive effects of water, oil and many chemicals. Cathodic protection or coating is not required.• Low weight/easy to install The specific weight of GRE is only 25 % of steel; due to the low weight, GRE pipeline components are easier to handle without the need of heavy (lifting) equipment.• No initial painting or conservation The epoxy topcoat on the outer surface of GRE pipe components is resistant to the influences of the installation environment and an additional external conservation is initially not required.

2. Product introduction

Fig.2.3. Spool manufacturing

Fig.2.2. GRE pipe wall build-up

2.1. SystemsGRE pipeline systems are made from glass fibers, which are impregnated with an aromatic- or cyclo-aliphatic amine cured epoxy resin.This thermoset resin system offers superior corrosion resistance together with excellent mechanical, physical and thermal properties.

The glass fiber reinforced epoxy pipeline is resistant to the corrosive effects of mixtures with a low concentration of acids, neutral or nearly neutral salts, solvents and caustic substances, both under internal and external pressure.A reinforced resin liner can protect the helical wound continuous glass fibers of the reinforced wall of the pipes and the structural reinforcement of the fittings internally.

2.2. Pipe fabrication processGRE pipes are manufactured using the filament winding method. In this mechanical process, continuous glass fiber rovings are impregnated with epoxy resin.The production of GRE starts with the preparation of a steel mandrel, which may be completed with a socket mould. The dimensions of these tools determine the inner dimensions of the pipe, fitting and joint system.Glass fibers are guided through a resin bath, which is filled with epoxy resin and are wound under constant tension in a specific pattern around the polished mandrel.This process continues until the required wall thickness is reached. Generally, the higher the pressure class, the greater the wall thickness of the product will be.The winding process ends with curing the epoxy resin in an oven, extraction of the mandrel/ mould from the product, finishing the product by cutting to length and machining the ends. The products are subjected to visual and dimensional controls as well as a hydro test.

Fig. 2.1. Filament winding process

W

AXIAL

0,3mm EPOXY COATING

E-GLASS WALL

0,5mm RESIN RICH LINER 70%

30%

100%

. . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

70%

30%

0%

RESIN GLASS

C-GLASS

E-GLASS

THE WALL STRUCTURETHE WALL STRUCTURE

7

2.3.2. DisadvantagesAttention should be paid to the following disadvantages of GRE when comparing with conventional pipe systems, such as:• Impact resistance The pipe system is more susceptible to impact damage due to the brittle nature of the thermoset resin system.• Handling GRE installations require more and careful preparation due to other joining methods, handling- and transportation requirements and installation techniques.• Flexibility The flexible GRE piping system requires specific support design.

2.4. Product identificationProducts are marked with labels, which contain relevant product information.For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

3. Material handling, storage and transportation

3.1. HandlingGRE products must be handled carefully to avoid any damage. Handling and transportation of GRE is not restricted by temperature. This section lists the most important requirements for handling materials before and after shipment and for storage.

3.1.1. LoadingMind following requirements:• Pipes,fittingsandprefabricatedparts(spools)mustbe transported by suitable trucks having flat bed floors• Forkliftsmaybeusedforhandlingprovidedthatthe forks are padded with a protective material such as rubber or plastic• Checkforandremoveanyprojections,nailsorother sharp edges from the supporting floor before each load• Anycontactofthetruckorsteelcontainerwiththe GRE products shall be separated by wood or rubber• AvoiddirectcontactbetweenindividualGREproducts during transportation• Pipesandspoolsshallbeliftedatleastattwopoints by using nylon or canvas sling belts with a minimum width of 100 mm. Use the largest spool diameter to balance the load during the lift• Securematerialsbywoodenwedgesandsupports having a minimum width of 100 mm• Pipesupportsshallbespacedat≈3mintervals, minimal 1 m from the ends; the support distance of nestedpipesshallnotexceed≈2m• Tietheproductsinplacebyusingeithernylonor canvas sling belts• Chainsandsteelcablesmayneverbeusedforlifting or fixation Fig. 3.4. Pipe handling (loading)

Fig. 3.3. Pipe handling (unloading)

Fig. 3.2. Spool handling

Fig. 3.1. Vacuum lifting device

8

• Avoidsupportonsharpedges• Fittingscanbeproperlytransportedincratesoron pallets• Flangesmustbesecuredagainstslidingwhenstored on the sealing face• Pipeendsandmachinedsurfacesmustbeprotected (e.g. with PE-foil)

3.1.2. UnloadingThe client is responsible for unloading ordered material, unless agreed otherwise.Mind following:• Usenylonorcanvasslingbeltswithaminimumwidth of 100 mm• Standardpipelengthsshallbeliftedatminimaltwo supporting points• Fixatleastoneslingbeltaroundthesectionwiththe greatest diameter• Unloadone(packed)itematatime

Fig. 3.6. Crate handling

Fig. 3.7. Spool handling

Fig. 3.8. Stacked pipe in stock

Fig. 3.5. Crate handling

9

3.2. StorageIn order to avoid damage to GRE products, the following recommendations shall be respected:• Provideaflatandhorizontalsupportingsurface• Donotstorethepipesdirectlyontheground,onto rails or concrete floors• Ensuresuitablesupportssuchasclean,nailfree wooden beams• Machinedendsmustbeprotected(e.g.withPE-foil)• Belland/orspigotendsmaynottoucheachother• Pipescanbestackedeconomicallybyalternatingthe orientation of spigot- and socket end• Avoidpipebendingbylocatingsupportsbetweenthe layers of stacked pipe vertically above each other• Supportsmustbespacedatamaximumintervalof 3mand≈1mfromeachpipeend• Theallowablestackingheightis1.5mor2layers, whichever is higher• Productdiametersmayflattenwhenstackedtoohigh and/or too long, specially at elevated temperature• Longtermstorageisrecommendedundertarpaulins or PE-sheets• Pipestacksmusthavesidesupports(e.g.wooden wedges) to prevent rolling or slipping• Unprotectedflangesealingfacesshallnotbeplaced directly on the ground or on supporting floors• Spoolsshallnotbestacked• NoothermaterialsshallbeloadedontopofGRE products• Donotdrop,walk,orstandonGREproducts• Avoidpointloadingduetocarelessstacking

Raw materials such as O-rings, gaskets, locking keys, adhesive kits, resin, hardener, woven roving and lubricants shall be stored in the original packaging, in a dry environment, at recommended temperatures.

The shelf life of adhesives and resins must be respected.

If any damage is observed due to transportation or during installation (e.g. excessive scratches, cracks) contact the supplier.

Never use damaged materials.Fig. 3.11. Storage of fittings

Fig. 3.10. Wooden wedge

Fig. 3.9. Pipe stacking

10

For the joining of GRE pipe components, various types of joints can be used. This section details the characteristics of each of these joints.

4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded jointThis type of adhesive bonded joint consists of a slightly conical socket and a cylindrical spigot. This joint allows for an accurate assembly length with narrow tolerance and may be used for above- and underground pipe systems.

For this adhesive joint the following tools and materials are required:• Gloves,dustmask,safetyglasses• Measuringtape,marker,bench,pipefitterswrap-a round• Anglecutter,handsaworjigsaw• Shaver,grindingtools• Rubberscraper,pullingequipment,adhesivekit• Heatingblanketorairgun,insulationblanket, digital temperature gauge• Cleaningbrush,non-fluffycleaningrags,cleaning fluids

Summarized, the bonding procedure consists of cutting, cleaning, machining, and application of adhesive, joining and curing. The installation time depends on proper preparation, diameter and personnel.For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

4.2. Taper/Taper bonded jointThis adhesive bonded joint consists of a conical socket and conical spigot.

When comparing with the conical-cylindrical adhesive bonded joint this type of joint is also available in higher-pressure classes.

For specific dimensions, specific instructions are required.The tools, materials, joining procedure and installation time for the taper-taper bonded joint are similar to those of the conical-cylindrical adhesive bonded joint.

4. Joining systems and preparation methods

Fig. 4.2. Taper/Taper bonded joint

Fig. 4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint

11

4.3. Laminate JointThe laminate joint is used to join plain-ended pipe sections. After preparation of the pipe surfaces, a specific thickness of resin impregnated glass reinforcement is wrapped over a certain length around the pipes to be joined; the thickness and the length of the laminate are related to diameter and pressure.

This joint requires following tools/materials:• Gloves,dustmaskandsafetyglasses• Measuringtape,markerandpipefitterswraparound• Anglecutter,jigsaworhandsaw• Grindingtoolsandflexiblesupportdisc• Rubberscraper,scissors,brushes,resin,hardenerand glass reinforcement• Airgun,gasburnerorfieldovenwithinsulation blanket and digital temperature gauge• Cleaningbrush,non-fluffycleaningragsandcleaning fluids

The successive activities for a laminate joint are cutting, sanding, cleaning, mixing, fitting, laminating and curing. For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

4.4. Flange JointThe flange joint connects appendages and equipment as well as other lines of different materials. Based on the application and pressure, several types are available.

For a flange joint following tools and materials are required:• Ringspanner,torquewrench• Bolts,nutsandwashers• Gasket

It is of major importance that GRE flanges are aligned with the counter flange. Excessive misalignment may cause high stresses, which lead to premature material failure.Generally, flange joints facilitate connections with steel piping and allow easy assembly and disassembly of piping systems.

For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

Fig. 4.6. Flange detail

Fig. 4.5. Flanged joint

Fig. 4.4. Laminate joint

Fig. 4.3. Scheme laminate joint

12

4.5. Mechanical O-Ring Lock JointThe mechanical O-ring lock joint is a tensile resistant type of joint. This restrained type of joint can be used in unrestrained environments, e.g. aboveground.

The following tools and materials are required to make such a joint:• Pipeclampsandpullingequipment• Lubricant,O-ring,lockingkey(s)andplasticorwooden mallet to drive the locking key in position• Non-fluffycleaningragsandcleaningfluids

The assembly procedure starts with cleaning and lubricating surfaces, then mounting clamps, aligning, pulling the spigot in the socket and mounting the locking key(s). The joint can be disassembled, but is not designed as such.For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

4.6. Mechanical O-Ring JointThe mechanical O-ring joint is a non-tensile resistant type of joint. This unrestrained type of joint can be used in a restrained environment, e.g. underground.

This type of joint is made with the following tools and materials:• Pipeclampsandpullingequipment• Lubricant,O-ring• Non-fluffycleaningragsandcleaningfluids

Joining starts with cleaning and lubricating surfaces; then mounting clamps, aligning and pulling of the spigot in the socket. For specific and detailed information, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

4.7. Mechanical CouplerGenerally, mechanical couplers are used for joining plain-ended GRE pipes to pipes made from other materials. A step coupler can join pipes with different outer diameters. This type of joint is unrestrained. These couplers can also be used for preliminary repairs.

Specific information can be obtained from the supplier of the coupler.

Fig. 4.9. Scheme mechanical coupler

Fig. 4.8. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (1-key)

Fig. 4.7. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (2-key)

Fig. 4.10. Various mechanical couplers

13

For details on tooling and materials, reference is made to manufacturers’ detailed documentation.

5.1. ToolsTools are divided in two main categories:non-consumables and consumables.

5.1.1. Non-consumablesNon-consumable tools can be used multiple times.

5.1.1.1. ShaverA GRE pipe shaver is a custom designed tool, which is used to prepare a spigot end for an adhesive bonded joint on a pipe. Pipes are standard supplied with the appropriate end figuration, but an adjustment to length at site requires shaving of a spigot in the field.

The shaver is mounted on an arbor. The arbor is mounted and centred in the pipe and fixed against the inner surface of the pipe by expanding the diameter.

The shaver arm rotates around the central shaft of the arbor; the machining tool shapes the spigot end.

5.1.1.2. Heating blanketHeating blankets are designed to cure adhesive bonded and laminate joints.

Blankets are made from a coiled resistance wire, which is sandwiched between two layers of silicon rubber.

To control the temperature, each blanket is furnished with a thermostat.

It is important to store the heating blanket properly in order to keep this tool in an optimal condition.

Heating blankets shall never be folded; these blankets may only be stored flat or rolled.

5. Tools and material

Fig. 5.1. M95 shaver type

Fig. 5.2. Mounted shaver (M87 type)

Fig. 5.3. Arbor

Fig. 5.4. Heating blanket

14

5.1.1.3. Pullers and band clampsPullers and band clamps are used to make Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints, large diameter Conical-Cylindrical bonded joints and mechanical O-ring (lock) joints.

Band-clamps with pulling lugs must be applied at both pipe ends to be joined. The positions of the pulling lugs shall face each other.

The Taper-Taper joint must be kept under tension until curing of the adhesive is completed to avoid joint detachment.

Rubber protection pads are placed underneath the ratchets before tightening the band clamps. Put a wooden wedge between the pipe and the pulling lug to create a gap for mounting of the heating blanket.For bonding of large diameters 3 to 4 pullers are required. Check the pullers on defects on a regular base.

5.1.1.4 OthersOther non-consumables may be required such as:

• Airgun,gasburnerorfieldoven• Anglecutter,handsaworjigsaw• Pipefitterswrap-a-round• PiTape• Grindingtool• Insulationblankets• Digitaltemperaturegauge• Generator

5.1.2. ConsumablesConsumable tools can only be used once.Following tools are supposed to be consumable:

• Measuringtape• Pairofscissors• Marker• Sandpaper/grindingdiscsP40–P60• Brushes• Rubberscrappers,bucket• Cleaningfluids,jointlubricant• Dustmasks,glovesandsafetyglasses

Powerpull (2x) Joint lubricant Band clamps (2x) Pulling rings (4x) O-ring Bucket with water Screw driver Hammer Key

Fig. 5.8. Tools for joint assembly

Fig. 5.7. Wedge between pipe and pulling lug

Fig. 5.5. Pulled adhesive joint

Fig. 5.6. Pull mechanism

15

5.2. Materials

5.2.1. AdhesiveDifferent types of adhesive are available depending on the application. Adhesive can be conductive or non-conductive.

An adhesive kit contains resin, hardener, mixing spatula and bonding instructions.Adhesive kits contain chemicals that are sensitive to temperature and moisture.

It is important to check the expiry date of the adhesive, which is printed on the package.Do not use adhesive or resin after indicated expiry date.

5.2.2. O-ringA rubber O-Ring provides sealing of the mechanical O-ring (lock) joint. Standard O-rings are made of Nitryl Butadiene Rubber (NBR).

Depending on the medium and/or temperature, other types of rubber can be supplied.

O-rings must be stored properly and flat, in a dry, cool and dark environment, free from dust and chemicals, which may attack the material.

Direct sunlight must be avoided.

5.2.3. Locking keyLocking keys block the longitudinal displacement of the spigot in the socket of a mechanical O-ring lock joint.Locking keys must be stored in a dry and cool location without direct exposure of sunlight. Improper storage may affect the mechanical properties negatively. For further details, reference is made to manufacturers’ detailed documentation.

5.3. Check of incoming material

5.3.1. Quality checkThe condition of containers, crates, boxes and pallets must be checked on possible damage upon arrival. If damage has occurred to any material package, the contents might be damaged too. Check pipes and fittings on impact damage. Materials and tooling must be dry at arrival.

The damaged state of materials and/or products when delivered must be reported and documented (e.g. clarified with pictures). Damaged materials shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.

5.3.2. Quantity checkCheck the delivered quantities and the reported quantities on the packaging list. The recipient is advised to check the contents of the deliveries.

Quantity, size and configuration of materials and products should be physically checked against the data on the packing list.

Fig. 5.9. Adhesive kit

Fig. 5.10. O-rings

Fig. 5.11. Locking keys

16

6. Installation of underground pipe systemsGRE pipes are used for various applications in various soils conditions. Underground pipeline systems require accurate trench structuring, product assembly and installation.For detailed information about underground installation, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

6.1. Trench constructionThe trench construction highly depends on the soil parameters, such as type, density and moisture content.The construction of the trench should comply with following requirements and recommendations:• Thetrenchshapeisdeterminedbytheclassificationof the soil, which can be unstable or stable• Topsidesofthetrenchmustbeclearedfromrocksor any other sharp/heavy materials• Thetrenchfoundationshallconsistofacompacted sand layer without stones or sharp objects• Loosenahardanduneventrenchfoundationinorderto prevent point loading• Keepthetrenchdryduringinstallation;ifnecessaryuse of a pumping system and drainage• Theminimumwidth(W)atthebottomofthetrenchfora single pipe shall be: W = 1.25 * OD + 300 mm• Thespacebetweenthepipeandthetrenchwallmust be 150 mm wider than the used compaction equipment• Respectingpipestiffness,operatingconditions,soil characteristics and wheel load the minimum burial depth is 0.8 m• Thecrownofthepipemustbeinstalledbelowfrostlevel

6.2. System assemblyThe assembly procedure of a piping system may vary per project. Generally, this procedure deals with positioning and joining of components in the plant.

6.2.1. Positioning components in the plantAfter positioning of the pipe system elements next to the trench, these components have to be handled into final position in the trench:• Smalldiameterpipesectionscanbeloweredmanually using ropes, slings or light lifting devices• Largediameterpipingrequiresheavierequipment during final positioning• Toavoiddamagetheminimumbendingradiusofapipe shall be respected• Avoidunwantedobjectsfallingintothetrenchduring lowering pipe sections• Usenylonslingbeltsorspecialdesignedequipment during product handling

Fig. 6.3. General scheme of trench construction

Fig. 6.1. Trench in unstable soil

Fig. 6.2. Trench in stable soil

Fig. 6.4. Assembly in process

17

Fig. 6.5. Main assembly inside the trench

6.2.2. Joining of componentsRespect next requirements and recommendations for joining of underground pipe systems:• Inspectallproductsbeforeinstallation• ComponentswithmechanicalO-ringjointsshallbe assembled in the trench• Adhesivebondedandlaminatedjointscanbe assembled either inside or outside the trench• Nevermoveordisturbajointduringthecuringprocess• Standardpipelengthsmaybedoubledinorderto reduce the installation time• Ensuresufficientspacearoundjointsforproperalign ment and joining• Keepthesystemcentredinthetrench• Respecttheallowablejointangulardeflectionandpipe bending radius• Bendingofajointshallbeavoidedunlessallowableby system design• Changesindirectionsinnon-restrainedpipeline systems must be anchored• EnsurestretchingoftheO-ringlockjoints;thisprevents axial displacement of the pipeline and overloading of fittings when pressurising the system• Thepipelinecanbestretchedbypressurizingat0.8* operating pressure. Mechanical stretching is recommended. Precautions shall be taken to avoid overloading of fittings• Branchesshallbeleftfreeorareinstalledafter stretching of the header completely

6.3. BackfillingBackfilling shall be performed according standard procedures. Trench filling, proper compaction and stabilizing of the system shall be performed in accordance with the requirements.

6.3.1. Procedure and requirementsThe procedure and the requirements comprise:• Temporaryinstallationdevicesmustberemovedpriorto backfilling• Themaximumparticlesizeforpipezoneembedmentis related to the pipe diameter and is described in the backfill material specification• Dumpinglargequantitiesofbackfillmaterialatonespot on top of the pipe may cause damage; spread the applied backfill material• Backfillmaterialshallbecompactedinlayersof150 mm. The pipe may not be displaced due to backfilling• Whenreachingacompactionheightof0.3*IDbelow the crown of the pipe, compaction may be continued in layers of 300 mm• Eachlayerofbackfillshallhaveacompactiongradeof at least 85 % Standard Proctor Density (SPD)• Compactionisperformedonbothsidesofthepipe, never across the pipe. A vibrating plate with an impact force of 3000 N is used• Donotuseheavypneumatichammersorvibrating equipment until having reached a backfill level of 500 mm over the crown of the pipe.• Avoidanycontactbetweencompactiontoolsand GRE-product

Fig. 6.7. Scheme trench construction unstable soil

Fig. 6.8. Pipe assembly in process in prepared trench

Fig. 6.6. Scheme trench construction stable soil

18

6.3.2. Backfill material specificationFor classification of various backfill materials and types of embedment, reference is made to AWWA Manual M45 or ASTM D 3839.

Note that highly plastic and organic soil materials are not suitable for backfilling and must be excluded from the pipe zone embedment.

6.3.3. Other backfilling methodsUse of the saturation method does not give any better result than the above-described method.

The grade of compaction is lost if compaction by saturation is performed after mechanical compaction. When saturating the trench, avoid floating of the pipeline as well as erosion of the side support. Do not backfill if the ground is already saturated.

The saturation method may only be used for free draining soils, when the drainage pumps are kept in operation and the pipe system is completely filled with liquid.

6.4. Special underground installationsRoad crossings and channel crossings demand particular attention and requirements.

6.4.1. Road crossingPrecautions shall be taken to protect pipes, which cross underneath roads against the possible consequences of traffic loads. Possible alternatives are:• Jacketpipe• Reliefplate• Burialdepth• Pipestiffness

6.4.1.1. Jacket pipeThe GRE pipe is nested in a jacket pipe. In order to avoid direct contact between both pipes, spacers centre the GRE pipe. These spacers also support the GRE pipe at a maximum distance of 3 m. The jacket pipe should be longer than the width of the road.

6.4.1.2. Relief platesRelief plates are used if pipes are installed at shallow depth in well compacted sandy soils or in case the soil- and traffic load cause an excessive loading or deformation of the GRE.The plate is specially designed and dimensioned to minimise the transfer of wheel load on the pipe.

6.4.1.3. Burial depthGenerally, the influence of the wheel load of traffic passing a buried pipe reduces with increasing burial depth.However, with increasing burial depth the soil load on the buried pipe increases. Our engineers may assist to determine an optimal solution.

6.4.1.4. Pipe stiffnessPipes with higher stiffness are better resistant to external loads due to traffic loads. Stiffness of pipe can be increased by increasing the wall thickness.

Fig. 6.9. Compaction of backfill material

Fig. 6.10. Jacket pipe at road crossing

Fig. 6.11. Relief plate

19

6.4.2. Channel crossingThe common method to install underwater mains is to assemble the pipe on the bank of the canal or river. The pipe can be lowered using a floating crane or other lifting equipment; care should be taken to ensure sufficient pipe supports.

The process starts by sealing the ends of the pipe and pulling the system into the water; the pipe keeps floating. Then, the pipe is filled and carefully sunk into its final position.

Flexible joints can be used for underwater piping if the installation is performed using a cofferdam construction; this makes the installation similar to an onshore assembly.

Note that underwater pipes should be covered sufficiently to prevent floating and damage (e.g. by anchors).

6.5. AlignmentUndulating land levels with minor difference in height can be followed by the flexibility of the system.Joints or pipe bending, if assessed by system design, ensures no lateral displacement while allowing angular deflection.

6.6. SettlementFlexible joints have to be installed in pairs; one joint is placed at the beginning of the deviation while the other is located at the end of this area, in order to create a rocker pipe. The rocker pipe will act as a hinge.

The longer the rocker pipe, the higher the loads on the joints. This can be avoided by adding more joints that are flexible. Based on the soil parameters, the number of joints is determined.

Note that the length of the sections shall be limited in order to avoid excessive bending which may result in failure of pipe or joint.The section length = ID + minimal 0.5 m. Mechanical O-ring joints shall be installed at both ends to accommodate further settlements.

6.7. Pipe cast in concreteIn some cases, pipe systems may be cast in concrete. Such applications require following:

• Donotpourconcretedirectlyontopipe• Thevibratingpokermustbekeptatleast300mmaway from the pipe• Thepipesystemmustbepressuretestedpriorto casting• Cradlesareprovidedwithsteelclampsandrubberlining in order to prevent floating• Bucklingofthepipeduringcastingcanbepreventedby pressurizing the system

Note that concrete shrinks when setting; this may result in extra loading of the GRE pipe system. Ensure that the allowable pressure is not exceeded by using pressure relief valves.

Fig. 6.12. Lowering underwater main

Fig. 6.13. Pipe alignment

Fig. 6.14. Settlement

Fig. 6.15. Pipe cast in concrete

20

Aboveground pipe systems may be subjected to various loadings resulting from operation of the system.Next to the information in this section, reference is made to specific manufacturer’s documentation.

7.1. SupportsSupports not only provide system fixation, loading relief and clinching but also protection. Prior to installation, supports are checked for location, type and span as detailed in drawings and specifications of the project. Supports can be differentiated as fixed, guided sliding and free sliding supports.

7.1.1. GeneralFunctional pipe supporting can be obtained with the aid of system design analysis.Following aspects need to be respected:• Pipesrestingonsleepersaresuppliedwith180° saddles, which are bonded to the pipe at the support location to protect the pipe against wear damage from possible pipe movements• Thelengthofthewearsaddlemustbe50mmlonger than the calculated pipe displacement plus the support width• Allowpipeexpansionwithinaclamp• Inverticalpipeassemblies,thesocketsofO-ringjoints shall point downwards, so water cannot be trapped in the socket. Entrapped water in the socket may cause joint damage when freezing• Forclampdimensions,referenceismadeto manufacturers’ detailed documentation• MechanicalO-ringjointsrequireminimalonesupport per pipe length The distance of the support to the joint is maximal 20 % of the pipe length

7.1.2. Fixed support pointsFixed points may never be realized by tightening the bolts of the pipe clamps. This may lead to pipe deformations and excessive wall stresses.

Mind the following requirements for fixed points:• Fixationsaddlesshallbepositionedonbothsides, at the shoe side of the clamp• Laminatedfixationsaddlesshallbeappliedonboth sides of the clamp• Whenusingnon-restrainedjointingsystemseachpipe shall be fixed• Eachchangeofdirectioninanon-restrainedpipeline shall be anchored to prevent pipe joints coming apart• Checkwhetherthepositionsofpipesupportsarestillin accordance with the installation requirements after testing. The supporting elements might be dislocated due to test pressure

Note that the mechanical O-ring lock joints must be fully stretched to avoid movement of pipe sections and consequently possible overloading. For further details on this type of joint, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

7. Installation of aboveground pipe systems

Fig. 7.4. Support with fixed point

Fig. 7.3. Sliding support

Fig. 7.2. Pipe supports

Fig. 7.1. Aboveground pipe system

21

7.2. Pipe clampsVarious types of pipe supports are available.Following considerations must be respected:• Avoidpointloadsbyusingclampsmadeofflatstrips instead of U-bolts. The width of the strip is related to the pipe diameter. For large diameter pipe double clamps may be applied• Theinsideoftheclampisfurnishedwitharubberor cork liner to compensate the uneven pipe outer surface and to minimise abrasion due to pipe movement and vibration• Longitudinalmovementintheclampsisnotadvised. Generally, movement between the clamp shoe and the support structure shall realize sliding of supports

For detailed information on clamps, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

7.3. ValvesTo avoid overstressing of pipes by the weight of valves or other heavy equipment it is advised to support pipe accessories on the flange bolts.

The load on the pipeline by operating the valve shall be carried by the support of the pipe structure. In case of a GRE flange mounted against a steel flange, the support is preferably fixed to the steel flange.

Fig. 7.8. Valve

Fig. 7.7. Pipe clampFig. 7.5. Collars on both sides of the pipe clamp

Fig. 7.6. Fixed point with bonded saddles

22

7.4. BellowsGRE products can absorb low amplitude vibrations due to the flexible properties of the composite material.

To eliminate high amplitude vibrations caused by e.g. pumps and to compensate soil settlement or expansion of e.g. tanks joined with pipes, bellows can be applied.

Bellows facilitate dismantling of pipe sections, valves, orifice flanges and gaskets. This equipment also absorbs pipe movements due to cyclic pressure and/or temperature in pipe systems that are joined with relatively stiff adhesive bonded joints.

In many cases, bellows are directly joined to the vibrating item by means of flanges. Note that the pipe section next to the bellow shall be supported separately to absorb the pipe loads.

7.5. Pipe connections through wallsSeveral alternatives are available for passing pipes through walls. In case of anticipated settlement of the wall or pipeline, flexible couplings must be installed on both sides of the wall.The joints shall be positioned as close as possible outside the wall.

7.5.1. GRE pipe with sealing puddle flangeThe factory made puddle flange consists of a GRE ring, which is laminated on the pipe.

7.5.2. Sand coated GRE pipeA sand coating on a GRE pipe offers an excellent adhesion between concrete and GRE.

7.5.3. Link sealThis type of wall penetration consists of several linked rubber parts, which fit in the circular space between the outer surface of a GRE pipe and the diameter of a hole in a wall. A sufficiently smooth inner surface of the wall can be obtained by:• Mountingasteelpipesectionwithwatersealbefore pouring mortar• Drillingaholewithacrowndrillhavingdiamondinlays• Fixingaremovableplasticcasingpipesectionbefore pouring mortar

The rubber parts are linked together with bolts and form a rubber chain. The rubber sections are compressed by tightening the bolts.All components of the link seal can be made of various material qualities.

Link seals allow for some angular deflection and lateral movement. After having mounted the GRE pipe in the link seal the rubber elements are compressed by tightening the bolts evenly. The expanded rubber sections seal the room between GRE and concrete.

Fig. 7.10. Puddle flange

Fig. 7.9. Bellow

Fig. 7.11. Sand coated GRE pipe casted in concrete

Fig. 7.12. Sketch link seal

23

7.5.4. Special sealing shapeThis wall penetration consists of a steel pipe, which is provided with flanges. One of the flanges is profiled to fit a sealing element. By tightening the nuts, the seal is compressed in the annular space between the flange and the pipe and provides an excellent seal.

7.5.5. Plain wall passingWhen passing a pipe through a wall, the outer surface of the pipe must be protected with a flexible material, e.g. a 5 mm thick rubber layer, protruding 100 mm at both sides of the wall.

7.6. Joining with other materialsThe most appropriate method to join objects of different materials is by using a flange. A mechanical coupler might be an alternative. For details about these joints, reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.

Flanges can be drilled according most of the relevant standards. When a flanged GRE pipe section is joined with a metal pipe section, the metal section must be anchored to avoid transmission of loads and displacements to the GRE pipe sections.

Instrument connections can be made using a saddle and a bushing.

7.7. UV-resistanceThe topcoat of GRE pipes and fittings consist of a resin rich layer. This layer offers sufficient protection against UV-radiation.

When exposed to weather conditions the epoxy topcoat may be attacked on the long term; this may result in a chalked outer surface.

After several years of operation, the chalked layer may be removed and replaced by a resistant, protective polyurethane paint coating. Contact the manufacturer for advice.

Fig. 7.16. Joining to other materials

Fig. 7.15. Plain wall passing

Fig. 7.13. Link seal

24

8. Quality Control / Quality Assurance8.1. GeneralTo assure good workmanship, only qualified and certified personnel shall be allowed to work on the installation of GRE pipeline systems.

Always strictly follow the installation manuals next to the necessary instruction guidelines. When making joints, it is necessary to execute the required steps in the correct sequence.

Never compromise on work quality and follow the instructions assigned from handling and storing through joining and installing GRE materials.

8.2. Joint traceabilityAs part of the quality control and on behalf of the traceability of adhesive bonded joint data, the following information should be registered during installation for each joint:1. Name or registration info of the pipe-fitter2. Joint identification (number)3. Start/end of the curing process4. Heat blanket identification (number)5. Identification (number) of adhesive batch6. Temperature of heating blanket (optional)

8.3. Possible installation defectsFollowing table lists a number of defect types along with acceptance criteria and recommended corrective actions:

Table 8.1. Defect, acceptance criterion, corrective action

Defect Inspection method

Cause Acceptance criterion Corrective action

Incorrect spool dimensions

Visual Incorrect prefabrication Can difference be compensated elsewhere in the system? Can system not be compensated?

Accept

Reject

Misaligned spools Visual Misaligned components e.g. flanges

Can difference be compensated elsewhere in the system? Can system not be compensated?

Accept

Reject

Misaligned joint Visual Movement during cure. Incorrect shave dimensions

Not permitted Reject

Diameter restriction Visual Application of too much adhesive

Maximum height (h) of adhesive seam is 0.05 * ID or 10 mm, whichever is smaller

If accessible, remove by grinding

Impact, wear, or abrasive damage

Visual Incorrect transport or handling

According to ISO 14692, Annex A, Table A1

Major defect: replace

Minor defect: repair

Leaking joint Hydro test Joining not properly performed

Not permitted Reject

25

9. Field Test Procedure9.1. GeneralBefore the installed pipeline system is operational, the system has to be hydro tested to ensure the integrity and leak tightness. Hydro testing of the pipeline system will be performed in two steps:

1. Integrity test The test pressure shall be increased over an agreed duration at an agreed pressure level in order to prove the maximum pressure resistance of the system.2. Leak tightness test The test pressure shall be increased to an agreed pressure level at which the joints can be inspected visually

Pressure level and test duration can be stated in an Inspection and Test section of the Site Quality Plan.

All safety precautions must be applied. It is important to test the integrity of the system first, to avoid the risk of injury during visual inspection. All pressure gauges and pumps must be suitable and calibrated. Ensure that the pipeline can be vented and drained.The pressure gauge must be mounted between a valve and the pipeline system in order to indicate the test pressure in the GRE system after having closed the valve, which is mounted after the pump. Due to the head of water, the pressure gauge should be located at the lowest point in the system. The pressure gauge should have a maximum scale reading of approximately twice the test pressure.

If the system is not designed to withstand any negative pressure, which might occur during testing, then the system needs to be protected by an air release valve. Trapped air should be released by using vent(s).

The application of GRE pipeline systems may vary from long, (buried) line pipe applications to small skid piping systems.

Joint types might vary from laminate joints to mechanical joints with O-ring seal, with or without locking strip.

Each system requires its specific testing method. For each system, the test procedure has to be described in the Inspection and Testing Section of the Site Quality Plan. This Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) must be established before the project starts.

The advices for testing mentioned in the following paragraphs are for guidance only and are not mandatory.

26

9.2. PreparationPrior to hydro testing, the following issues shall be checked:• Allmaterialthatshouldnotbeontheinsideofthe pipeline system shall be removed• Alljoiningproceduresshallbecompleted• Trenchesshouldbepartiallybackfilledandcompacted; the joints should be left exposed• Allsupports,guides,and(temporary)anchorsshallbe in place and functional before pressurizing the system• Alltemporarysupportsandinstallationaidsshallbe removed• Unlessstatedotherwise,allvalvesshouldbethrough- body tested• Allcheckvalvesshallberemovedtoenablemonitoring of the full line• Flangeboltsshallbemadeuptothecorrecttorque• Buriedpipesystemsmustbebackfilledsufficientlyto restrain the system

9.3. Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing

9.3.1. Filling and stabilizingFill the pipeline at the lowest point with water using a small diameter branch connection and vent the trapped air at the highest point(s) of the system. Long straight sections may be vented using an inflatable ball or foam pig to expel any air and impurities.

After filling, the line is pressurized gradually up to 0.8 * Design Pressure; the pressure shall be maintained for 24 hours in order to allow the system to set and the pressure to stabilise. For small above ground systems, it is allowed to reduce the stabilising time.

9.3.2. TestingOnce the pressure is stabilised, the integrity of the pipe system is tested first in accordance with agreements.

Depending on the system a pressure drop might occur. In all cases, leakage of joints, pipes or fittings is not allowed. For safety reasons, an inspection of the system because of a possible leakage is not permitted when the pipeline is loaded at integrity test pressure level. This has to be mentioned in the ITP.

When the integrity test has been completed successfully, depressurise the system to leak tightness test pressure level. Duration of the leak tightness test normally depends on the time needed to inspect all joints, pipes and fittings visually.

It is preferable to test the line in sections, for example the length of one-day installation. The line is temporarily closed using, e.g. a test plug and a flange at the end. The blind flange should be provided with an air release valve.

After testing of the installed section the test plug, needs to be pushed back about 2 meters by pressuring air via the air release valve. The excess water is released by opening the valve at the begin of the line. After securing of the test plug, e.g. by inflation, the temporary flange connection can be removed and the assembly may proceed.

Fig. 9.2. Field test unit

Fig. 9.1. Various pipe pigs

27

The advantage of this method is that the test medium stays in the tested section and does not need to be re-filled for hydro testing of the next section.

Any leak caused by incorrect assembly of the joint can be detected easily. Extreme movements can be prevented by partially filling and compacting of the trench.Note that temperature changes over a 24 hours period will affect the pressure in a closed system.

A drop in pressure during the night does not always indicate that there is a leak in the system. When testing a system the ambient temperature should be measured.

GRE material behaves different from steel due to the low weight, the flexibility of the joint and elasticity of the material.In case of a failure during hydro testing, the line will move due to the sudden release of stored energy; there might be a risk of injury to personnel.Note that testing with air or gas is extremely dangerous and should be avoided. Systems shall never be tested with an inflammable fluid or gas.The manufacturer of GRE pipe systems does not take any responsibility for any damage resulting from the use of these methods.The following causes may affect pressure drop and consequently result in hydro test failures:

• Leakageofpipelineaccessories• Leakageofgaskets• Leakingjoints• Leakageofpipes

The system shall be considered to have passed the hydro test if there is no leaking of water from the piping at any location and there is no significant pressure loss that can be accounted for by usual engineering considerations.

9.3.3. DepressurisingDepressurisation of the system must be carried out carefully to avoid a negative pressure.

In the unlikely event, GRE pipes, joints and/or fittings may have to be repaired. Repair on the pipeline system shall be performed according described instructions.

10. RepairThe repair procedure shall be prepared and qualified by the contractor in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. It shall be demonstrated that the repair method restores the specified properties.

Leaks in pipe, fittings and joints are repaired by replacing the defective part. In some cases, especially for buried systems, insufficient space and/or difficult accessibility to pipes and fittings may occur.

Each application of a GRE pipe system and each type of product or design requires a different repair and/or replacement procedure.

For further details, reference is made to manufacturer’s documentation.

Fig. 9.3. Test pressure recording

28

11. Tolerances

Tolerances to dimensional referenceInternal diameter mm

A B C D E F

25 - 200 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,5° ±3 mm ±1 mm ±0,5°

250 - 300 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±1 mm ±0,5°

350 - 400 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±2 mm ±0,5°

450 - 600 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±2 mm ±0,5°

700 - 900 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,2° ±4 mm ±3 mm ±0,5°

1000 - 1200 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,15° ±6 mm ±3 mm ±0,5°

Dimension Aa) Face to face dimensions

b) Center to face dimensions

c) Location of attachments

d) Center to center dimensions

Dimension BLateral translation of branches or connections

Dimension CRotation of flanges, from the indi-cated position

Dimension DEnd preparations

Dimension ECut of alignment of flanges from the indicated position, measured across the full gasket face

Dimension FAngular deflection

F

E

D

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

C

F

F

F

It is recommended to consider and use the dimensional tolerances illustrated and figured below.

29

12. Safety precautionsThe following safety precautions should be respected when using GRE products. The required rescue and safety measures when using resin and hardener for adhesive or lamination sets are shown under the R- and S- code numbers which are listed in manufacturer’s documentation.

12.1. Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination setsIn order to avoid irritation of the respiratory system, satisfactory ventilation should be provided. If a system is hydro tested, adequate safety precautions must be taken, as a “safe test pressure” does not exist. Any pressure in itself is dangerous.

Experienced personnel must operate the test equipment. Persons not involved in the test or inspection are not allowed in the immediate area of the tested system. Only one person should be in charge and everyone else must follow his/her instructions.

Do not change anything on the pipe system when it is under pressure. Leaking joints may only be repaired after the pressure has been fully released.

The test equipment must be installed at a safe distance from the connection to the pipe system.If welding needs to take place, the GRE material must be protected from hot works.

12.2. Cutting, shaving and sandingWhen cutting or grinding GRE materials the following personal protection is necessary to protect eyes and skin:• Adustmaskcoveringnoseandmouth• Apairofsafetygoggles• Glovesandoverall• Closeoverallsleeveswithadhesivetapetokeepthe dust out• Wearprotectiveclothingtoprotectthebody• Machiningshouldbecarriedinawell-ventilatedroomor in open air

12.3. EnvironmentAlways clean up the work area. GRE and cured adhesive are chemically inert and do not have to be treated as chemical waste. Waste shall always be disposed in an environment friendly manner.

This literature should only be used by personnel having This literature should only be used by personnel having



FP 1040 A 04/12



B-1 Pipe End Preparation ToolThe B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joint. The tool is available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inch (25-100 mm) in diameter and has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the operator.

M74 Pipe ShaverThe Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a cylindrical surface (spigot) on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 16 inch (50-400 mm) in diameter as described in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions. When adjusted and used as described in the instructions, the shaver prepares an excellent bonding surface with a controlled tolerance on diameter. This unit can be rotated by hand or with a portable power drive (supplied separately). A key in the portable power drive engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.

Shaver Type Bonding system SizeB-1 Quick-Lock® 1- 4M74 Quick-Lock 2-16M86 Taper/Taper 2-6M86 XL Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 2-10M87 Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 6-16M87 XL Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 16-24M88 Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 26-40M95 Taper/Taper 24-40

Bondstrand® Pipe Shavers

Bondstrand pipe shavers are designed to prepare a spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe as described in the individual assembly instructions. Pipe is shipped from the factory with spigots, but when the pipe is cut to length on the job site, a spigot must be shaved for assembly to the bell end of another section of pipe, or to a fitting or coupling. Each shaver is centered and fixed on the end of the pipe by an expanding arbor. Arbors are available for each pipe size. The arbor slips in to the pipe and expands to grip the inside of the pipe when the tensioning bolt(s) is/are tightened. As the frame is rotated around the stationary center shaft, the cutting tool advances automaticially.

Assembly techniqueFor the best possible joint reliability, NOV Fiber Glass Systems draws on broad experience to provide complete assembly instructions. These well-defined and repeatable assembly techniques help the user avoid field-joining problems and assure succesful installation. Training programs and audio-visual aids are available and are especially helpful for first-time users of Bondstrand Pipe Shavers.

The following series of pipe shavers are available :

M86 Pipe ShaverThe Bondstrand M86 Pipe Shaver has been designed to prepare a tapered spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 6 inch (50-150 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket.The shaver is normally driven by a portable power drive adapter.

M86XL Pipe ShaverThe Bondstrand M86XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 2 through 10 inch (50-250 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc.

M87 Pipe ShaverThe Bondstrand M87 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 6 through 16 inch (150-400 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.

M87XL Pipe Shaver The Bondstrand M87XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 16 through 24 inch (400-600 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.

M88 Pipe ShaverBondstrand M88 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the size 26 inch (650 mm) to 40 inch (1000 mm) to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden; Straub®; Viking JohnsonTM; etc.

M95 Pipe ShaverThe Bondstrand M95 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 24 through 40 inch (600-1000 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by two fixed electric motors.



FP599 E 06/12



Electric Heating BlanketsHeat source for forced curing adhesive-bonded joints in Bondstrand GRE

Introduction

Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat cure adhesive-bonded joints in pipe and fittings. Requiring either 120 Volts or 230 Volts alternating current, the blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled heat, ensuring maximum joint strength and reliability.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1 to 40 inch (25 -1000 mm) controlled by either one or two thermostats.There are two types of blankets, Type A and Type B.

Type A: Inner joint heating blanket for pipe sizes 1-3 inch (25-75 mm)This type of blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the pre-formed shape in to the pipe.

Type B: Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm)This type of blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of 1“ through 3“ flange joints). Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter ranges: 1-2 inch (25-50 mm) 18-20 inch (450-500 mm) 3-4 inch (75-100 mm) 22-24 inch (550-600 mm) 6-8 inch (150-200 mm) 28-32 inch (700-800 mm) 10-12 inch (250-300 mm) 34-40 inch (850-1000 mm) 14-16 inch (350-400 mm)

Note: For sizes 28-32 inch (700-800 mm) and 34-40 inch (850-1000 mm) operating at 120 Volts two zone blankets are used.

Type A:1. Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the joint and leave the power cord exposed from the joint;2. Ensure that the pre-formed blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by “locking” beginning and end with each other;3. At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the blanket by power cord when fixed by excess adhesive;4. Release first before removal in order to avoid damage to the thermostat.

Type B:1. Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from the joint; 2. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will cover the thermostat;3. Tie the blanket in place with heat-resistant wire (copper, or soft iron). Flange mounting requires a special wrap.

Instructions

Type A

Type B



FP 730 B 06/12



Instructions

Handling precautions

Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and, starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in to the pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown. Keep the blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a flexible non metallic rod.

1. Do not lift or hold the blanket by the power cord;2. Do not apply alternating current (A.C.) when standing in water, or on wet surfaces;3. Apply alternating current only at the voltage marked on the heating blanket;4. Do not step on the blanket or create sharp folds in it;5. Inspect the blanket and power cord for loose wire connections and bare wires prior to applying alternating current;6. Make sure the blanket is operating, in fact heats up (at all heating zones when applicable);7. For required curing times and detailed assembly instructions, please refer to the applicable joint Assembly Instructions;8. Use the blanket only for pipe sizes as indicated on the blanket.

For further information regarding the use of the blankets, please refer to the respective BondstrandAssembly Instructions.

SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTINGSTANDARD WRAP FOR PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS

SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTING

QUICK GUIDE INTO ISO 14692

1. Introduction

The ISO (International Standards Organization) 14692 standard is an international

standard dealing with the qualification, manufacturing, design and installation of

GRE piping systems. This document gives a brief summary of the ISO 14692 standard only

and is not intended to replace the ISO 14692 standard.

Content

1. Introduction 1

2. What is ISO 14692? 2

3. Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials 3

4. Part 2: Qualification of components 3

5. Part 3: System design 5

6. Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation 7

7. Conclusion 9

8. ISO in brief 9

9. References 9

10. Deviations list to the ISO quality program 10

To ensure a trouble free GRE piping system, three major

important conditions must be met:

1.Use qualified products

2.Proper system design

3. Install according to manufacturers standards and

guidelines

The above mentioned three points are addressed in the

ISO 14692 Standard in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4, respectively.

Figure 1. The key to success

1

Qualification System design

Installation

Trouble-

free pipe

system

2

2. What is ISO 14692?

ISO 14692, is an international standard dealing with the

qualification of fittings, joints and pipes for certain applications.

It describes how to qualify and manufacture GRP/GRE pipe

and fittings, how to conduct system design and finally it gives

guidelines for fabrication, installation and operation.

The ISO 14692 consists of 4 parts:

Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials

Part 2: Qualification and manufacture

Part 3: System design

Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation

ISO 14692-2, ISO 14692-3, ISO 14692-4, follow each

individual phase in the life cycle of a GRP/GRE piping system,

i.e. from design through manufacture to operation. Each part is

therefore aimed at the relevant parties involved in that

particular case. It is primarily intended for offshore applications

on both fixed and floating topsides facilities, but may also be

used as guidance for the specification, manufacture, testing

and installation of GRP/GRE piping systems in other similar

applications found onshore.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has obtained a Design Examination

Statement from DNV. This examination statement consists of

a combination of two specifications namely: ISO 14692 and

AWWA M45. ISO 14692 covers the design of suspended pipe

systems and the qualification of GRP/GRE products, AWWA

M45 covers the design and installation of buried pipe systems.

Together these specifications cover all design and installation

aspects. In cases where the specifications conflict, the ISO

14692 supersedes the AWWA. Therefore, on the basis of this

design examination statement, the scope can include both

applications of GRP/GRE piping systems onshore (buried and

suspended).

Main users of the ISO 14692 document are: governments,

end users, engineering companies, inspection companies,

manufacturers, installers.

The advantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:

- Standardizing principles, norms, working methods

- Allows everybody to have the same understanding

- Main engineering and installation of GRP/GRE issues are

handled

- Accepted by all engineering companies, third party

inspection companies and governments

- Accepted in Europe by convention of Vienna and equal to

CEN-standards

- Everybody speaks the same language

The disadvantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:

- Needs thorough studying, the standard is certainly difficult

- For qualification, expensive tests are required

- Expensive quality control requirements

Photo 1. Platform under construction

3. Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials

The first part of the ISO 14692 gives the terms, definitions and

symbols used.

A few examples of common used abbreviations are given:

• Composite pipe = pipe manufactured using fiber reinforced

thermoset plastics

• GRP = Glass Reinforced Plastics

• GRE = Glass Reinforced Epoxy

• Lower confidence limit, LCL = 97.5% confidence limit of the

long-term hydrostatic pressure or stress based on a 20-year

lifetime.

• Jet fire = turbulent diffusion flame resulting from the

combustion of a fuel continuously released with significant

momentum in a particular range of directions

• Impregnate = saturate the reinforcement with a resin

• LTHP = extrapolated long-term mean static failure pressure

of a component with free ends based on a 20-year lifetime

• Part factor f1 = ratio of the 97,5% confidence limit of the

LTHP to the mean value of LTHP

• Part factor f2 = derating factor related to confidence in the

pipe work system, the nature of the application and the

consequence of failure

• Part factor f3 = factor that takes account of

non-pressure-related axial loads, e.g. bending

Furthermore, some general applications for GRP/GRE piping

are given.

4. Part 2: Qualification of components

Part 2 of the standard gives requirements for the qualification

and manufacture of GRP/GRE piping and fittings.

4.1 Wall thickness limitationsThe structural calculations given in this part of ISO 14692 are

only valid for thickness-to-diameter ratios that are in accor-

dance with Equation (1).

( tr / D ) ≤ 0,1

where tr is the average reinforced thickness of the wall, in

millimetres, i.e. excluding liner and added

thickness for fire protection;

D is the mean diameter, in millimetres, of the

structural portion of the wall.

In order to provide sufficient robustness during handling and

installation, the minimum total wall thickness, tmin, of all

components shall be defined as:

For Di ≥ 100 mm: tmin ≥ 3 mm

For Di < 100 mm: ( tmin / Di ) ≥ 0,025 mm

where Di is the internal diameter of the reinforced wall of the

componet, in millimetres.

For more onerous apllications, for example offshore,

consideration should be given to increasing the minmum wall

thickness to 5 mm.

The minimum wall thickness of the pipe at the joint, i.e. at the

location of the O-ring or locking-strip groove, shall be at least

the minmum thickness used for the qualified pipe body.

Depending on location, the system design pressure and other

design factors can significantly increase the required wall

thickness.

4.2 Qualification programAn extensive qualification program is required to determine

the performance of the GRP/GRE components with respect to

pressure, temperature, chemical resistance, fire performance,

electrostatic performance, impact etc.

What has to be done to qualify a GRP/GRE piping system?

For each product family (component type), a full regression

line according ASTM D-2992 must be determined (witnessed

by third party for example: DNV, Bureau Veritas). The test

Figure 2. Regression curve

3

consists of at least 18 samples. The test pieces are plain end.

The test setup is a closed end pressure vessel. Samples are

subject to different pressures and held at pressure until failure.

The test medium is water at 65 degrees C. The required failure

mode is weeping.

The failures shall be in different decades of the log-log plot of

time vs. stress. Figure 2 gives an example of a regression line.

Table 1. Overview of product sectors

Diameter (mm) Pressure range (bar)

0 - 50 50 - 100 100 -150 >_ 150

25 - 250 A H N S

250 - 400 B I O T

400 - 600 C J P

600 - 800 D K Q

800 - 1200 E L R

Photo 2. Spool for 1000 hrs testing

Photo 3. Overview of elbows needed for qualification up to 8 inch

Each product family (pipe, elbow, reducer, tee, flange) is

divided into product sectors. Two representative samples,

usually the largest diameter and highest pressure class,

from each product sector are taken and fully tested according

ASTM 1598 (1000 hrs at 65 C). The test medium is water. The

representative samples are called the product sector

representatives.

For calculation of the test pressure, the regression line of the

pipe or the fitting is used. In absence of a regression line, a

default value can be obtained from a table given. For details on

the calculation see the ISO document. In general the 1000 hr

test is performed at about 2.5 to 3 times the design pressure.

So a 20 bar system is tested around 50 to 60 bar.

A product sector contains all the items within its diameter and

pressure range, the so called component variants. Component

variants are qualified by either two 1000 hr tests or through the

scaling method.

For quality control, short term tests could be performed, if

required and agreed with the principle. These are done to

establish a baseline value for quality control.

Other aspects to be considered are: the glass transition

temperature, the glass resin ratio and component dimensions.

These have to be determined from the replicate samples and

used by quality control during production as base line values.

4.3 Fire performanceIf required, fire testing shall be conducted on each piping

material system. The performance of the piping system shall

be qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a

classification code shall be assigned.

4.4 Electrical conductivityIf required, testing shall be carried out on each piping material

system. The performance of the piping system shall be

qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a

classification code shall be assigned.

4.5 Quality program for manufactureThe piping manufacturer shall have a suitable and accredited

quality assurance and quality control system.

Pipe and fittings furnished to ISO 14692 shall be tested

according to the ISO standard.

See chapter 10 for the list of deviations to the quality program.

4

5

5. Part 3: System design

5.1 Introduction/abstractThe design guidelines are handled in part 3 of ISO 14692. The

designer shall evaluate system layout requirements such as:

• Space requirement (fitting dimensions)

• Piping system support

• Vulnerability

• The effect of fire (incl. blast) on the layout requirements

should be considered

• Control of electrostatic discharge (depending on service

and location)

5.2 Layout requirementsIn general the same types of fittings available in steel are also

available. Note that the dimensions of some GRP/GRE fittings

can be larger compared to steel fittings.

5.3 Support distanceRecommendations for system support:

• Supports spaced to limit sag (< 12.5 mm)

• Valves and heavy equipment to be supported

independently

• In general, connections to metallic piping systems shall be

anchored

• Do not use GRP/GRE piping to support other piping

• Use the flexibility of the material to accommodate axial

ex pansion, provided the system is well anchored and

guided

5.4 Hydraulic designThe aim of hydraulic design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping

systems are capable of transporting the specified fluid at the

specified rate, pressure and temperature throughout their

intended service life.

Factors that limit the velocity are:

• Unacceptable pressure losses

• Prevention of water hammer

• Prevent cavitation

• Reduction of erosion

• Reduction of noise

• Pipe diameter and geometry (inertia loading)

Fluid velocity, fluid density, interior surface roughness of pipe

and fittings, pipe length, inside diameter as well as resistance

from valves and fittings shall be taken into account when

estimating pressure losses. The smooth surface of the

GRP/GRE pipe may result in lower pressure losses compared

to metal pipe.

A full hydraulic surge analysis shall be carried out if pressure

transients are expected. The analysis shall cover all anticipated

operating conditions including priming, actuated valves, pump

testing, wash-down hoses, etc.

Table 2. Overview of qualification tests needed

Product sector A Test standard Pipe Elbows Tees Flanges

Component variant 2 inch ASTM D-1598 2 or scaling 2 or scaling 2 or scaling 2 or scaling




Product sector

representative 8 inch ASTM D-2992 2 2 2 2

Family representative ASTM D-2992 18 18 18 18

QC baseline ASTM D-1598 5 5 5 5

5.5 Structural designThe aim of structural design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping

systems shall sustain all stresses and deformations during

construction/installation and throughout the service life.

Piping system design shall represent the most severe

conditions experienced during installation and service life.

Designers shall consider loads given in table 1 in the

ISO document.

Sustained loads:

• Pressure (internal, external, vacuum, hydro-test)

• Mass (self-mass, medium, insulation, etc)

• Thermal induced loads

• Soil loads and soil subsidence

Occasional loads:

• Earthquake

• Wind

• Water hammer

The sum of all hoop stresses and the sum of all axial stresses

in any component in the piping system shall lie within the

long-term design envelope.

5.5.1 Determination of the failure envelope and the long-term design envelopeIn the ISO14692 document, an algorithm is given how to

determine the failure envelope and how the long term

design envelope is developed.

• Determine the short term failure envelope (1 or 2)

• The idealized long term failure envelope (3) is

geometrically similar to the short term envelope with all

data points being scaled. This scaling factor (fscale) is

derived using the long term regression line

• The non factored long term design envelope (4) is based

on the idealized long term envelope multiplied by the part

factor f2

• The factored long term design envelope (5) is derived

by multiplication with A1, A2 and A3, where A1 is the

de-rating factor for temperature, A2 is the de-rating factor

for chemical resistance and A3 is the de-rating factor for

cyclic service

Figure 3. Allowable stress curve

5.6 Stress analysisManual or computer methods can be used for structural

analysis of piping systems.

Caesar II (by Coade) is commonly used to perform stress and

flexibility analysis. The piping system can be evaluated for

several load-cases. Load-cases can be setup from

combinations of pressure, temperature, weight, wind load,

displacement, earthquake etc. With the calculation output,

the stresses in the piping system, the displacement, the loads

on the support, the load on equipment nozzles etc., can be

checked.

Photo 4. Installation of 54 km 18 inch pipe, pressure rating 20 bar

5.7 Fire performanceThe fire performance requirements of the piping system shall

be determined.

Fire performance is characterized in two properties:

• Fire endurance (ability to continue to perform during fire)

• Fire reaction (ignition time, flame spread, smoke and heat

release, toxicity)

If piping cannot satisfy the required fire properties, the

following shall be considered:

• Rerouting of piping

• Use alternative materials

• Apply suitable fire-protective coating

5.8 Static electricityThe use of a conductive piping system might be considered in

case the GRP/GRE piping system is running in a hazardous

area or if the pipe is carrying fluids capable of generating

electrostatic charges.

6

7

6. Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation

6.1 IntroductionPart 4 of ISO 14692 gives requirements and recommen dations

for fabrication, installation and operation of GRP/GRE pipe

systems.

Past experience with GRP/GRE projects shows that a great

deal of the problems that occur are associated with bad

fabrication and installation.

A highly recommended approach to a successful installation is

to order the piping system as a set of pre-fabricated spools, to

the maximum extent possible. This will reduce the possibility of

poor fabrications or repairs at a very late and potentially costly

stage of the project.

Photo 5. Hydro-test of spool

6.2 Fabrication and installationWhat further can be done to prevent site problems?

6.2.1 InspectionIt starts with checking the incoming goods

• Check supplied quantity

• Check nominal dimensions of supplied material

• Check supplied pressures class

• Perform a visual control of supplied material (transport

damage, impact)

• Check if storage is correct

• Check availability of documentation (packing lists,

certification)

Handling and storage of the incoming goods

• Use the NOV Fiber Glass Systems lifting, loading and

unloading procedure

• Storage. Pay attention to the stacking of the pipe; support

width and stacking height, end protection of pipe and fittings

• Preferably, pipe should be transported in containers or

crates

• Pipe spools. Take care that impact damage is prevented

by proper packaging and use of protection material. In all

cases pipe spools should not be stacked

• Adhesives. Check recommended storage temperatures

• O-rings, gaskets etc. shall be stored in a cool place, free

from UV radiation, chemicals etc

6.2.2 Installer requirementsWhen site fabrication is needed, all GRP/GRE components shall

be installed by qualified GRP/GRE pipe fitters and thereafter

approved by a qualified GRP/GRE piping inspector.

Definitions:Pipe fitter

Person working for a contractor who is responsible for the

construction of the GRP/GRE pipe system. He must be able to

make the relevant joint types according NOV Fiber Glass

Systems procedures. This certificate can be compared to a

welder’s certificate.

Supervisor

Person who is responsible for the quality of the installation and

is able to check the quality of the work done by the pipe fitters.

This person is normally employed by the responsible

contractor, for example as a foreman. This certificate is a

personal certificate.

QA/QC Inspector

Person who is able to check and judge the work of contractor

and is able to globally verify the soundness of the installation.

This includes lay-out related matters such as support

construction and location, flange connections etc. Can be

employed by client, contractor, third party (BV, DNV, Lloyds).

This certificate is a personal certificate.

Photo 6. Typical work of a GRE pipe fitter

Training of pipe fitter

• The quality of the joints is mainly dependent on

craftsmanship of the pipe fitter. Therefore, ISO 14692 demands

that the qualification organization is independent of the

organization that carries out the training. In the case of NOV

Fiber Glass Systems, the independent organization is DNV.

The training consists of a theoretical and a practical part

• The theoretical part will end with a written exam for which a

70% pass mark is required. The practical part will end with

making a joint that will be hydro-tested according the

requirements of the ISO 14692. These tests are witnessed

by a third party. When passing both exams the pipe fitter

will receive a pipe fitter certificate issued by DNV

• The purpose of the entire training is to teach the pipe fitter

those things he or she can have influence on

Training of Supervisor - QA/QC inspector

• NOV Fiber Glass Systems and DNV are developing an

individual certification for Supervisor - QA/QC inspector based

on ISO 14692 requirements. The objective is to train

Supervisor - QA/QC inspectors on aspects like storage,

inspection of pipes and fittings, supporting, jointing, hydro

testing etc. etc. in such a way that they can act as Supervisor -

QA/QC inspector on a GRE pre-fabrication and installation job.

An important factor is that they also learn what can go wrong.

The educating company will be NOV Fiber Glass Systems, as

they have in contrast to most institutes a large knowledge,

obtained over decades, in this particular area. The examina-

tion committee will be DNV. The certificate that can be

obtained will be a personal certificate

6.2.3 Installation methodsInstallation method shall be according manufacturers approved

installation manual.

Supporting

• Follow the installation guides from the Manufacturer

• Other guidelines not different from the NOV Fiber Glass

Systems procedures are given in the ISO 14692

Installation

General requirements are given in ISO 14692 for the

installation of GRP/GRE components such as bending,

bolt-torquing, tolerances, earthing of conductive piping, joint

selection, quality control, etc.

The most important point is that all piping shall be installed so

that they are stress-free.

Quality program for installation

The contractor shall maintain a high level of inspection to ensure

compliance with all requirements. The contractor shall designate

one individual to be responsible for quality control throughout

the installation.

Record of following items shall be made:

starting and end time of the curing process; pipe fitter nr.; batch

number of the adhesive and heating blanket; measured tempera-

ture of the heating blanket; ambient temperature, date, joint num-

ber, relative humidity.

6.2.4 System testingAll GRP/GRE piping systems shall be hydrostatically pressure

tested after installation. Water shall be used as a test medium.

6.2.5 Visual inspectionVisual inspection shall be carried out on all joints and surfaces.

Possible defects, along with acceptance criteria and corrective

actions, are given in the ISO document.

E.g.:

• Impact > replace (major defect) or repair (minor defect)

• Misaligned joints > replace components (major defect)

remake joint (minor defect)

Photo 7. Spool fabrication shop

6.3 Maintenance and repair

GRP/GRE pipes are generally maintenance free, but the

following points shall be given attention during inspection and

are addressed in the ISO document:

• Removal of scale and blockages

• Electrical conductivity

• Surface and mechanical damage

• Chalking, ageing and erosion

• Flange cracks and leaks

Repair shall be in accordance with manufacturers procedures.

8

9

7. Conclusion

ISO 14692 is a worldwide accepted standard for the

manufacturing, qualification, design and installation of

GRP/GRE piping systems.

When the guidelines laid down in the ISO 14692 standard are

followed, it will result in a trouble-free pipe system.

8. ISO in brief

ISO is a global network that identifies what international

standards are required by business, government and society,

develops them in partnership with the sectors that will put them

in use, adopts them by transparent procedures based on

national input and delivers them to be implemented worldwide.

ISO standards distill an international consensus from the

broadest possible base of stakeholder groups. Expert input

comes from those closest to the need for the standards and

also those responsible for implementing them. In this way,

although voluntary, ISO standards are widely respected and

accepted by public and private sectors internationally.

ISO is a non-governmental organization. It is a federation of

national standards bodies from over 149 countries, one per

country, from all regions of the world.

9. References

• ISO 14692-1 Petroleum and natural gas industries –

Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 1:

Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials;



Qualification and manufacture;



System design;



Fabrication, installation and operation.

10. Deviations list to the ISO quality program

ISO 14692-2:2002(E) NOV Fiber Glass Systems8.0 Quality programme for manufacture Standard

8.2 Calibration Quality Control equipment:

Pressure gauges:

• Accurate +/- 0,5% • Accurate +/- 0.8%

• Calibration every two months

8.3.2.2 Mill hydrostatic test 5% of total production.

5% of continuous production (c.p.) 1,5x Design Pressure

=< 600mm 0,89 times qualified pressure

> 600mm 0,75 times qualified pressure

if pressure class > 32 bar = 100%

8.3.2.3 Spools frequency = 100% (if practicable) 5% (if practicable)

8.3.2.4 Retesting: by failures of one of both retested

components, the whole lot to the latest successful

hydrotest shall be rejected.

Only the failed components will be rejected. In case of

rejected components, 100% will be conducted until the

affected range has been determined

8.3.3 Degree of cure: DSC according to ISO 11357-2

Determination of a QC baseline on base-resin or

component.

Frequency of 1% on c.p.

According to API 15LR.

Min. acc. = 130 / 140 dgr.C

Once per shift

8.3.4 Short-term burst test: Agreed with principal Once per three months

8.3.5 Ongoing pressure tests: yearly 6x 1000hr. test from None

at least two product sectors

8.3.6 Glass content in accordance with ISO 1172 at a

frequency of 1% of c.p.

Acceptance: 70-82% for filament wound pipe

65-75% filament wound fittings

50-65% hand-lay-up fittings

In accordance with ASTM-D-2584 at a frequency of

once a week random two types.

Acceptance: 65-77% for filament wound pipe

55-65% for filament wound fittings

The following dimensions shall be determined in

accordance with ASTM D-3567 for 1% of pipe and each

fitting:

a) Internal diameter

b) Outside diameter

c) Mass

d) Minimum total wall thickness

e) Reinforced wall thickness

f) Laying length

NOV Fiber Glass Systems conducts 100% inspection on

outside diameter of pipe. Reinforced wall thickness is

automatically determined by using fixed inside diameter.

All dimensions and tolerances are in accordance with

NOV Fiber Glass Systems product drawings.

8.3.7.2 Visual Inspection: Table 12 and Table A1 of annexure

A van ISO 14692-4:2002

ASTM-D-2563 (visual)

8.3.7.3 The principal shall be notified of all repairs No notification

8.3.8.2

&

8.3.8.3

10

8.3.8.4 The following dimensions shall be determined in

accordance with ASTM D3567 for 1% of pipe and

each fitting:

a) Internal diameter

b) Maximum outside diameter

c) Reinforced wall thickness

d) Relevant dimensions as described figure 1

e) Mass

NOV Fiber Glass Systemsn conducts only 100%

inspection on laying lengths and directions/ positions

8.3.11 Retest: by failures of one of both retested

components, the whole batch to the latest successful

test shall be rejected.

Only the failed components will be rejected.

To avoid rejecting good products, NOV Fiber Glass

Systems will test all products to trace all affected products.

8.4.3 Records to be maintained by manufacturer:

• Hydrotest reports

• Dim.+Vis.+ cond. Reports

• Tg

• Glass content

• Short term burst test report

• Long term test report

Documentation available in QC/Engineering file

9.1 Markings shall be applied on the pipe and fittings

within 1 m of the end.

Pipes 3 locations,

Fitting one location

11.4.2 Manufacturing procedure shall be provided if

requested by the principal

Not allowed by NOV Fiber Glass Systems

11.4.4 Production quality control reports in acc. 8.4 shall be

provided within five working days or other agreed

period

Special Manufacturing Record Book

9.2 All pipe and fittings shall be permanently marked with

details as in Para 9.2:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Product line designation

c) Qualified pressure

d) Temperature at which qualified pressure is

determined (default is 65°C).

e) System design pressure

f) System design temperature

g) Nominal diameter

h) Manufacturer’s identification code

i) Limitations or referenced to installation

requirements: permissible bolt torque, portable

water (yes/no), elec trical conductivity and fire

performance classification.

Pipe and fittings will be marked with:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Not

c) Qualified pressure

d) Not

e) System design pressure

f) System design temperature

g) Nominal diameter

h) Manufacturer’s identification code

i) Not

8.3.9 Thread dimensions N/A

8.3.10 Conductivity 105 Ω (100V) Conductivity 106 Ω (500V)

11



F



EB-1A 06/12

INTERNATIONAL MARITIME A.18/Res. 753 ORGANISATION 22 November 1993

Original : ENGLISH

ASSEMBLY - 18th sessionAgenda item 11

RESOLUTION A.753(18)adopted on 4 November 1993

GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS

THE ASSEMBLY,

RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organizationconcerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelinesconcerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,

NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use ofmaterials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plasticand reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,

RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials inpiping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performancecriteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,

RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide thefreedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow thenatural development of emerging technology,

HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committeeat its sixty—first session,

1. ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in theAnnex to the present resolution;

2. INVITES Governments:(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board

ships flying the flag of their State: and(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards

and emerging technology on plastic piping;

3. REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under reviewand amend them as necessary.

W/0322a

For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates arekindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies

ANNEX

GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION1.1 Purpose1.2 Scope1.3 Philosophy and contents1.4 Definitions

2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

2.1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS.1 General.2 Internal pressure.3 External pressure.4 Axial strength.5 Temperature.6 Impact resistance.7 Ageing.8 Fatigue.9 Erosion resistance.10 Fluid absorption.11 Material compatibility

2.2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS DEPENDING ON SERVICE AND/OR LOCATIONS.1 Fire endurance.2 Flame spread.3 Smoke generation.4 Toxicity.5 Electrical conductivity.6 Fire protection coatings

3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL DURING MANUFACTURE

4. INSTALLATION4.1 Supports4.2 External loads4.3 Strength of connections4.4 Control during installation4.5 Testing after installation on board4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks4.8 Methods of repair

APPENDICESAppendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition

Appendix 2 - Test method for fire endurance testing of water-filled plastic piping

Appendix 3 - Test method for flame spread of plastic piping

Appendix 4 - Fire endurance requirements matrix.

2

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

3

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizesthat there is increasing interest within the marine industryto use materials other than steel for pipes and that thereare no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existingregulations.

1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria forplastic materials in piping systems to assist maritimeAdministrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way,the permitted applications for such materials. Theseguidelines give appropriate design and installationrequirements and, for each application, fire testingperformance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safetyis adequately addressed.

1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there isfreedom to permit development of international andnational standards, and allow the natural development ofemerging technology.

1.2 Scope1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. Theyare intended to cover the design and installation of plasticpipes, both with and without reinforcement, in eitheressential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipsidevalves.

1.2.2 These guidelines are intended to comply withexisting SOLAS regulations, MSC circulars, or other equi-valent international criteria.

1.2.3 These guidelines are applicable to rigid pipes only.The use of flexible pipes and hoses and mechanicalcouplings which are accepted for use in metallic pipingsystems is not addressed.

1.3 Philosophy and contents1.3.1 The International Convention for the Safety of Lifeat Sea (SOLAS 74), as amended, specifies steel shouldbe used in some cases, but in other instances it is clearthat materials other than steel are anticipated, subject tothe Administration’s acceptance. Guidelines to enableAdministrations to make decisions on the use of plasticpiping, and the possibility of extending its application, aretherefore needed.

1.3.2 Certain material design properties and performancecriteria are common to all piping systems, regardless ofsystem or location, and these are addressed in section2.1.

1.3.3 Section 2.2 addresses fire safety aspects andprovides specific requirements applicable to pipingsystems depending on service and/or locations.

1.3.4 Section 3 addresses material approval andprescribes certain controls during manufacture of pipingthat should be considered in order to ensure the propermechanical and physical characteristics.

1.3.5 Shipboard piping should be properly installed andtested to ensure the degree of safety necessary. Section4 addresses these concerns, and incorporates MSC/Circ.449 “Guidance on installation of fibre glass reinforced pipeand fittings”.1.3.6 The fire test methods and the fire endurancerequirements matrix, referenced in section 2.2, are givenin appendices I to IV.

1.4 Definitions1.4.1 Plastic(s) as used in these guidelines refers to boththermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with orwithout reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforcedplastics - FRP.

1.4.2 Piping/Piping systems - The terms piping and pipingsystems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, methodof joining and any internal or external liners, coverings andcoatings required to comply with the performance criteria.For example, if the basic material needs a fire protectivecoating to comply with the fire endurance requirements,then the piping should be manufactured and tested withboth the basic material and coating attached and submittedto the Administration for approval as a material system.

1.4.3 Joint - The term joint refers to the permanentmethod of joining pipes by adhesive bonding, laminating,welding, etc.

1.4.4 Fittings - The term fittings refers to bends, elbows,fabricated branch pieces, etc., of plastic material.

2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES ANDPERFORMANCE CRITERIA2.1 Requirements applicable to all piping systems2.1.1 General2.1.1.1 The requirements of this section apply to all pipingand piping systems independent of service or location.

2.1.1.2 The specification of the piping should be to arecognized standard acceptable to the Administration andshould meet the additional performance guidelines thatfollow.

2.1.1.3 The piping should have sufficient strength to takeaccount of the most severe coincident conditions ofpressure, temperature, the weight of the piping itself andany static and dynamic loads imposed by the design orenvironment.

2.1.1.4 For the purpose of assuring adequate robustnessfor all piping including open ended piping (e.g. overflows,vents and open-ended drains), all pipes should have aminimum wall thickness to ensure adequate strength foruse on board ships, also to withstand loads due totransportation, handling, personnel traffic, etc. This mayrequire the pipe to have additional thickness than otherwiserequired by service considerations.

4

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

2.1.1.5 The performance requirements for any componentof a piping system such as fittings, joints, and method ofjoining are the same as those requirements for the pipingsystem they are installed in.

2.1.2 Internal pressure2.1.2.1 A piping system should be designed for an internalpressure not less than the maximum working pressure tobe expected under operating conditions or the highest setpressure of any safety valve or pressure relief device onthe system, if fitted.2.1.2.2 The nominal internal pressure for a pipe shouldbe determined by dividing the short-term hydrostatic testfailure pressure by a safety factor of 4 or the long-termhydrostatic (>100.000 h) test failure pressure by a safetyfactor of 2.5, whichever is the lesser. The hydrostatic testfailure pressure should be verified experimentally or by acombination of testing and calculation methods to thesatisfaction of the Administration.

2.1.3 External pressure2.1.3.1External pressure should be taken into account inthe design of piping for any installation which may be sub-ject to vacuum conditions inside the pipe or a head of liquidacting on the outside of the pipe.

2.1.3.2Piping should be designed for an external pressurenot less than the sum of the maximum potential head ofliquid outside the pipe, plus full vacuum (1 bar). Thenominal external pressure for a pipe should be determinedby dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of3. The collapse test pressure should be verifiedexperimentally or by a combination of testing andcalculation methods to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

2.1.4 Axial strength2.1.4.1The sum of the longitudinal stresses due topressure, weight and other dynamic and sustained loadsshould not exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinaldirection. Forces due to thermal expansion, contractionand external loads, where applicable, should be consideredwhen determining longitudinal stresses in the system.

2.1.4.2In the case of fibre reinforced plastic pipes, the sumof the longitudinal stresses should not exceed half of thenominal circumferentional stress derived from the nominalinternal pressure determined according to paragraph2.1.2.2, unless the minimum allowable longitudinal stressis verified experimentally or by a combination of testingand calculation methods to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

2.1.5 Temperature2.1.5.1Piping should meet the design requirements ofthese guidelines over the range of service temperatures itwill experience.

2.1.5.2High temperature limits and pressure reductionsrelative to nominal pressures should be according to therecognized standard, but in each case, the maximum

working temperature should be at least 20°C lower thanthe minimum heat distortion temperature (determinedaccording to ISO 75 method A, or equivalent) of the resinor plastic material. The minimum heat distortion

temperature should not be less than 80°C.

2.1.5.3 Where low temperature services are considered,special attention should be paid to material properties.

2.1.6 Impact resistance2.1.6.1Piping should have a minimum resistance to im-pact to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2.1.7 Ageing2.1.7.1Before selection of a piping material, themanufacturer should confirm that the environmental effectsincluding but not limited to ultraviolet rays, saltwaterexposure, oil and grease exposure, temperature, andhumidity, will not degrade the mechanical and physicalproperties of the piping material below the valuesnecessary to meet these guidelines. The manufacturershould establish material ageing characteristics bysubjecting samples of piping to an ageing test acceptableto the Administration and then confirming its physical andmechanical properties by the performance criteria in theseguidelines.

2.1.8 Fatigue2.1.8.1In cases where design loadings incorporate a sig-nificant cyclic or fluctuating component, fatigue should beconsidered in the material selection process and takeninto account in the installation design.

2.1.8.2In addressing material fatigue, the designer mayrely on experience with similar materials in similar serviceor on laboratory evaluation of mechanical test specimens.However, the designer is cautioned that small changes inthe material composition may significantly affect fatiguebehaviour.

2.1.9 Erosion resistance2.1.9.1In the cases where fluid in the system has highflow velocities, abrasive characteristics or where there areflow path discontinuities producing excessive turbulencethe possible effect of erosion should be considered. Iferosion cannot be avoided then adequate measures shouldbe taken such as increased wall thickness, special liners,change of materials, etc.

2.1.10 Fluid absorption2.1.10.1 Absorption of fluid by the piping materialshould not cause a reduction of mechanical and physicalproperties of the material below that required by theseguidelines.2.1.10.2 The fluid being carried or in which the pipeis immersed should not permeate through the wall of thepipe. Testing for fluid absorption characteristics of the pipematerial should be to a recognized standard.

2.1.11 Material compatibility2.1.11.1 The piping material should be compatible

5

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

with the fluid being carried or in which it is immersed suchthat its design strength does not degenerate below thatrecognized by these guidelines. Where the reaction bet-ween the pipe material and the fluid is unknown, thecompatibility should be demonstrated to the satisfactionof the Administration.

2.2 Requirements applicable to piping systemsdepending on service and/or locations2.2.1 Fire endurance2.2.1.1General

Pipes and their associated fittings whose functionsor integrity are essential to the safety of ships are requiredto meet the minimum fire endurance requirements givenbelow.

2.2.1.2Fire endurance requirementsThe fire endurance of a piping system is the

capability to maintain its strength and integrity (i.e. capableof performing its intended function) for some predeterminedperiod of time, while exposed to fire that reflects anticipatedconditions. Three different levels of fire endurance for plas-tic are given. These levels consider the different severityof consequences resulting from the loss of system integrityfor the various applications and locations. The highest fireendurance standard (level 1) will ensure the integrity ofthe system during a full scale hydrocarbon fire and isparticularly applicable to systems where loss of integritymay cause outflow of flammable liquids and worsen thefire situation. The intermediate fire endurance standard(level 2) intends to ensure the availability of systemsessential to the safe operation of the ship, after a fire ofshort duration, allowing the system to be restored afterthe fire has been extinguished. The lowest level (level 3) isconsidered to provide the fire endurance necessary for awater filled piping system to survive a local fire of shortduration. The system’s functions should be capable ofbeing restored, after the fire has been extinguished.

2.2.1.2.1 Level 1 - piping systems essential to thesafety of the ship and those systems outside machineryspaces where the loss of integrity may cause outflow offlammable fluid and worsen the fire situation should bedesigned to endure a fully developed hydrocarbon fire fora long duration without loss of integrity under dryconditions. Piping having passed the fire endurance testmethod specified in appendix 1 for a duration of a mini-mum of one hour without loss of integrity in the dry conditionis considered to meet level 1 fire endurance standard.

2.2.1.2.2 Level 2 - piping systems essential to the safeoperation of the ship should be designed to endure a firewithout loss of the capability to restore the system functionafter the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passedthe fire endurance test specified in appendix 1 for a durationof a minimum of 30 min in the dry condition is consideredto meet level 2 fire endurance standard.

2.2.1.2.3 Level 3 - piping systems essential to the safeoperating of the ship should be designed to endure a firewithout loss of the capability to restore the system function

after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passedthe fire endurance test specified in appendix 2 for a durationof a minimum of 30 minutes in the wet condition isconsidered to meet level 3 fire endurance standard.

2.2.1.3 System/location matrix2.2.1.3.1 The matrix in appendix 4 establishes fireendurance requirements, which are system and locationdependent, that pipe materials installed in a specific systemand location should possess to meet accepted minimumlevels of safety.

2.2.1.3.2 Where, according to the matrix, remotelyclosed valves are required when permitting the use of plas-tic piping, the remote operation system should be designedsuch that its function will not be inhibited after beingexposed to an equivalent level 1 fire endurance test.Remote operation is defined as an accessible, safe locationoutside the space in which the valves are installed. In thecase of valves on the main deck of a tanker, remoteoperation should be from outside the cargo block.

2.2.1.3.3 Where the matrix stipulates endurance le-vel L2, pipes of endurance level L1 may also be used.Similarly, where the matrix stipulates endurance level L3,pipes of endurance level L2 and L1 may be used.

2.2.2 Flame spread2.2.2.1All pipes, except those fitted on open decks andwithin tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels andducts should have low flame spread characteristics asdetermined by the test procedures given in resolutionA.653(16) as modified for pipes.

2.2.2.2In resolution A.653(16) the test sampleconfiguration only considers flat surfaces. Proceduremodifications to A.653(16) are necessary due to thecurvilinear pipe surfaces. These procedure modificationsare listed in appendix 3.

2.2.2.3Piping materials giving average values for all of thesurface flammability criteria not exceeding the values listedin IMO resolution A.653(16), (Surface flammability crite-ria, bulkhead, wall and ceiling linings) are considered tomeet the requirements for low flame spread inaccommodation, service and control spaces. In other areasor where the quantity of pipes is small, the Administrationmay allow equivalent acceptance criteria.

2.2.3 Smoke generation2.2.3.1Criteria for smoke production need only be appliedto pipes within the accommodation, service, and controlspaces. SOLAS regulations II-2/34.7 and 49.2 areapplicable to exposed interior surfaces which areinterpreted as including the surface finish of pipingsystems.

2.2.3.2A fire test procedure is being developed and whenfinalized and appropriate smoke obscuration criteria havebeen recommended, this test will be incorporated intothese guidelines. In the meantime, an absence of this test

6

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

need not preclude the use of plastics. However,Administrations should consider this hazard whenapproving piping materials.

2.2.4 Toxicity2.2.4.1Toxicity testing is still being investigated and crite-ria developed. Before meaningful conclusions can bemade, further experimentation and testing is needed. Inthe absence of a toxicity test, the use of plastics need notbe precluded. However, Administrations should considerthis hazard when approving piping materials.

2.2.5 Electrical conductivity2.2.5.1Electrostatic charges can be generated on theinside and outside of plastic pipes. The resulting sparkscan create punctures through pipe walls leading to leakageof pipe contents, or can ignite surrounding explosiveatmospheres. Administrations should consider thesehazards when approving plastic piping systems carryingfluids capable of generating electrostatic charges (staticaccumulators) inside the pipe, and when approving plas-tic piping systems in hazardous areas (i.e. areas that could,either in normal or fault conditions, contain an explosiveatmosphere), for the possibility of electrostatic chargesoutside the pipe.

2.2.5.2. In practice, fluids with conductivity less than1,000 pico siemens per metre (pS/m) are considered tobe non-conductive and therefore capable of generatingelectrostatic charges. Refined products and distillates fallinto this category and piping used to convey these liquidsshould therefore be electrically conductive. Fluids withconductivity greater than 1,000 pS/m are considered tobe static non-accumulators and can therefore be conveyedthrough pipes not having special conductive propertieswhen located in non hazardous areas.

2.2.5.3Regardless of the fluid being conveyed, plasticpiping should be electrically conductive if the piping pas-ses through a hazardous area.

2.2.5.4Where conductive piping is required, the resistanceper unit length of the pipe, bends, elbows, fabricated branchpieces, etc., shout not exceed 1 x 105Ohm/m and theresistance to earth from any point in the piping systemshould not exceed 1 x 106Ohm. It is preferred that pipesand fittings be homogeneously conductive. Pipes andfittings having conductive layers may be accepted subjectto the arrangements for minimizing the possibility of sparkdamage to the pipe wall being satisfactory. Satisfactoryearthing should be provided.

2.2.5.5After completion of the installation, the resistanceto earth should be verified. Earthing wires should beaccessible for inspection.

2.2.6 Fire protection coatings2.2.6.1Where a fire protective coating of pipes and fittingsis necessary for achieving the fire endurance standardsrequired, the following requirements apply:

2.2.6.1.1 Pipes should be delivered from the

manufacturer with the protective coating on in which caseon-site application of protection would be limited to whatis necessary for installation purposes (e.g. joints).Alternatively pipes may be coated on site in accordancewith the approved procedure for each combination, usingthe approved materials of both pipes and insulations.

2.2.6.1.2 The liquid absorption properties of thecoating and piping should be considered. The fireprotection properties of the coating should not bediminished when exposed to saltwater, oil or bilge slops.The Administration should be satisfied that the coating isresistant to products likely to come in contact with thepiping.

2.2.6.1.3 Fire protection coatings should not degradedue to environmental effects over time, such as ultravioletrays, saltwater exposure, temperature and humidity. Otherareas to consider are thermal expansion, resistanceagainst vibrations, and elasticity. Ageing of the fireprotection coatings should be demonstrated to thesatisfaction of the Administration in a manner consistentwith the ageing test specified above.

2.2.6.1.4 The adhesion qualities of the coating shouldbe such that the coating does not flake, chip, or powder,when subjected to an adhesion test acceptable to theAdministration.

2.2.6.1.5 The fire protection coating should have aminimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

2.2.6.1.6 Pipes should be an appropriate distancefrom hot surfaces in order to be adequately insulated.

2.2.6.2Special testing may be required as part of theapproval procedure.

3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROLDURING MANUFACTURE

3.1 The Administration may require piping, as definedin chapter I, 4.0, to be prototype tested to ensure that thepiping meets the performance requirements of theseguidelines.3.2. The manufacturer should have a quality system thatmeets ISO 9001, “Quality systems - Model for qualityassurance in design/development, production, installationand servicing”, or equivalent. The quality system shouldconsist of elements necessary to ensure that pipe andfittings are produced with consistent and uniformmechanical and physical properties in accordance withrecognized standards. Control during manufacture shouldbe certified by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

3.3. Dimensions and tolerances for pipes should con-form to a recognized standard.

7

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

3.4 Piping and fittings should be permanently markedwith identification in accordance with a recognizedstandard. Identification should include pressure ratings,the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufacturedin accordance with, and the material system with whichthe pipe or fitting is made.

3.5 Each length of pipe should be tested at themanufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressurenot less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Othertest criteria may be accepted by the Administration.

3.6 Samples of pipe should be tested to determine theshort-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.These samples should be selected randomly from theproduction facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction ofthe Administration.

3.7 For piping required to be electrically conductive,representative samples of pipe should be tested todetermine the electrical resistance per unit length. Thetest method and frequency of testing should be acceptableto the Administration.

3.8 Random samples of pipe should be tested todetermine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe.The test method and frequency of testing should beacceptable to the Administration.

4. INSTALLATION4.1. Supports4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboardsystems should be determined as a function of allowablestresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacingshould be not greater than the pipe manufacturer’srecommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipesupports should take into account pipe dimensions,mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material,mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loadsdue to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer,vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system maybe subjected, and the type of support. The support spansshould also be checked for combinations of loads.

4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load ofthe pipe and its contents over the full width of the supportand be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.

4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such asvalves and expansion joints should be independentlysupported.

4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipelineto allow for relative movement between pipes made of plas-tics and the steel structure, having due regard to:

.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal expansion;.2 deformations of the ship’s hull and its structure.

4.1.5 When calculating the thermal expansions, accountshould be taken of the system working temperature andthe temperature at which assembling is performed.

4.2 External loads4.2.1 Where applicable, allowance should be made fortemporary point loads. Such allowances should include atleast the force exerted by a load (person) of 100 kg at mid-span on any pipe of more than 100 mm nominal outsidediameter.

4.2.2 Pipes should be protected from mechanicaldamage where necessary.

4.3 Strength of connections4.3.1 The requirements for connections are the same asthose requirements for the piping system in which theyare installed, as stated in paragraph 2.1.1.5.

4.3.2 Pipes may be assembled using adhesive-bonded,flanged or mechanically coupled joints.

4.3.3 Adhesives, when used for joint assembly, shouldbe suitable for providing a permanent seal between thepipes and fittings throughout the temperature and pressurerange of the intended application.

4.3.4 Tightening of flanged or mechanically coupled jointsshould be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstructions.

4.4 Control during installation4.4.1 Joining techniques should be in accordance withMSC/Circ.449. This circular requires the fabrication to bein accordance with the manufacturer’s installationguidelines, that personnel performing these tasks bequalified to the satisfaction of the Administration, and thateach bonding procedure be qualified before shipboardpiping installation commences.

4.4.2 To qualify joint bonding procedures, the tests andexaminations specified herein should be successfullycompleted. The procedure for making bonds shouldinclude: all materials and supplies, tools and fixtures,environmental requirements, joint preparation, dimensionalrequirements and tolerances, cure time, cure temperature,protection of work, tests and examinations and acceptancecriteria for the completed test assembly.

4.4.3 Any change in the bonding procedure which willaffect the physical and mechanical properties of the jointshould require the procedure to be requalified.4.4.4 The employer should maintain a self-certificationrecord available to the Administration of the following:

- the procedure used, and- the bonders and bonding operators employed by

him, showing the bonding performancequalifications, dates and results of the qualification testing.

4.4.5 Procedure qualification testing should conform to

8

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

the following:A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with thebonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of atleast one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint.When the test assembly has been cured, it shall besubjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safetyacceptable to the Administration times the design pressureof the test assembly, for not less than one hour with noleakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conductedso that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential andlongitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced inservice. The size of the pipe used for the test assemblyshall be as follows:

(1) When the largest size to be joined is 200 mmnominal outside diameter, or smaller, the testassembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.

(2) When the largest size to be joined is greater than200 mm nominal outside diameter, the sizeof the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of thelargest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.

4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, eachbonder and bonding operator should make up a testassembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding pro-cedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assemblyshould be the same as required in 4.5. The joint shouldsuccessfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.

4.5 Testing after installation on board4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should besubjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times thedesign pressure of the system.

4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services shouldbe checked for leakage under operational conditions.

4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wiresshould be accessible for inspection.

4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions4.6.1 Where “A” or “B” class divisions are penetrated forthe passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should bemade to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.These arrangements should be tested in accordance withRecommendations for fire test procedures for “A” “B” and“F” bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.

4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertightbulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strengthintegrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.

4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division anddestruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflowof liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operablefrom above the freeboard deck should be fitted at thebulkhead or deck.

4.8 Methods of repair4.8.1 At sea, the pipe material should be capable oftemporary repair by the crew, and the necessary materialsand tools kept on board.4.8.2 Permanent repairs to the piping material should becapable of exhibiting the same mechanical and physicalproperties as the original base material. Repairs carriedout and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration maybe considered permanent provided the strength is ade-

9

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

quate for the intended service.APPENDIX 1

TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING

OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITIONTest method1 A furnace test with fast temperature increase likelyto occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. Thetime/temperature of the furnace should be as follows:

at the end of 5 min. 945°C

at the end of 10 min. 1,033°C




Notes:1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows:1.1 During the first 10 min. of the test the area underthe curve of mean furnace temperature should notvary by more than + 15% of the area under the standardcurve.1.2 During the first half hour of the test the area underthe curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary bymore than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.1.3 For any period after the first half hour of the testthe area under the curve of mean furnace temperatureshould not vary by more than + 5% of the area under thestandard curve.1.4 At any time after the first 10 min of the test themean furnace temperature should not differ from the

standard curve by more than + 100°C.

2 The locations where the temperatures are measured,the number of temperature measurements and themeasurement techniques are to be agreed by theAdministration taking into account the furnace controlspecification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex ofAssembly resolution A.517(13).

Test specimen2 The test specimen should be prepared with thejoints and fittings intended for use in the proposedapplication. The number of specimens should be sufficientto test typical joints and fittings including joints betweennon-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The endsof the specimen should be closed. One of the ends shouldallow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe endsand closures may be outside the furnace. The generalorientation of the specimen should be horizontal and itshould be supported by one fixed support with theremaining supports allowing free movement. The freelength between supports should not be less than 8 timesthe pipe diameter.

Notes: 1 Most materials other than steel used forpipes will require a thermal insulation to be able topass this test. The test procedure should include theinsulation and its covering.

2. The number and size of test specimensrequired for the approval test should be specified bythe Administration.

Test conditions3 If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,moisture the specimen should not be tested until theinsulation has reached an air-dry condition. This conditionis defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of

50% relative humidity at 20 + 5°C. Acceleratedconditioning is permissible provided the method does notalter the properties of component material. Specialsamples should be used for moisture content determinationand conditioned with the test specimen. These samplesshould be so constructed as to represent the loss of watervapour from the specimen by having similar thickness andexposed faces.

4 A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen shouldbe maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar duringthe test. Means should be provided to record the pressureinside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of thespecimen in order to indicate leakage.

Acceptance criteria5 During the test, no nitrogen leakage from thesample should occur.

6 After termination of the furnace test, the test speci-men together with fire protection coating, if any, should beallowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and thentested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined inparagraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. Thepressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. withoutleakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test shouldbe conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had allof its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,so that leakage will be readily apparent.

7 Alternative test methods and/or test proceduresconsidered to be at least equivalent including open pittesting method, may be accepted in cases where the pipesare too large for the test furnace.

10

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

APPENDIX 2

TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTINGOF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING

1 Test method A propane multiple burner test with a fast

temperature increase should be used.

For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire sourceshould consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure

1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%)should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centrelineof the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mixflame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a totalheat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption shouldbe measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order tomaintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimumpurity of 95% should be used.

For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, oneadditional row of burners should be included for each 31mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux

averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintainedat the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burnerarray. The fuel flow should be increased as required tomaintain the designated heat flux.

The burners should be type “Sievert No. 2942” orequivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The innerdiameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same planeand supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, eachburner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjustthe flame height.

The height of the burner stand should also beadjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the testpipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipe’s axis.The distance between the burner heads and the pipeshould be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. Thefree length of the pipe between its supports should be .8+0.05 m.

2 Test specimenEach pipe should have a length of approximately

1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanentjoints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves andstraight joints versus elbows and bends should be testedas the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to testall typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie speci-men should be closed. One of the ends should allowpressurized water to be connected.

If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,moisture the specimen should not be tested until theinsulation has reached an air-dry condition. This conditionis defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of

50% relative humidity at 20 + 5°C. Acceleratedconditioning is permissible provided the method does notalter the properties of the materialSpecial samples should be used for moisture contentdetermination and conditioned with the test specimen.These samples should be so constructed as to representthe loss of water vapour from the specimen by havingsimilar thickness and exposed faces.

The pipe samples should rest freely in a horizontalposition on two V-shaped supports. The friction betweenpipe and supports should be minimized. The supports mayconsist of two stands, as shown in figure 2.

A relief valve should be connected to one of theend closures of each specimen.3 Test conditions

The test should be carried out in a sheltered testsite in order to prevent any draught influencing the test.

Each pipe specimen should be completelyfilled with deaerated water to exclude air bubbles.

The water temperature should not be less than

15°C at the start and should be measured continuouslyduring the test.

The water inside the sample should be stagnantand the pressure maintained at 3 + 0.5 bar during the test.

4 Acceptance criteriaDuring the test, no leakage from the sample(s)

should occur except that slight weeping through the pipewall may be accepted.

After termination of the burner regulation test, thetest sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and thentested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined inparagraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. Thepressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes wit-hout significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should beconducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all ofits coverings including fire protection insulation removed,so that leakage will be readily apparent.

11

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

12

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

APPENDIX 3

TEST METHOD FOR FLAME SPREAD OF PLASTIC PIPING

Flame spread of plastic piping should be determined byIMO resolution A.653(16) entitled “Recommendation onImproved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammabilityof Bulkhead, Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials” with thefollowing modifications.

1 Tests should be made for each pipe material andsize.

2 Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipeslengthwise into individual sections and then assemblingthe sections into a test sample as representative aspossible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist ofat least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.

3 The number of sections that must be assembledtogether to form a test sample should be that whichcorresponds to the nearest integral number of sectionswhich should make a test sample with an equivalentlinearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. Thesurface width is defined as the measured sum of the outercircumference of the assembled pipe sections that areexposed to the flux from the radiant panel.

4 The assembled test sample should have no gapsbetween individual sections.

5 The assembled test sample should be constructedin such a way that the edges of two adjacent sectionsshould coincide with the centreline of the test holder.

6 The individual test sections should be attached tothe backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through theboard and tightened by twisting at the back.

7 The individual pipe sections should be mountedso that the highest point of the exposed surface is in thesame plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.

8 The space between the concave unexposedsurface of the test sample and the surface of the calciumsilicate backing board should be left void.

9 The void space between the top of the exposedtest surface and the bottom edge of the sample holderframe should be filled with a high temperature insulatingwool if the width of the pipe segments extend under theside edges of the sample holding frame.

APPENDIX 4

FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX

A18/Res.753

A B C D E F G H I J K LocationCARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p. < 60°C)

1 Cargo lines 9 A. Machinery spaces of Category A.2 Crude oil washing lines 9 B. Other machinery spaces and3 Vent lines 9 pump rooms

INERT GAS C. Cargo pump rooms4 Water seal effluent line 1 1 1 1 1 D. Ro-ro cargo holds5 Scrubber effluent line 1 1 1 1 E. Other dry cargo holds6 Main line 6 F. Cargo tanks7 Distribution lines G. Fuel oil tanks

FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60°C) H. Ballast water tanks8 Cargo lines 3 9 I. Cofferdams void spaces pipe9 Fuel oil 3 tunnel and ducts

10 Lubricating J. Accommodation service and 11 Hydraulic oil control spaces

SEAWATER (1) K. Open decks12 Bilge main and branches13 Fire main and water spray Not Applicable14 Foam system Bondstrand approved systems15 Sprinker system Not allowed16 Ballast 917 Cooling water, essential services18 Tank cleaning services fixed machines 219 Non essential systems

FRESH WATER20 Cooling water, essential services21 Condensate return22 Non essential systems

SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS23 Deck drains (internal) 4 4 424 Sanitary drains (internal)25 Scuppers and dischargers (overboard) 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7

SOUNDING/AIR26 Water tanks/ dry spaces 927 Oil tanks (f.p.> 60°C) 3 9

MISCELLANEOUS28 Control air 5 5 5 5 5 5 529 Service air (non essential)30 Brine31 Auxiliary low pressure steam < 7 bar) 8 8 8 8 8

W/0322a 13

14

A 18/Res.753

W/0322a

LOCATION DEFINITIONS

Location Definition

A - Machinery spaces of category A Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*

regulation II-2/3.19.B - Other machinery spaces and pump rooms Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and

cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,boilers, steam and internal combustion engines,

generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oilfilling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air-

conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks tosuch spaces.

C - Cargo pump rooms Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunksto such spaces.

D - Ro-ro cargo holds Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and specialcategory spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14

and 3.18.

E - Other dry cargo holds All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquidcargo and trunks to such spaces.

F - Cargo tanks All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.G - Fuel oil tanks All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and

trunks to such spaces.

H - Ballast water tanks All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to suchspaces.

I - Cofferdams, voids, etc. Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces betweentwo bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.

J - Accommodation, service, Accommodation spaces, service spaces and controlstations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,3.22

K - Open decks Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-

2/26.2.2(5).

* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).

A) Machinery spaces of category AB) Other machinery spaces and pump roomsC) Cargo pump roomsD) Ro-ro cargo holdsE) Other dry cargo holdsF) Cargo tanksG) Fuel oil tanksH) Ballast water tanksI) Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ductsJ) Accommodation service and control spacesK) Open decks

ABBREVIATIONS:L1 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,60 min.L2 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,30 min.L3 Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions,30 min.O No fire endurance test requiredNA Not applicableX Metallic materials having a melting point greater

than 925°C.

FOOTNOTES:1/ Where non-metallic piping is used, remotelycontrolled valves to be proved at ship’s side (valve is to becontrolled from outside space).2/ Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargotanks.3/ When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with

f.p. >60°C. “O” may replace “NA” or “X”.4/ For drains serving only the space concerned, “O”may replace “L1”.5/ When controlling functions are not required bystatutory requirements or guidelines, “O” may replace “L1”.6/ For pipe between machinery space and deck wa-ter seal, “O” may replace “L1”.7/ For passenger vessels, “X” is to replace “L1”.8/ Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,as defined in regulation 13 of the International Conventionon Load Lines, 1966, should be “X” throughout unlessfitted at the upper end with the means of closing capableof being operated from a position above the freeboard deckin order to prevent downflooding.9/ For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heatingand ship’s whistle, “X” is to replace “O”.10/ For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,“NA” is to replace “O”.

Offshore Installations Reference List

Description

GeneralThese case histories are intended to serve as documentation of installations of Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Pipe products in the services shown. The names of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms companies areincluded for the sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems products by those parties. More extensive information is also available from NOV Fiber Glass Systems, or via: www.fgspipe.com.

Abbreviations used:Unitname: Name of the unit, or projectCountry: Country where unit was built

1 Firewater

2 Deluge

3 Seawater Cooling

4 Engine Room Cooling

5 Seawater

6 Ballast

7 Drains

8 Vent lines

9 Chlorination

10 Column piping

11 Caissons

12 Brine

13 Drilling mud

14 Fresh water

15 Potable water

16 Sanitary/sewage

17 Submersible pump

18 Water injection

Service/Application

4

Owner Operator Unit Name Service Diameter (inch) Pressure (bar)

Shipyard Unit Country (yard) Serie Year

Chevron Kokomgio Field 1 Africa 2005

Marathon Oil Steelhead 20 12 1 Platform Alaska 2000M 1986

Cea Cfem BMD3 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Barge Angola 2000M 1988

Chevron Takula WIP Expansion Phase II

5 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 18, 24 16 Platform Angola 2000M 1997

Chevron (UK) Limited Takula WIP - Expansion 18 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24 11 Platform Angola 2000M 1995

Chevron Bouygues Offshore

Takula WIP 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24 11 Platform Angola 2000 1989

Elf Buffalo 1 6 10 Platform Angola 2000M 1987

Sneap Bouygues Offshore Buf 1 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Angola 2000M 1987

Trans ocean Sedco Forex Sedco Express *(FP 833) 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 5 DCN Semi-sub Angola 2000M 1999

Reading and Bates W.T. Adams 9 2 2 Jack-up Argentina 5000M 1984

Reading and Bates R.W. Mowell 9 2 2 Jack-up Argentina 5000M 1985

Woodside Offshore Petroleum Pty

BP Cossack Pioneer *(FP 689)

3, 14, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

10 FPSO Australia 7000M 1995

British Gas/Clough ONGC Panna 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Australia 7000M 2005

Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 11 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30

Platform Australia 2000M 1995

Wandoo Alliance Wandoo Field, Dampier*(FP 348)

7, 6, 11, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

12 Platform Australia 2000M, 5000, 7000M

1996

Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 6, 1, 11 16, 3, 30 Platform Australia 2000M 1996

Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Platform Australia 7000M 1996

Woodside North Rankin A 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Australia 5000 1996

Woodside Offshore Petroleum Pty

BP North Rankin A 15 1, 3 Platform Australia 2000 1993

Azerbaijan International Operating Company AIOC

AIOC 5 2, 16 20 Platform Azerbaijan 2000 1999

Azerbaijan International Operating Company AIOC

BP ACG Full Field Development Project*(FP 905 A)

5, 1, 3, 16, 7, 8

1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30

16 Platform Azerbaijan 7000, 3416 2004 2008

Elf Petroland K-5 1 4, 6, 8 12 Platform Belgium 6000 1993

5



Petrobras P-43 Baracuda, P-48 Caratinga*(FP 942)

1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30, 32, 36, 40

16, 20 Hull P-43 (Jurong Shipyard, Singapore), P-43 and P-48 and integration of P-43 (Maua Jurong Shipyards, Brazil) Topsides , Hull P-48 and integra-tion of P-48 (Keppel FELS Brasil, Brazil)

FPSO Brazil 7000M, 2425C, 5000M

2004

ARCO Process Platform 3, 7, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

10 Platform Brunei 2000 1983

Brunei Shell Petroleum Shell Champion 7 (CPCB-7) 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform Brunei 6016 1993

Hudbay WHP 3 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1987

Huffco Process Platform 16 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1983

MAXUS Process Platform 3, 20 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1984

McDermott Engineering WHP 1, 20 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985

ONGC “BPA” 3 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30, 32, 36

16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1986

P.T. Avlau WHP 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985

Shell Offshore AMWP-7 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1980

Shell Offshore Champion 7 6 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

10 Platform Brunei 2000 1981

Shell Offshore Champion Phase I 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1981

Shell Offshore Champion 7 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1981

Shell Offshore AMPA-9 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Brunei 2000M 1982

Shell Offshore Champion 7 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Brunei 2000M 1982

Shell Offshore AMPA-9 1 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1986

Shell Offshore AMPA 9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1992

Shell Offshore AMPA 9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1992

Shell Offshore Champion 7 (CPCB 7) 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Brunei 6016 1993

Shell Offshore Champion 7 ( CPWA -7) 7 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1996

Shell Offshore Fairley Living Quarter 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M, 2420 2002

Shell Offshore Champion 7 (CPWA -7) 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Platform Brunei 2000M 2002

Shell Offshore BSP Champion 7 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Brunei 2416-FM 2006

Shell Offshore Shell Diana 7 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1995 1996

6



TOTAL Process Platform 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1983

Unocal WHP 7 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1984

Unocal WHP 2, 3 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985

Foramer Alligator 14 2 7 Barge Cameroon 2000M 1983

Forex Neptune Pentagone 81 8 8, 10, 12 7 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1982

SBPI / Elf Serepca BAP 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1996

SBPI / Elf Serepca Ekoundou 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform Cameroon 2000M 2000 2001

Total CG Doris Victoria 7 2, 3, 4 1 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1982

CNOOC FPSO 4, 3, 20, 1 3, 20 Dalian New Shipyard

FPSO China 7000M 2001

CNOOC/BOC Belanak 6 12, 20 Dalian New Shipyard

FPSO China 7000M 2003

CNOOC-CNNHW 1007 6 12, 2 Waigaoqiao FPSO China 7000M 2002

CONOCO FPSO 6, 4, 8 4, 36 Dalian New Shipyard

FPSO China 7000M, 2416C 2002

Conoco Belanak *(FP 924) 3, 6, 7, 1, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30, 32, 36

P.T. McDermott FPSO China various 2003

ConocoPhillips China Bohai II 1, 2, 7, 9, 16 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 FPSO China 2420C 2006

Phillips/CNOOC 4 2, 8 Shanhaiguang FPSO China 2000M, 7000M 2002

May Flower Energy UK TIV-1 6 3, 28 Shanhaiguang Jack-up China 7000M 2002

CNOOC / OOEC QK17-2 1, 3, 5 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2000M 1999

CNOOC / OOEC QHD32-6 WHP 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2000

CNOOC / OOEC SZ36-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2002

CNOOC/ OOEC SZ36-1 WHP 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform China 2000M 2000

CNOOC/ OOEC WC13-1/2 WHP 5 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform China 2000M 2000

CNOOC/ OOEC PL19-3 PH-I 1, 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China PSX-JFC 2002

Conoco Phillips - COOEC PL19-3 PH-2 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2420, 2420-FP 2005

COOEC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2002

COOEC LuDa 5 2, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2004

COOEC Panyu 30-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2005

COOEC / BP Yacheng 13-1 TCLQ 1, 5 2, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2002

CSSC SZ36-1 1 2, 3, 4, 6 Xinhe Shipyard Platform China 2000M 1999

7



Jutal PL19-3 P1 1, 5 2, 4, 6 Platform China 7000M, PSX-JFC

2004

Philips Petroleum Xijiang 24 - 30/ 30 -2 3, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Daewoo S H M Platform China 2000M 1993

Sembawang Engineering CNOOC - WEI 114 1, 3, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M 1992

SOME / CNOOC Panyu 4-2 & 5-1 1 2, 3, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2420-FP 2002

UOCC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2002

UOCC WZ11-4 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 7000M 2003

UOCC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2004

UOCC Weizhou 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M 2005

UOCC Yachen 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2005

Zhaodong Apache ODA & ODM 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2000M-FP

2002

Foramer Barge IDS 5 2 7 Barge Congo 2000M 1983

Elf Congo Cobo / Cob P1 1 2, 4 16 Platform Congo 2000M 1994

Elf Congo N’Kossa *(FP 671) 1 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

16 Platform Congo 2020 1997

Elf Recherche, France Emeraude 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1972

Elf Recherche, France AM6 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1974

Elf Recherche, France Am15 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1974

Ponticelli Tchibelli 1 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Congo 2000M 1999

Sneap Elf Congo Emeraude 5, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Congo 2000 1972

Maersk Oil & Gas Dan Fe 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Platform Denmark 2000M 1992

Maersk Oil & Gas Tyra West field 10 8 25 Esbjerg Oiltool Platform Denmark 3425 1993

Maersk Oil & Gas Halfdan Degassers Overboad piping *(FP 958)

11 6, 10, 20, 24 1 Platform Denmark 3400 2005

Maersk Oil og Gas Tyra East 3 6, 8 1 Esbjerg Oiltool Platform Denmark 3416, 2000M 1998

Mearsk Oil & Gas Gorm “F” 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Grootint Platform Denmark - 1991

Fred Olsen Production ASA Knock Allen 1, 5, 4, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28

20 FPSO Dubai 2400 2008

Dubai Petroleum WF-3 18 30 15 Platform Dubai 2000M 1986

ARO 560146500 / 5501464 5 16 1 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M 2000

Chevron SPA ROC - 33 11 20 1 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M MCI 1997

Exxon Cooling water pump Caisson

11 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 16 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M 1996

8



Cea Dam BMD3 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Barge France 2000M 1991

CEA DAM Barge BFM, Eau chaude Sanitaire, Mururoa

- 1, 1½, 2 Barge France 2000 1994

Marine Offshore Industries France

Manutere 20 2, 3 1 Barge France 2000M 1989

Transocean Sedco Forex Sedco Express, Sedco Energy

6, 8, 12, 13, 20

1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Jack-up France 2000M, 7000M 1999

Cea Cfem Tila 1 2, 3, 4, 6 7 DCN Platform France 2000 1980

Cea Dam Platform Tila 5 2, 3, 4, 6 1 Platform France 2000 1990

S.B.P.I. Platform “North Sea” 18 1, 1½, 2, 3 12 Platform France 2000M 1991

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Thistle 7 3, 4 1 Platform France 2000M 1975

Foramer Barge IDM 5 2 7 Barge Gabon 2000M 1982

Sneap Elf Congo ANE, AM6, (AM15 ) 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Gabon 2000 1974

Clough Engineering Hazira 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Niko Resources Platform India 2420-FP 2003

ONGC NQP, NLM, SHG 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Hindustan Shipyard Ltd

Platform India 2000M 1998

ONGC SHG 18, 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Gesco Platform India 2000M 2003

ONGC SHG 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

20 Gesco Platform India 2020, 2432 2003

ONGC MNW 7 1, 4 16 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2003

ONGC NQO 21 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2003

ONGC ICP, SA, SCA, BHN, NQO

21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Hindustan Shipyard Ltd

Platform India 2414, 2432 2004

ONGC B173 1, 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 Carlton Engineering


ONGC NQRC 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2008

ONGC MHSRP II 1, 5 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2008

ONGC SHP 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Veco Engineering


ONGC NQP, NLM, SHG 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Hindustan Shipyard Ltd


ONGC BHN 21 10, 12, 16 16 Mazagon Dock Limited


ONGC NH4 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 7000M, PSX-JFC

2006

ONGC BCP-B2 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Larsen & Tubero Platform India 7000M, PSX-JFC

2006

ONGC / BHEL ICS and WIN 9, 18 1, 3 16 Platform India 2000M 2000

9



ONGC / BHEL WIS, WIN 18 1, 2, 3 Platform India 2000M 2002

Qatar Petroleum Bunduq GIP 1 2, 4, 6 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2416 2005

Qatar Petroleum Bunduq GIP 1 2, 4, 6 Larsen & Tubero Platform India PSX-JF 2005

Arco Barge 20 10 1 Barge Indonesia 2000M 1984

Unocal West Seno FPSO 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

16 HHI FPSO Indonesia 2000M 2002

Amosea Anoa Process Platform 6, 10, 12 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1989

Arco Platform 10 8 4-17 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1983

Arco Platform 5 4 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1986

ARCO BQ / HZEB / ETB 1, 3 1, 2, 4, 6 16 P.T. Gema Sembrown

Platform Indonesia 2000M 1992

ARCO BTSA / BZZA 3, 5, 16 1, 2, 4, 6 10 P.T. Komaritim Platform Indonesia 2000 1992

ARCO Bali North 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 P.T. Petrosea Platform Indonesia - 1992

ARCO Mike-Mike 1 1, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1995

ARCO MMC ‘C & D’ 7 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 10 PT Pal Platform Indonesia 3000A, 2000M-FP

1997

Arli N.G.L. Platform 5 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1986

Conoco Phillips Conoco Belida 3 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10 16 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 1992

Conoco Phillips Belanak WHP 1, 3, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2002

Conoco Phillips Rang Dong 1, 5 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 20 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2020C 2002

Conoco Phillips Kerisi CPP 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

PT Technip Platform Indonesia 7000M, 7000M-FP

2006

Conoco Phillips North Belut CPP 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

PT Technip Platform Indonesia 7000M, 7000M-FP

2007

Conoco Phillips- PT Nisconi

North Belut WHP C&D 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

PT Nisconi Platform Indonesia 7000M, 7000M-FP

2007

Cuu Long/Mcdermott Su Tu Vang 1, 5, 7, 21 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2007

Kakap Gas Kakap Gas 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 P.T. Petrosea Platform Indonesia 2000M 2000

Liapco Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984

Liapco Platform 10 12 4-17 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984

Mobil NSO ‘A’ 5 3, 4 16 PT McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 1997

Petro China WHP 1, 7 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 PT Sempec Platform Indonesia 7000M 2004

10



Pogo Pogo Pogo Tantawan `C’ 7 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 16 Nippon Steel Batam

Platform Indonesia 2000M 1996

Premier Oil Anoa Gas Project 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Nippon Steel Batam

Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2000M-FP

2000

Pt Adiguna Adiguna Bravo 14 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1987

Shell Sarawak Bhd D35 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1992

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell D35 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell D35 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell M3 DR-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Telok Ramunia Platform Indonesia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI / DR-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Penang Platform Indonesia 2000 1994

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell M3 PQ-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1995

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI / M3 LQ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1994 1995

Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI PQ-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1994 1995

Total Bekepai 16 10 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984

Total Total Tunu Platform 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 P T Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2000M 1997

Total Total Tunu Platform 1 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 20 P T Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2420 1997

Total Tunu 11 EPSC 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

PT Punj Lloyd Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2425

2008

Total Tunu 11 EPSC 1 & 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 PT Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2425

2008

Total Tunu 11 EPSC 3 & 13 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

PT Meindo Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2425

2008

Total Tunu 11 EPSC 11 & 12 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 PT SMOE Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2425

2008

Total/Bekapai Platform 1 10 10 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1985

Union Oil Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984

Unocal Yakin-P 5 4 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1985

Unocal Yakin West 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 16 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1999

Unocal North Pailin Process Platform

1, 5, 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2001

Unocal West Seno TLP 1, 5, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 HHI TLP Indonesia 2000M-FP 2002

Total South Pars 20 1, 6, 8 16 Platform Iran 3420 2000

Chevron Chevron Sanhe 6 10, 14, 20 HHI FPSO Japan 7000M 2003

Reading and Bates Rig Zane Barnes 5 12 13 Semi-sub Japan 2000M 1986

Stena Offshore 1650 6 22, 12, 6 SHI Drillship Korea 7000M 2006

11



Chevron Sanha 1, 3, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

DSME FPSO Korea 2000M, 2000M-FP

2002

Husky Oil White Rose 6 4, 8, 12, 20 SHI FPSO Korea 7000M 2002

Modec Sutuden FPSO 6 10, 14, 20 SHI FPSO Korea 7000M 2002

Petrobras P-33 3, 5 HHI FPSO Korea 1997

Petrobras P-35 FPSO Korea 1998

Total Girassol *(FP 889)footage available

6, 3, 18, 1, 5, 15

2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

16 HHI FPSO Korea 2000M, 7000M, 2000M-FP

2001

Total Girassol 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

HHI FPSO Korea various 2004

Total Dalia 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24


Total Mohobilondo 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 32, 36


Total Akpo 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 32, 36, 40, 48


AGIP Sabratha NC 41 1, 3, 5, 15 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

HHI Platform Korea 2000M, 2416, 2420, 2425

2004

Arco Yacheng 13-1 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

HHI Platform Korea 2000M-FP, 2000M with Pitchar

1994

BP Lan Tay Platform 1, 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 20 HHI Platform Korea 2020 2002

Chevron South Nemba 1, 3, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

16 DSME Platform Korea 2000M 1997

Chevron North Nemba 1, 3, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30


Chevron KWIP 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30


Chevron North Nemba 2 3, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30


Chevron Benguela-Belize-Lobito-Tomboco (BBLT)

1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 32, 36

Platform Korea 2000M 2005

Chevron Escravos 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Korea 2000M, 2000M-FP, 7000M, 7000M-FP

2006

Chevron Tombua Ladana 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 32, 36

DSME Platform Korea 2000M 2007

12



Chevron Takula Gas Processing Platform

1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 SHI Platform Korea 2000M, 2000M-FP

2007

CTOC Cakerawala CKP 1, 5, 7, 9 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

SHI Platform Korea 2410, 5000, PSX-JF

2001

KNOC Dong Hae 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16

HHI Platform Korea 2000M 2003

KNOC Rong Doi & Rong Doi Tay 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

HHI Platform Korea 2420, 2420-FP 2006

KNOC Dong Hae II 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HDEC Platform Korea 2000M 2008

Lundin PM-3 CAA - BRA-CPP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HHI Platform Korea PSX-JFC 2002

Maersk Qatar Al Shaheen Block 5 3, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

16 HHI Platform Korea 7000M 2002

ONGC BLQ/BPA 5 36 7 Platform Korea 2000M 1987

ONGC MSP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

HHI Platform Korea 2000M PSX-JF, PSX-L3

2004

ONGC Vasai East 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SHI Platform Korea 2000M 2007

Pogo Benchamas 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Texaco Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Total Yadana MCP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HHI Platform Korea 2432 2007

Umm Shaif Umm Shaif Gas Injection Facilities

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 32, 36

HHI Platform Korea 2020C 2008

Unocal SZ36-1 1, 3, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 HHI Platform Korea 2000M 2000

Unocal West Seno 3, 2 HHI Platform Korea - 2002

Amerada Hess Oveng/Okume TLP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

TLP Korea 2000M 2005

ExxonMobil Kizomba “A” TLP SWHP 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 DSME TLP Korea 2000M 2002

ExxonMobil Kizomba “B” TLP WHP 3, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 DSME TLP Korea 2000M 2004

Modec Marco Polo Field 1, 3, 11 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

16 SHI TLP Korea 2000M 2002

Samsung Heavy Industries Conoco Magnolia 5 2, 3, 4, 6 SHI TLP Korea 2000M 2420 2003

SBM Kikeh 20 various Malaysia FPSO Malaysia 2425C 2006

Carigali ANDR-A 1, 5, 7, 15 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

MSE Platform Malaysia 7000M, PSX-JF, 2020

2000

Carigali ANDP-B 1, 5, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Brooke Dockyard

Platform Malaysia 2000, 2020, PSX-JF

2001

13



Carigali Resak 1, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Penang Shipbuild Corporation

Platform Malaysia 2000, 2000M 2001

Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 SSE Platform Malaysia 5000 2001

Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16

Platform Malaysia 7000M 2001

Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16

Platform Malaysia PSX-JF 2001

Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 1, 5, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

Platform Malaysia 2020 2001

ESSO Malaysia Tapis B 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18


ESSO Malaysia Tapis B 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18


ExxonMobil Yoho 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2000M-FP

2004

Petronas Bardegg 3, 7, 9, 15, 16

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Penang Shipbuilding


Petronas Duyong 15 2 Platform Malaysia 2000M 1994

Petronas Dulang 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 MSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1995

Petronas Carigali Dulang Water Injection

9 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

MSE Platform Malaysia 5000 1995

Petronas M1 PQ-A 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SHI Platform Malaysia 2000 1995

Petronas SSB M1 / M3 LQ 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1995

Petronas SSB M3 PQ-A 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1995

Petronas Fab-Resak 1, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 MSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1999

Petronas Resak RDP/RCPP/LQ 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1999

Petronas Resak RDPA, RCPP & RCPP LQ

7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1999

Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, Drilling Platfom 7 1, 2, 3, 4 Platform Malaysia 2000 1992

Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35 LQ & Riser 5, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, PG-A, MSF 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, PG-A, MSF 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Berhad M3 DR-A, SSE 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Teluk Ramunia Platform Malaysia 2000 1993

Shell Sarawak Berhad B11 DR-A and B11 PA 1, 5, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 2002

Shell Sarawak Berhad B11 DR-A and B11 PA 1 3, 4, 6, 8 SSE Platform Malaysia PSX-JF 2002

SSB SSB M1 DR-A 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Penang Shipyard


14



SSB SSB M1 DR-A 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Penang Shipyard


SSB SFJT-C Jacket 1, 5, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Brooke Dockyard


Technip Cakerawala Gas Field 1, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 CTOC Platform Malaysia 2000M 2001

Total Amenam II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

SSE Saibos Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2432, 2425

2005

Total Amenam II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

SSE Saibos Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2425 2005

Woodside Otway 7 1, 1½, 2, 3 Platform Malaysia 7000M 2005

Murphy Oil Kikeh Spar 1, 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 MMHE Spar Malaysia 7000M, PSX-JFC

2006

CPOC/Kencana HL MDLQ 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Malaysia 2416C 2008

CPOC/Oil Fab MDA & MDB 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Malaysia 2416C 2008

Maersk Oil Qatar Al Shaheen Block 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

SDE Malaysia 7000M, 2425C 2008

Maersk Oil Qatar/GPS Al Shaheen Block 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

Malaysia 7000M 2008

Maersk Oil Qatar/PCM Al Shaheen Block 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Malaysia 2425C 2008

Petronas J4 Malaysia 2008

Petronas Carigali Sumandak 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

SDE Malaysia 2425, 2425-WD 2007

Petronas Carigali SCDR-A 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 MMHE Malaysia 7000M 2007

Smedvig T-9 3, 4 - MSE Malaysia - -

Woodside Angel B 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 MMHE Malaysia 2410C 2007

Woodside/KBR Pluto LNG Project Riser Platform

Malaysia 2410C 2008

F6 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 SSB/MMHE Malaysia 2000M 2007

Pemex Cayo de Arcas (Estabilizado)

1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Pemex/Mirna Contreras Sanchez

Platform Mexico PSX 1998 2001

Pemex EPC 38 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003

Pemex EPC 38 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003

15



Pemex EPC 37 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003

Pemex Abkatum Alfa 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Mirna Contreras Sanchez

Platform Mexico PSX 2004

Pemex Abkatum Delta 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Pemex/Mirna Contreras Sanchez

Platform Mexico 2000M, PSX 2004, 2005

Pemex Citam-A-Mison 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Pemex/Celasa Platform Mexico 2000M 2005

Pemex HA-KU-H 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Servicios Maritimos de Campeche


Pemex Akal C 1 2, 3, 4, 6 Pemex/Turbomex


Pemex Sinan C 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2005

Pemex Sinan D 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Abkatum Alfa 7 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Mirna Contreras Sanchez

Platform Mexico 2000M 2005

Pemex Akal 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Akal 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Akal 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Akal 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Akal W 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Akal Q 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Sihil A 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Sinan D 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12


Pemex Pemex Altamira Mexico Centron 4SPH 2006

16



Pemex Cayos Arcos Accommodation module 1, 7, 16 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 2-16 Emtunga Finland Mexico 2000M 2007, 2008

Bluewater Hoofddorp Bleo Holm *(FP 851)footage available

3, 1, 20, 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28

38 FPSO The Netherlands 7000, 3410, 3416, 3420, 3440

1998

Sevan Marine Petrobras Perinema 20 12 Keppel FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007

Sevan Marine Woodgroup Hummingbird 6, 1, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 Keppel Verolme FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007

Sevan Marine Voyageur 6, 1, 20 Keppel Verolme FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007

Amerplastics Grootint - Amoco 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform The Netherlands 2000G, 2000M-FP

1997

Amoco P-15 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000-FM 1992

Chevron Ninian Central Platform 7 4 1 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1987

Conoco Kotterfield 9 2 2 Platform The Netherlands 5000M 1984

Conoco Loggerfield 9 2 2 Platform The Netherlands 5000M 1984

Marmex Diana 8 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1999

NAM L-2 3 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

12 Platform The Netherlands 2000 Conductive

1991

NAM F-3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1991

NAM L-15 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1992

NAM L-9 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Platform The Netherlands 3416 1997

Nam Wood Comprison 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 20 Platform The Netherlands 3420 2002

Nam NAM /Tyco Deluge Container

20 4, 6, 8, 10 20 Platform The Netherlands 3420 2002

NAM/Heerema L-5 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

16 Platform The Netherlands 6000C 1992

Penzoil, Netherlands K-10-B 20 2 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982

Petro-Canada De Ruyter Platform*(FP 961)

1, 3, 16, 7, 20

1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

10,16, 20 Platform The Netherlands 2420C 2006

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Dunlin A 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1975

TotalFinaElf TotalFinaElf/ Jacobs New Platform Q8

20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform The Netherlands 3416 2002

Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 10 6 4-17 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982

Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 10 6 4-17 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982

Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 20 3, 4 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

17



Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 20 6, 8, 10 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 20 6, 8, 10 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983

Unocall Sea Fox 1 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1993

Unocall P-9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 Platform The Netherlands 2000 1993

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Brent B 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent B 10 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Brent A 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc Brent/B 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975

STOS - MPA WHP 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 New Zealand 6000 1996

SBPI / Bouygues Offshore Oso II / Y2 Mobil 1 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Nigeria 2000M 1998

SBPI / ETPM McDermott Chevron Ewan 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Nigeria 2000M 1997

SBPI / Ponticelli Elf Nigeria Obite 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Nigeria 3416 1998

SBPI / Sedco Forex Energy 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 5 Semi-sub Nigeria 2000M 1999

Glf Oil, France Robertkiri Production 7 6, 8 1 Nigeria 2000M 1982

Medoil HED 840438 5 4, 6, 8 16 Nigeria 3400 1998

Aker Engineering/Statoil Statfjord “A” 5 2, 14 4 Platform Norway 2000 1991

Amoco Val Hal 5 6 7 Platform Norway 2000M 1987

Amoco D.P. Drain Collection 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

12 Platform Norway 2000 1992

Amoco PCP 7 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993

Amoco Norway Oil Company

Valhall platform pilot project

1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1991

Amoco Norway Oil Company

Valhall produced water treatment

5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 6 Platform Norway 2000M 1992

B.P. B.P. Ula Platform 15 1, 1½, 2 10 Platform Norway 2000 1989

B.P. B.P. Ula Platform 18 10, 12, 14 16 Platform Norway 2000, 6000 1990

B.P. Development Ltd. B.P. Ula Platform 5 1½, 3 12 Platform Norway 2000 1989

B.P. Exploration B.P. Ula Quarters 5 10, 12 10 Platform Norway 2000 1991

B.P. Norway Ltd. B.P. Ula Platform 15 1, 1½, 2, 3 6 Platform Norway 2000 1990

Dolphin A/S D/R Dolphin Borgsten 20 6 1 Platform Norway 2000M 1987

Elf Aquitaine Condeep 5 3, 4, 6, 8 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1984

Elf Aquitaine Norge Heimdal field development

5 2, 16 0 Platform Norway 7000 1990

18



Glassfiber Produkter Column Pipe from Safe supply


Hitec - Dreco A/S Troll Drilling Modules 5 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993

Kramp Wassertechnik Elf Frigg Field 10 8 20 Platform Norway 3420 1992

Kvaerner Eng. Draugen field development

20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

0 to 2 Platform Norway 2000 1990


4 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20



5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20


Kvaerner Installation Gullfaks “A” 5 10, 12 11 Platform Norway 2000M 1991

Kvaerner Installation Statfjord “A” 5 2, 12, 14 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992

Kvaerner Installation / Statoil

Gullfaks “A” Phase II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24


Kvaerner Installation A.S. Gullfaks “B” 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Norske Fabricom Lille Frigg Platform Tie-in 5 4, 10, 16 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1992

Norske Fabricom Gullfaks “B”&”C” 5 2, 6, 8 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993

Philips Oil Co. Ekofisk Tank Platform 5, 9 4 13 Platform Norway 2000M, 5000M 1975

Philips Petroleum Ekofisk 20 3 1 Platform Norway 2000M 1987

Phillips Petroleum Co. Submersible pump column pipe

10 8 20 Platform Norway 3420 1989

Phillips Petroleum Co. Submersible pump column pipe

10 6 20 Platform Norway 3420 1990

Phillips Petroleum Company Norway

Ekofish complex ST-1-130990

1 20, 24 25 Platform Norway 3425 1992

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Seatank Platform 5 12 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1978

Shell Oil Co, U.K. Condeep/Strafjord 8 12 7 Platform Norway 2000M 1975

Statoil Statfjord “A” 5 2, 14 20 Platform Norway 7000, 3420 1989

Statoil Gullfaks “A” 4 1, 2 11 Platform Norway 2000 1990

Statoil Statfjord “C” 20 14, 24 19 Platform Norway 2000 1990

Statoil Gullfaks “A” 18 8 14 Platform Norway 2000, 6000 1990

Statoil Gullfaks “A” 5 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992

Statoil Vesslefrikk 10 10 N/A Platform Norway 3440 1993

Statoil Vesslefrikk 18 6, 8 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993

Statoil Tordis/Gullfaks “C” Tie-in 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 24

16 Platform Norway 2000M 1994

Statoil Norway Statfjord “C” 6 16 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992

19



Offshore & Marine Mech. Treasure saga semi sub 12 4 10 Semi-sub Norway 2000 1990

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent B 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Spar Norway 2000M 1975

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent C 5 10, 12 13 Spar Norway 2000M 1978

Shell Oil Co, U.K. Condeep/Brent 8 12 7 Spar Norway 2000M 1975

Statoil Vesslefrikk B 3 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20 14 Norway 2000 1988

CEA/Forex Tyla 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Pacific 2000M 1980

Lasmo Oil Pakistan Limited Kadanwari Gas Field development

5 2, 4 16 Platform Pakistan 2000M 1998

Total ABK, France Phase VIB 14 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform Persian Gulf 2000M 1984

SBPI / Technip Qatar Gas 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,24

16 Platform Qatar 3420 1997

SBPI / Technip Qatar Gas 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30

16 Platform Qatar 3420 1998

TRAGS Qxy Deluge System 1 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Qatar PSX-JF 1998

Petrom Offshore Firewater system

1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Romania 2000M 2000

Petrom Offshore fire water system

1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Platform Romania 2000M 2000

Petrom Platform PFCP A & PFS 4

1 8, 12 12 Platform Romania 2000M 2003

Global Process Systems Maleo 3, 4, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Global Process Systems Pte.Ltd.

Singapore 7000M 2006

Bergesen Offshore BW Sendje Berge 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2000

Watsila Power Seaboard Power Barge 4 Jurong Barge Singapore 2000M 2000

- Nan Hai Xi Wan 3 Keppel FPSO Singapore 1986

- Philip Xijiang Keppel FPSO Singapore 1995

- Baobab 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2004

- Mutineer 1 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2004

- BW Enterprise/ Yuum Kaknaam

1 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 2006

- Aoka Mizu 20 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 2007

- Stybarrow 4 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2006

- Rarao 3 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2007

Aker Contracting FP Akersmart I 3, 4, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M 2007

Bergesen Offshore BW Berge Ceiba 4, 3, 7, 20 - Jurong FPSO Singapore 2416C 2000

Bergesen Offshore BW BW Enterprise/ Yuum Kaknaam

3, 4 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30

Sembawang FPSO Singapore 7000M 2006

20



ConocoPhillips China Bohai II WHPs and RUP 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

FPSO Singapore 2420C, 2420C-FP

2006

ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside*(FP 974)

2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

FPSO Singapore 2420C-FP 2006

ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

FPSO Singapore 2420C 2006

ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside 7, 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 FPSO Singapore 5000C 2006

Maersk Contractors Vincent 3, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

Keppel FPSO Singapore 7000M 2007

Mearsk Vincent 4 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2007

Modec Stybarrow 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M, 5000C 2006

Petrobras P-37 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 1998

Petrobras P-38 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 1999

Petrobras P-50 1, 3, 4, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2003

Petrobras Espardarte Sul 21, 2 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2005

Prosafe Ruby Princess 20 24 at Sea FPSO Singapore 7000M 2002

Prosafe Polvo 10, 14, 16 Keppel FPSO Singapore 7000M 2006

SBM Exxon Falcon 3, 6, 4, 8, 20 20 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2425C 2001

SBM Serpentina 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2002

SBM Xicomba 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2002

SBM Marlim Sul 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2004

SBM Capixaba 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2006

SBM Mondo 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2007

SBM Saxi Batuque 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2007

SBM Espardante 20 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2000

SBM Eagle 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2002

SBM Falcon 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2002

SBM Serpentina 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2003

SBM Martin Sul 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2003

Tanker Pacific Rarao 4, 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28

Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M, 5000C 2007

Total Total Bongkot 1 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 1993

Acergy Sapura3000 3, 1, 20, 8, 4 1, 1½, 2, 3 Sembawang Heavy lift/pipelayer


Awilco Offshore ASA 2012 (Awilco JU TBN 5) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Awilco Offshore ASA 2016 (Awilco 4) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

21



Awilco Offshore ASA 2012 Awilco 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007

Awilco Offshore ASA 2016 (Awilco 4) 15 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007

Chiles Offshore P2013 20 3, 4, 6, 12 Sembawang Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Maersk Contractors B274 5, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 7000M 2006

Maersk Contractors 1083 (PetroJack III) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 8, 10 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Maersk Contractors B273 (Maersk Resilient) 7 various Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Maersk Contractors B275 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16




PetroJack ASA 1082 (PetroJack II) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 8, 10 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

PetroJack ASA PetroJack IV 6, 3, 4 3, 8, 16 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007

ProdJack AS B300 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 2000M, 7000M 2007

Sea Drill 2011(West Triton) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Sinvest 2015 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006

Sinvest 2015 15 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007

Petobras P-53 3, 4, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

Keppel Other Singapore 2000M, 7000M, 5000C

2006

Fluor Ocean Keppel Platform 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1983

Halliburton Malampaya 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30

Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M, 7000M 2001

JEL / BSP Champion 7 9 1, 1½, 2 16 Platform Singapore 2000M 2002

Mobil Offshore Tamdao I 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1987

Premier Oil Yategun 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Platform Singapore PSX-L3, PSX-JF, 2000M

1999

Reading and Bates Keppel Platform 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1983

Sembawang Engineering ARCO Yacheng 13-1 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36

Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M 1994

Sembawang Engineering ARCO Yacheng 13-1 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36

Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M with Pittchar coating at yard.

1994

Shell Sarawak Accommodation module 8 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform Singapore 2000M 1981

Technip Offshore White Tiger 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Singapore 2000M 2001

Technip Offshore Al Shaheen ‘A’ Block 5 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20

Platform Singapore 7000M 2002

22



Total Yadana Platform 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

McDermott SEA Pte Ltd


Total Yadana Platform 1, 5, 7, 4, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Platform Singapore 2000M, 2425, 2432

1997

Total Yadana Platform 11 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18



Total ABK/Dubigeon Nantes

Platform 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 1 Platform Singapore 2000M 1984

Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

20 McDermott Platform Singapore 2420 1992

Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

10 McDermott Platform Singapore 2000M 1992

Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 16 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

20 McDermott Platform Singapore 2420 1992

Total/ABK/Dubigeon Nantes

Platform 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform Singapore 2000M 1984

VietsoPetro White Tiger 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

10 Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M 2001


Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2006



Maersk Contractors B295 3, 6, 4, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Keppel FELS Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2008

Petrobras P-27 20 Keppel FELS Semi-sub Singapore 1996, 1997

Petrobras P-40 1, 5, 7, 9, 20 Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 1999

Petromena 1087 (Petrorig I) 6, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2007

Petromena 1088 (Petrorig II) 6, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Sea Drill 1085 (Sea Drill 8) (West Sirius)

3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Sea Drill 1086 (Sea Drill 9) (West Tarus)

6 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


Transocean B288 Dev. Driller III 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16


R298 3, 4, 6, 20 4, 6, 8 Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2006

Baker Hughes White Tiger 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 Singapore 2000M 2001

Conoco Conoco Belida LQ 5, 7 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 1993

23



Coogee/GPS Montara Singapore 2000M 2008

CPOC/SMOE Muda B17 MDPP 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40

Singapore 2410C, 2416C, PSX-JFC

2007

Denora / Carigali Dulang 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Singapore 5000 1995

Ensco B248 Keppel Fels Singapore 2000M 2000

GSI/VietsoPetro White Tiger 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

10 Singapore 2000M 2001

Kvaerner / Carigali Dulang 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18


Maersk Oil Qatar/Oakwell Al Shaheen Block 5 8, 10, 12 Singapore 7000M 2008

McDermott Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

16 McDermott SEA Pte Ltd


McDermott Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’ 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

16 McDermott SEA Pte Ltd


PTTEP/McDermott Arthit APP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36


2006

PTTEP/TNS Arthit AQP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36


2006

Santa Fe Trident 9 6 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

Jurong Singapore 2000M 2001

Shell Maritime Petrolier Leda 20 2 2 Singapore 7000 1978

Shell Maritime Petrolier Lucina 20 10, 12 12 Singapore 7000 1979

Total TOTAL Thailand - Riser 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

20 McDermott Singapore 2420 1995


10 McDermott Singapore 2000M 1995


20 McDermott Singapore 2420 1995

Malampaya LQ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 2000

Malampaya LQ 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 2000

PTT Bongkot Ph 3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Sembawang Singapore 2000M, 2420, 2425, 2432

2003

Petrobras P-47 *(FP 854) 19, 20, 6, 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24, 32

3 Astilleros de Cadiz SRL

FSO Spain 2000M, 7000M 1998

Chevron Thailand 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Platform Thailand 7000M, 2000M 2002

24



Chevron Thailand 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Platform Thailand 7000M, 2000M 2002

CUEL / UNOCAL PLOCCP Platform 2 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Platform Thailand 2000M, 2020, PSX-JF

2004

CUEL / UNOCAL PLOCCP Platform 2 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Platform Thailand 2000M, 2020, PSX-JF

2004

UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

10 Platform Thailand 2000M 2001

UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 20 Platform Thailand PSX-JF, 2020 2001

UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

10 Platform Thailand 2000M 2001

UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Thailand 5000 2001

Union Oil 10 3 4-17 Platform Thailand 2000M 1983

Unocal 2, 3 10 Platform Thailand 2000M 1990

Unocal Thailand Erawan Mercury 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform Thailand 2000M, 2000M-FP

2005

BG/Lambrell/CUEL Tapti 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand PSX-L3 2006

Chevron / TNS MFPII 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2000M 2003

Chevron / TNS MFPII 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2000M 2003

CTOC Bumi, Bulan & Suriya 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2425, 2425-FP 2006

Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine B 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2006

Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine C 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2006

Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine D 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2007

Premier Oil TNS Yetagun Ph 3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 26

Thailand PSX-JF, PSX-L3, 2416

2003

PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3e 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2006

PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3f 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2007

PTTEP/TNS Arthit North 1B Well-heads

2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2007

PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3G 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2008

Thai Nippon Steel Yadana Revamps 1 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M-FP 2004

Trinmar Ltd Platform 9 9 8, 10, 12 2 Platform Trinidad 5000M 1974

S.B.P.I. Serept Ashtart 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Tunesia 2000M 1994

SBM Cossack Pioneer 5 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 FPSO U.A.E. 7000M, 2000M 1999

Total ABK Platform Phase III 1 12 14 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1983

Total ABK Platform Phase IV 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 17 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1984

25



Total ABK ETPM Platform Phase II 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform U.A.E. 2000 1979

Total ABK, France Platform 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1979

Total ABK, France Platform 14 2, 3, 4 10 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1979

formerly: J.V. Maersk McCulloch Field Devel-opment for Conoco

North Sea Producer 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Odebrecht SLP Teeside, U.K.

FPSO United Kingdom 2000M, 7000M 1997

Amec Development Dunlin Alpha 3 6 19 Platform United Kingdom 3432 1995

Anglian Oil and Gas Serv. Ltd.

Tyra West Bridge Module 5 14 10 Platform United Kingdom 7000M 1995

B.N.O.C. Beatrice A 14 2 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982

B.P. Petroleum Ltd Magnus Helideck 7 8 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987

BHP Petroleum Ltd. Hamilton Oil - “Pioneer” *(FP 663)

11 - - Platform United Kingdom 3400, 2020 1994

Britoil, U.K. Thistle A 7 2 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982

Britoil, U.K. Thistle & Beatrice 14 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982

Britoil, U.K. Platform 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 4-17 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982

Britoil, U.K. Beatrice A 5 8 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983

Britoil, U.K. Beatrice 18 8 15 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983

Britoil, U.K. Thistle 20 4, 6, 8 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984

Brown & Root Highland Fabricators

Davy & Bessemer 11 3, 6, 18 5 Platform United Kingdom 3425 1994


Davy & Bessemer 7 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

Chevron Offshore Platform 7 2 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982

Chevron U.K. Takula W.I.P. 20 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

Conoco Installation No. 1 20 4 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983



Conoco Murchison platform 20 4 4 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987

Conoco Oil Ltd. Murchison platform Hutton TLP

20 3, 8 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000 1990

ETA Process Plant Ltd. Elf Angola 20 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

Hamilton Bros Oil & Gas Ltd

Esmond Platform 20 3 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987

Hamilton Oil Hamilton Field 20 4 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984

26



Jebsens Ali Baba 20 4 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984

Mobil Oil Beryl Bravo 18 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

N.A.PC Primos Delta 21 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 4 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984

Phillips Petroleum Co. Judy & Joanne(reference letter)

20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24

20 Platform United Kingdom 2020 1993

Serck Baker Ltd. White Tiger II 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

Serck Baker Ltd. Bunduo Platform 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1995

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Platforms A, B, C 1 4, 6 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1968

Shell Oil Company, U.K. Shell Expro Platform 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1975

Taylor Woodrow B.P. Forth Field Development

20 6 3 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994

Total Oil Marine Allwyn Site 20 4, 8 12 Platform United Kingdom 7000M 1994

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent C 5 10, 12 13 Spar United Kingdom 2000M 1978

Shell Oil Company, U.K. Condeep/Brent D 20 7 Spar United Kingdom 2000M 1975

Amec Offshore Development

Scott Field Development 20 2, 6 16 United Kingdom 2000M 1993

Amec Process & Energy Mobil Beryl alpha 5 4, 6, 10, 24 4 United Kingdom 2000M 1995

Amec Process & Energy Shearwater 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

16 United Kingdom 3400, 2000G 1998

Amoco N.W.Hutton replacement casing

7 18 10 United Kingdom 3420 1990

Baker Hughes Mc Cullogg Field Project 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 United Kingdom 2000M 1996

Baker Hughes Draugen - Coars Filter 18 1, 1½, 2, 3 20 United Kingdom 2020 1996

Baker Hughes C099/00976 5 1, 2, 4, 12 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996

Baker Hughes W108/01408 Coarse Filter

5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996

Baker Hughes W108 / MR 300 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996

Baker Hughes Process Systems

West Omikron 5 3, 8, 10, 24 9 United Kingdom 2000M 1995


Mobil Galahad 11 6 15 United Kingdom 3425 1995

Brown & Root Vickers Ravenspurn North Development

1 4 12 U.K. 2000 1989

ETA Process Plant Maersk Dan F 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 U.K. 2000M 1996

ETA Process Plant Maersk Dan F 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 U.K. 2000M 1996

Eta Process Plant Limited WO R-66 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 U.K. 2000M 1996

27



Hamilton Bros Ravenspurn North Development

20 6 10 U.K. 2000 1990

Kvaerner Oil & Gas, Kerr McGee

Janice “A” *(FP 878) 5 3, 4, 8, 10, 18 11 U.K. 3416, 2000M 2001

Ledwood Construction Ltd Heerema Offshore no: 1804

5 1, 2 10 U.K. 2000M, 2000 1996

McDermott Engineering Salman Offshore Complex

20 4, 6, 12, 16 5 U.K. 2000 1993

McDermott Offshore LB 200 20 2, 3 12 U.K. 2000 1989

Q.G.P.C. Halul Island Offshore 20 4 10 U.K. 2000 1991

Serck Baker Kitina Congo Ref. 1480 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 9 U.K. 2000M 1997

Serck Baker Limited White Tiger II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 U.K. 2000M 1996

Serck Baker Ltd Soekor E-BT Water Injection System

18 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 U.K. 2000M 1996

Serck Baker Ltd. Uisge Gorm Project 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 U.K. 2000M 1995

Serck Baker Ltd. White Tiger 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 7 U.K. 2000M 1995

Serck Baker Ltd. Gorm “F” Media Filter Package

5 1, 2, 4, 10 16 U.K. 2000M 1995

Serck Baker Ltd. B.P. Etap Sulphate reduction Package

5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 U.K. 2000M 1996

Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Dunlin A 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 U.K. 2000M 1975

Shell Oil Company, U.K. Andoc/Dunlin B, C 20 7 U.K. 2000M 1975

SLP Mc Cullogg Field Project 5 1, 4 12 U.K. 7000M 1996

South Humbeside Eng. Texaco Captain 5 1, 1 4 U.K. 2000M 1995

Bollinger Sea-going barge 3 Barge U.S.A. 2000M 2007

US Shipbuilders Sea-going barge 3 Barge U.S.A. 7000M 2006

Conoco Philips

Sieneman Oenlai FPSO skid

20 FPSO U.S.A. 2006

Santa Fe Intern. Corp. Galaxy II *(FP 358) 3, 15, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Keppel Fels Singapore

Jack-up U.S.A. 2000M 1997

Chevron Hermosa 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Chevron Platform 5 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986

Chevron Hidalgo 5 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986

Chevron Offshore Santa Barbara Platform 5 6, 8, 10 13 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1980

Chevron Oil Company 5 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform U.S.A. 3000 1963

Chevron Oil Company 7 8, 10, 12 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1967

Exxon Installation No. 3 10 4 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

28



Exxon Installation No. 1 10 10 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Exxon Offshore Flourite 7 4, 6, 8 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 7 4, 6, 8 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 14 2 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Exxon Offshore Platform Citrine 7 6 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985

Gulf Oil Installation No. 3 10 10 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983

KBR Chevron Venezuela

1, 2, 3 Platform U.S.A. PSX-L3, PSX-JF, 2000M

2003

Keyes Offshore Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983

Keyes Offshore Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983

Marathon Installation No. 1 10 3 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983





Marathon Oil Company Dolly Varden Platform 5 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1975

McJunkin Corp. Chevron Texaco

Cabinda 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform U.S.A. 2000M/M-FP 2004

McMoran Offshore Installation No. 5 10 4 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983



Mesa Petroleum Installation No. 4 10 3 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983

Mobil Offshore Platform 5 2, 3, 4 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Mobil Oil Installation No. 1 10 12 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984



Pan American Petroleum Baker 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1969

Philips Petroleum Co. Santa Barbara 7 10 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1974

Placid Oil Co. Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983

Placid Oil Co. Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Sedco Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Shell SP-27J 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985

Shell EI-1586 7 6 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985

Shell SMI-27A 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985

Shell EC-240 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985

Shell VE-22 A, B, C, D 1 4 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986

29



Shell Oil Company “A” 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1968

Shell Oil Company “C” 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1969

Shell Oil Company Platform A,B,C 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1989

Sonat Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Superior Oil Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Transocean Sedco Forex Cajun Express *(FP 883) 5, 8, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16

16 Semi-sub U.S.A. 2000M, 7000M 1999

Exxon Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981

Exxon Installation No. 2 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981

Exxon Exxon EI-182 20 14 1 U.S.A. 2000M 1983

Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 5 6, 8 7 U.S.A. 2000M 1984

Gulf Oil Installation No. 1 10 10 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981

Gulf Oil Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1982

Hess Eton Satelites 1, 3 U.S.A. 2007

McMoran Offshore Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1980



Mesa Petroleum Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981



Odeco Installation No. 1 10 3 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981

Odeco Installation No. 2 10 3 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981

Offshore Projects Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981





Shell Offshore Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1982



Shell Oil Co. Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1979





30














Texaco Texaco Harvest 5 4, 6, 8 7 U.S.A. 2000M 1983

BP BP Marlin 1, 2, 3 U.S.A. PSX-L3, PSX-JF, 2000M

2001

BP BP Cassia A and B 1, 3 U.S.A. PSX-L3, 2000M

2003

Chevron Venezuela

Firefilter skid 3 U.S.A. 2000M 2003

BP BP Holstein 3 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30, 32, 36

U.S.A. 2004

BP BP Mad Dog 3 U.S.A. 2004

BP BP Thunderhorse 3 U.S.A. 2004

Chevron Wilson Supply 1, 3 U.S.A. 2000M 2008

Conoco Philips

Magnolia 1, 3 U.S.A. 2005

Chevron Angola Dynamic 3, 1 U.S.A. 2005

Chevron South Nemba Lube Oil Pack

3 U.S.A. 2005

Chevron Takula Field - Area A 2 U.S.A. 2000M-FP 2005

SBM Atlantia 3 U.S.A. 2007

BHP Angus 1, 3 U.S.A. 2007

Chevron GSL 1, 2 U.S.A. 2007

BP/PTSC Lan Tay Platform 7, 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Vietnam 7000M 2006

PTSC / JVPC Rang Dong CLPP 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Vietnam 2020C 2004

31



PTSC / JVPC Rang Dong CLPP 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

20 Vietnam 2020C 2004

Talisman - PTSC Bunga Orkid B,C & D Wellkeads

1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12

Vietnam 2416, 2420, 2420-FP

2007

Gulf oil Nigeria, UIE / ECM Platform Robert Kiri Field, Fos sur mer

7 6, 8 1 Platform - 2000M 1982

- Deep Sea Pioneer (Dai Hung)

9 Far East Livingstone

Semi-sub - 1994

EOG 1, 3, 2 - 2000M-FP 2006

Chevron VR-38’E’ 1 - 2007

BP Sevonette Field 1, 15 - 2007

PG poinseth 1, 3, 15 - 2007



FP162 D 06/12



Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint


FP1039 06/12


The Dulang B Field is located 135KM off East Coast Peninsular Malaysia at Block PM-305. The original field development in 2008 consists of a Fixed Platform Facility at water depth of 77.3M.

The Compressed Gas Enhancement Platform is awarded to Kencana HL Fabricators Sdn Bhd in 2009. The platform will re-purpose the collected natural gas associated with the production well, and re-inject the gas, ensuring that the reservoir pressure level is maintained as well as enhancing the recovery of oil.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems, a leading global Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) manufacturer, is contracted by Kencana HL for the supply of GRE pipings and training of qualified GRE Bonders for installation.

Our premium Bondstrand 2000M and 2000M-FPFV product (ranging from 1-24 inch), has been specified for application on critical the Firewater System, Seawater Cooling System, Service water System and Portable water System, ensuring a reliable, non-corrosive, light weight piping system. Of these systems, the Firewater Dry System is the most critical and stringent, which calls for the Jet Fire safety requirement.

In Dulang B project, project management and planned execution is the key factor of success and this differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems among from the rest.

Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity Enhancement Project using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe

Project

Shipyard

Pipe system

Installation date

Operating Conditions

Owners

Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity Enhancement Project

Kencana HL Fabricators SDN BHD

Petronas Carigali SDN BHD

Bondstrand 2000M 1-24 inch with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded jointsFire Water System (FW), Service Water System (SW) Portable Water System (PW), Seawater Cooling System (CW)

17121XDesign pressure : 16 barMax hydrotest pressure : 1.5 x design pressureDesign temperature : up to 65 ºC

17122XDesign pressure : 16 barMax hydrotest pressure : 1.5 x design pressureDesign temperature : up to 65 ºCFire Requirement : 5 minutes jet fire in dry condition

Date of completion April 2010



FP1037 06/12


Operating conditions

Exxon Mobile Bay Alabama USA

Exxon Company USA

Bondstrand 2000M with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints

Application: Deck drainFluid: WaterDiameter: 4 inch up to 8 inch (100 - 200 mm)Quantity: 100 m approximately

Operating pressure: Atmospheric Design pressure: Atmospheric Test pressure: 225-PSI Hydrotest Operating temperature: Ambient Design temperature: Ambient

2009

Exxon selected the use of our 2000M Bondstrand GRE materials for its light weight, corrosion resistance properties. Deck drains are a minor part of an offshore structure, but take years of abuse from internal corrosive fluids and the demands from external environmental conditions.

Carbon steel piping materials are less expensive, but will only last 5-7 years. Bondstrand 2000M will give at minimum, 20-years of maintenance-free operation and over the lifespan of the facility will save money and time for the operator.

Scope of supply• Prefabricated pipe spool assemblies to the yard• On site fabrication at the for installation on the underside of

the deck • Installation of pipe supports guides and anchors • Operational test

Advantages• Reduction in installation costs and time• Long service life 20 years• Corrosion resistant• Maintenance free• Light weight material

Exxon mobile bay using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe for Deck Drain service

Project

Client

Pipe system

Installation date



FP1017 06/12


In the early 1980’s, Unocal, located in The Netherlands, built three oil production platforms to be placed on the Dutch Continental Shelf: ‘Helm’, ‘Helder’ and ‘Hoorn’. For all these platforms, built at the Heerema yard in Zwijndrecht, Bondstrand® piping was specified for a series of seawater services. The trend to use Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) piping was set a number of years before by Shell Expro and the Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM), but at that time, most piping systems were executed in conventional steel such as CS-steel, Cunifer, Duplex, 6MO, etc.

ScopeA study in 2002 proved that on Helder, Helm & Hoorn during 20 years of operations, pumps, vessels, equipment but also parts of the living quarters and kitchen blocks were replaced, repaired or renewed. The Bondstrand piping however, was still in operation and will probably survive the lifetime of these platforms.

Bondstrand® GRE for Chevron platforms (formerly Unocal 76)

ProjectHelder, Helm, Hoorn Horizon, Haven, Halfweg Sand A&B-blocks platforms at the Dutch Continental Shelf in the North Sea

Amerplastics Europa B.V. for Heerema, Zwijndrecht – The Netherlands

Bondstrand 2000M in 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 10 inch (25-250 mm) diameter with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints

Operating pressure: 2-10 barOperating temp: VariousDesign pressure: 16 barDesign temp: 121°CTest pressure: 24 bar

1980 - 2007

Client

Pipe system

Installation date

Operating Conditions Platform Sewer Open & closed drains

Cooling water

Oil water skimmers

Riser pipe Potable water

Helder Helm Hoorn A&B-blocks

Cooling water

AdvantagesUnocal’s decision to specify Bondstrand® was taken for a number of reasons:• Light-weightcomparedtosteel,resultingincheapersecondarystructures• Absolutechemicalandcorrosionresistanceagainsthydrocarbonsandseawater• Reliableandlong-timeperformanceofthematerial• Lowerinstallationcostsbecauseofthelightweight• Avoidingofweldingand‘hotwork’proceduresforextensionsormodifications offshore (Amerplastics even executed so called ‘hot-tap’ procedures on GRE)• Lowerinitialbuildingcosts,togetherwithremarkablylower‘costofownership’.

Weight saving aspectFor the Bondstrand piping on the AB-Block platform (load-out Spring 2007), Amerplastics submitted a weight analysis showing a significant difference in weight between Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and equivalent steel concept where Bondstrand compared to CS steel schedule 40 as 1:4.

The difference in weight concerns the difference in piping, excluding a lighter concept for steel supports and secondary structures. Total profit weight will be even higher. (Detailed comparison calculations are available from Amerplastics on request).

Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint


FP1011 06/12


The Umm Shaif Field is located in Abu Dhabi Sector of the Arabian Gulf. Umm Shaif processing facilities are located at one main offshore gathering centre, designated the Umm Shaif Super Complex (USSC).The USGIF project, one of the world’s largest offshore developments, involves the supply and installation of three platforms, subsea pipelines, and modifications to wellhead towers. It also incorporates a compression platform to be located 2 km from the existing Umm Shaif super complex (USSC) and connected to an accommodation platform. The third platform, containing an oil separation unit, will be connected to the existing USSC. Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) was awarded the project by ADMA-OPCO. This is the first phase of a major re-development of the Umm Shaif Field. The USGIF facilities comprise three new build platforms; a Compression Platform (CP-1), a Collector Separator Platform (CSP-1) and an Umm Shaif Accommodation Platform (UAP). CSP-1 is linked by bridge to the existing Umm Shaif Super Complex.

Project Management and planned execution is key and differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems from other suppliers. NOV Fiber Glass System’s on-time delivery systematic spool production enabled HHI to meet the fast track 10-month construction duration of this project.

Abu Dhabi Marine Operating Company (ADMA- OPCO) engages in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and drilling. It was assigned by its majority shareholder, the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company, (ADNOC), the responsibility for all offshore drilling and the required logistical support within its concession area of 30,370 km2 and elsewhere. The remaining shareholders are BP, Total and the Japan Oil Development Company. ADMA-OPCO’s concession includes two major fields, Umm Shaif and Zakum, one of the largest oil fields in the world. They are the company’s two main sources of offshore oil drilling. The crude is transferred from these fields to Das Island, the company’s main processing and storage plant, and the first stop in the delivery cycle. Das contains the oil and gas processing, storage and export facilities, utilities, power generation and accommodation sites.

Gas Injection platforms (USGIF) using Bondstrand® GRE pipe systems

ProjectADMA-OPCO Umm Shaif Gas Injection facilities USGIF located in the Abu Dhabi sector of the Arabian Gulf

Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) – Korea

ADMA-OPCO (Abu Dhabi Marine Operating Company) – United Arab Emirates

Bondstrand 2020 C and 2020 C-FP. Diameter: 1-36 inch (25-900 m) with Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints for:• Firewater (wet) • Firewater (dry)• Seawater • Cooling water• Hydrocarbon open drain • Non-hydrocarbon drain• Washdown water • Vent gas• Sewage

Operating pressure: up to 20 bar (up to 290 psi)Operating temperature: 10 - 93 °C (50 - 200°F)Design pressure: 20 bar (290 psi)Design temperature: 10 - 93 °C (50 - 200°F)Test pressure: 30 bar (435 psi)

Mid 2009

Shipyard

Pipe system

Installation date


Client

Taper/taper adhesive-bonded Joint


FP961 06/12


Petro-Canada is one of Canada’s largest oil and gas companies, operating in both the upstream and downstream sectors of the industry in Canada an internationally. Petro-Canada in The Netherlands operates the F2a Hanze field (45%), the P11b De Ruyter field (54,7%) and has interests in a number of exploration and production licenses in The Netherlands.

The main fabrication and installation contracts for the De Ruyter Project were awarded in December 2005. The GBS tanks were build by Dubai Drydocks in the United Arab Emirates and finally towed to De Ruyter field in April 2006 for installation on the sea bed. The IPD was built by Heerema Offshore Zwijndrecht, The Netherlands. The contruction of the IPD was completed in May 2006 and installed in June 2006 by Heerema’s Heavy Lifting Vessel, The Thialf. The hook-up and commissioning began immediately after.

Scope of SupplyAmerplastics Europa BV, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in the Benelux received the purchase order for delivery of materials and prefabrication. Amerplastics also assisted the construction yard Heerema Offshore with installation and hydrotesting of Bondstrand piping systems.

Pipex Ltd, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in the United Kingdom, was responsible for specification work with AMEC, London.

Fire mains, cooling water, sewers, drains and sump lines for “De Ruyter” Platform

Project“De Ruyter Platform” built for Petro-Canada, The Netherlands

Petro-Canada, The Hague, The Netherlands

Bondstrand 2420 C (conductive) Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems with Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints for fire mains, cooling water, sewers, drains and sump lines.Diameter: 1-16 inch (25-400 mm)

Operating pressure: 10, 16 and 20 bar Design pressure: 10, 16 and 20 barDesign temperature: 100 °CTest pressure: 16, 24 and 30 bar

2006

Client

Pipe system

Installation date


AIOC: A significant commitment to GRE pipeBondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems

installed at the ACG Full Field Development

project Baku,

Azerbaijan 2001-2008

2

CONTENTS PAGE

1. Introduction 3

2. Project description 4

3. History 4

4. Location of the ACG full field development project 5

5. Project scope of work 6

6. Pipe systems 7

7. Joining systems 9

8. Training and supervision 10

9. Spool manufacturing 10

10. Fire protection 11

11. Traceability 11

12. Advantages of Bondstrand fiberglass pipes 11

13. Conclusion 11

AIOC Projects detailsLocation: Baku, Azerbaijan

Client: Azerbaijan International Operating Company (AIOC) operated by BP.

Pipe systems: Bondstrand series 7000 and 3416 conductive pipe and fittings with

Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints

Diameters: 1-30 inch (25-750 mm)

Total length: 25.000 meters pipe (approx. 4.000 meters per platform)

Installation: 2002-2008

Operating ConditionsSystem Diameter Working pressure Test pressure Design temperature

(inch) (bar) (bar) (C)

Firewater 2-10 15 24 40

Seawater 1-12 16 24 40

Coolingwater 2-30 4-8 24 65

Sewage 1-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40

Non-hazardous open drains 1-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40

Atmospheric vent 6-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40

Photo 1.Installation of Bondstrand seawater line

1. Introduction

In 2001, NOV Fiber Glass Systems secured an order

for the supply of Bondstrand GRE (Glassfiber

Reinforced Epoxy) pipes and fittings for several

platforms for the ACG (Azeri, Chirag, Guneshli full

field development project in the Caspian Sea,

Azerbaijan. The order was negotiated and finalised

with BP (British Petroleum) acting on behalf of AIOC

(Azerbaijan International Operating Company).

KBR (Kellogg, Brown and Root, London (UK)) was

responsable for the technical evaluation of the

bidding process, after which NOV Fiber Glass

Systems was awarded the contract.

The ACG full field development project comprised

three phases during which a total of six platforms

were built between 2002 and 2007. Furthermore,

NOV Fiber Glass Systems also received the order for

the supply of the 3 km., 24-inch water disposal line

at the Sangachal oil terminal.

The total NOV Fiber Glass Systems order value

exceeded €10 million, making it one of the larger

offshore projects ever carried out by NOV Fiber

Glass Systems.

3

Photo 3.Overview of the Azeri oil field

Photo 2.CA and CWP platform installed at the Azeri oil field

2. Project description

In September 1994, a PSA (Production Sharing

Agreement) was signed in Azerbaijan between the

State Oil Company of the Azerbaijan Republic

(SOCAR) and the Azerbaijan International Operating

Company (AIOC). This PSA grants the consortium

the rights to develop and manage the hydrocarbon

reserves found in the ACG field termed the "Contract

Area" for a period of 30 years. In July 1999, British

Petroleum (BP) was appointed operator for the PSA

on behalf of the AIOC member companies.

Part of the objective was to produce the recoverable

reserves in the central part of the Azeri Field. The

project would require offshore drilling and production

facilities, a means of transferring the produced

hydrocarbons to shore. It has estimated oil reserves

of 4.6 million barrels of oil and 3.5 trillion cubic feet

of natural gas.

The contract to provide design and procurement for

the Full Field Development of the ACG offshore

fields was awarded to Kellogg Brown & Root (KBR).

J. Ray McDermott won the contract for fabrication,

assembly, hook-up and commissioning of the CA,

WA, EA and DUQ platforms. The ATA consortium

(Azfen/Tekfen/Amec) was awarded C&WP and

PCWU topsides fabrication within the ACG FFD

program.

3. History

Azerbaijan, the oldest known oil producing region in

the world, experienced an oil boom at the beginning

of the 20th century and later served as a major

refining center in the former Soviet Union.

Oil production peaked at about 500,000 barrels per

day during World War II, and then fell significantly

after the 1950s as the Soviet Union redirected

exploration resources elsewhere.

Azerbaijan has 1.2 billion barrels of proven oil

reserves, as well as enormous potential reserves in

the (yet) undeveloped offshore fields in the Caspian

Sea.

Photo 4. The old on-shore oil field in Baku Photo 5. State of the art CA platform ready for transport

4

The platform manufacturing project was carried out

in two manufacturing sites located at the coast of the

Caspian Sea, near Baku, capital of Azerbaijan. One

yard, 15 km from Baku was operated by the ATA

(Amec-Tekfen-Azfen) joint venture (ATA-site). The

other site situated 30 km from Baku was operated by

McDermott (SPS-site).

Two platforms were manufactured on the ATA site:

one for C&WP and the other for PCWU (respectively:

compression, water injection & power, and, process

compression & and water utilities).

At the SPS yard four platforms were manufactured

(for production, drilling and quarters) to be

positioned in the four locations: Central Azeri (CA),

West Azeri (WA), East Azeri (EA) and Deep Water

Guneshli (DWG). After completion, the platforms were

shipped about 120 km from the Azeri coast to their

final destinations. Once in production, oil would be

conveyed to Sangachal oil terminal, just outside Baku.

From there, the oil would be transported to Europe via

the 1760 km long Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline. This

pipeline would have a capacity of one million barrels a

day and could hold 10 million barrels of oil at a time.

In July 2006 the first Caspian oil arrived at Ceyhan at

the Black Sea.

4. Location of the ACG full field development project

Photo 8. C&WP platform in production at ATA yard Photo 9. 24” Bondstrand cooling water line

Photo 6. WA platform in production at SPS yard Photo 7. Bondstrand dry deluge pipe system

5

PIPEX (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ distributor for the

United Kingdom):

• Supported NOV Fiber Glass Systems in securing

the project;

• Wrote the project specification, now being the

KBR GRE project standard;

• Reviewed the isometrics for fabrication, testing

and fire protection;

• Tracked the isometrics drawings from KBR to

MCCI and following the Pipex review, final

isometrics were issued to NOV Fiber Glass

Systems (then forwarded to Amerplastics).

AMERPLASTICS (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’

distributor for the Benelux):

• Received material from NOV Fiber Glass Systems

to prefabricate spools for the CA platform;

• Produced spool shop drawings and prefabricated

the spools;

• Hydrotested and conductivity tested the spools;

• Applied Favuseal to the spools (fire protection);

• Prepared the spools for shipment.

5. Project scope of work

NOV Fiber Glass Systems tendered and won the

project and acted as overall Project Managers with

regards to the GRE scope of supply. NOV Fiber

Glass Systems reviewed the specification and

technical documents and reviewed the stress

analysis. Furthermore, NOV Fiber Glass Systems

manufactured the Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy

(GRE) pipe and fittings and free supplied the pipe

and fittings for pre-fabrication.

NOV Fiber Glass Systems additionally provided:

• Component dimensions in computerized form

suitable for direct input into the 3D PDMS model;

• Qualified personnel at the fabrication site to train

and supervise spool installation, personnel

training, testing and storage. Two NOV Fiber Glass

Systems’ field service engineers were permanently

based in Baku to supervise spool fabrication and

spool installation;

• Qualified design personnel to check design

calculations and isometrics;

• Appropriate qualification test data for all

components to be supplied;

• Fabrication of spools for CA platform

(sub-contracted to Amerplastics).

Photo 10. Spools packed for shipment to Baku Photo 11. NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ field service engineer supervises field joint

6

Two Bondstrand pipe series were used:

• Bondstrand series 7000 (Quick-Lock joint) for

lines up to 4” (100mm); this product can be used

for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.

• Bondstrand series 3416C (Taper joint) for lines

from 6” to 30” (150mm - 750mm) also with a

pressure rating of 16 bar.

6. Pipe systems

The pipework scope of supply for the Azeri project

platforms included:

• Seawater;

• Firewater;

• Coolingwater;

• Sewage;

• Non-hazardous open drains;

• Atmospheric vent.

Photo 12. Drain lines underneath the cellar deck Photo 13. Bondstrand cooling water lines in service

Photo 14. Seawater supply lines Photo 15. 12” Bondstrand firewater ring line

Figure 1. Stress analysis

7

Both pipe series are electrically conductive, and limit

build up of static electricity by connecting it to

ground (earth). In explosive danger areas, such as

platforms, this is an important issue.

All pipe work was designed to the ISO 14692

specification. The firewater piping is L3 fire rated

(wet piping). The dry deluge pipe work in the

process area containing gas is L3 plus 5 minutes

dry, Jet Fire rated.

To fulfil the demand of the dry deluge piping, a fire

protective layer was applied to the Bondstrand

pipes. This layer was made using ‘Favuseal’

material, described in chapter 10.

For each platform an extensive test program was

executed to prove the quality of the Bondstrand

products. Numerous pipe and fitting were pressure

tested according ASTM D-1599. All tests were

witnessed by a notified body (Bureau Veritas).

The total project comprises over 30,000 meters of

Bondstrand pipe with diameters 2”-30” (50-750mm)

and approximately 32,000 fittings were used. Over

40,000 joints were bonded and more than 4,000

spools were prefabricated.

Photo 17. Crossing of several

pipe systems

Photo 16. Several pipe systems on a pipe rack

8

7. Joining systems

Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints

Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints are used for

pressure ratings up to 16 bar. Available pipe

diameters are 1”-16” (25-400mm). Spigots (male

end) are cylindrical; bell ends (female end) are

slightly conical with a pipe stop inside.

For the ACG project the Quick-Lock joint was used

for pipe sizes 2-4 inch (50-100mm). For larger

diameters the Taper joint was preferred.

Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints

Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints are used for

pressure ratings up to 75 bar (depending on wall

thickness and pipe size). Available pipe sizes are

2-40 inch (50mm-1000mm). Both the spigots and

the bell ends are tapered. For the ACG project the

Taper/Taper joint was used for pipe sizes 6-30 inch

(150-750mm).

Flanged Joints

Flanged joints are used to connect pipelines to

pumps, valves, tanks and other equipment.

Flanges are available in both Quick-Lock and

Taper/Taper configuration. For the ACG project only

Lap joint (stub-end) flanges were used. These

flanges have the advantage of a loose steel flange

ring enabling easy installation.

Figure 2. Quick-Lock joint

Figure 3. Taper joint

Figure 4. Flanged joint

Photo 18. Pipe shaver to shave pipe spigot Photo 19. Lap joint flanges to connect to steel piping

9

8. Site conditions

Besides some hot weeks in summer and cold weeks

in winter, the environmental conditions had minor

influence on the installation:

• During hot summer days, the pipe fitters were

trained to pay attention to the relative short pot-life

of the adhesive;

• During wet and cold winter days the pipe fitters

were trained to preheat the bonding surfaces

before starting bonding.

The workshop for pipe prefabrication of spools was

an enclosed, conditioned area, so no temperature or

moisture influence affected the bonding of joints.

The adhesive resin and hardener were stored in a

conditioned room with a temperature varying

between 18 and 24 °C.

9. Spool manufacturing

The GRE piping systems for the first platform

(Central Azeri) were completely prefabricated in the

Netherlands by Amerplastics BV in Terneuzen.

These pipe spools were transported to site in big

wooden crates: the first Bondstrand spools arrived

in Baku in 2003.

The spools for the following five platforms were

prefabricated in a workshop (pre-fabrication shop)

set up locally in Baku.

Main advantages of setting up spool prefabrication

on site were related to the ability to modify spools to

site requirements and (late) design changes, and

lowering the relatively high transportation costs of

the spools. The overall flexibility of work and

planning improved.

Because of the total size of the project, it proved to

be economical to set up an on-site workshop,

specially organized for the prefabrication of

Bondstrand spools. NOV Fiber Glass Systems was

highly involved with the design of the workshop.

The workshop consisted of:

• A separate area for cutting and shaving, so noise

and dust were kept away from the main area.

• The main area for bonding and applying Favuseal

to the spools.

• An area for testing spools.

• A conditioned room to store, adhesive, resin,

hardener, keys and O-rings.

• An office to keep drawings and administration.

Photo 22. Spool building

Photo 20. Spool testing at SPS yard Photo 21. Field joint of pipe spools

Photo 23. Installation of spool

10

12. Advantages of Bondstrand fiberglass pipes

The following design aspects had to be considered,

during material selection of the pipe systems:

• The platforms are designed for a minimal lifetime

of 25 years;

• The air in the Caspian area is relative salty;

• No build-up of static electricity is allowed inside

the pipe systems, as explosive gasses could be

present.

Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe

systems were selected because of the following

advantages:

• easy to handle, resulting in low installation costs;

• designed for a minimal lifetime of 25 years service;

• non-corrosive;

• maintenance-free;

• conductive, no static electricity is built up.

13. Conclusion

After the successful completion of the ACG-AIOC

project, all parties agreed that the good cooperation

between KBR and NOV Fiber Glass Systems and the

continuous involvement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems’

Engineers has resulted in an extraordinary low failure

rate and low installation cost of the Bondstrand piping

systems.

Special Thanks

NOV Fiber Glass Systems would like to thank everyone

who worked with them on this project.

10. Fire protection

As mentioned before, the firewater piping spools

were over-wrapped by a fire protective layer,

enabling the Bondstrand piping to withstand the

required 5 minutes dry Jet Fire conditions.

The spools were pressure tested before being

over-wrapped by the protective layer in order to

detect any leaking joints.

The Fire protection was applied in a few steps,

see also figure:

• 1 layer of Combimat (glass);

• 2 layers of Favuseal sheet;

• 1 layer of boat tape (glass);

• The top layer is impregnated with a cold curing,

two component epoxy resin.

11. Traceability

Attention was paid to the traceability of pipe fitters,

joints and materials. All pipe fitters had a traceability

form to record the following:

• Pipe fitters: the badge number of the pipe fitter

who made the joint was recorded on the

traceability form.

• Joint numbers: the joints on the spool drawings

were numbered and the number of the joint was

recorded on the traceability form.

• Adhesive: the batch number of the adhesive was

noted on the traceability form.

• Pipe and fittings: all NOV Fiber Glass Systems

pipe and fittings have a unique ID-code. These

codes were noted on the spool drawings and the

traceability form.

a: 1 layer Combimat

b: 2 layers Favuseal

c: 1 layer impregnated glass

a

b

c

Photo 25. Cutting fire protection sheetsPhoto 24. Over-wrapping of fire protected spool with boat tape

11

FP 905 B 06/12




FP1064 06/12


Keppel Shipyard, Singapore was awarded by OSX 1 Leasing B.V., a subsidiary of OSX Brasil S/A. to support the modification works of OSX-1 floating production, storage and offloading vessel (FPSO). The work scope covers the engineering, procurement and modification works of the topside process modules for the FPSO. Modification and construction works on the topside modules commenced in the last quarter 2010 and the vessel will be deployed in the Campos Basin, offshore Brazil on a 20-year lease to OGX Petroleo e Gas.

Keppel Shipyard worked with BW Offshore, which provides project management, engineering services and technical guidance services to OSX 1 Leasing B.V.

OSX Brasil S/A – part of EBX group is a Brazil-based publicly traded company listed on the Brazilian Stock Exchange, which operates in the areas of shipbuilding, chartering of exploration and production units (E&P), as well as operations and maintenance services (O&M).

NOV Fiber Glass Systems Pte Ltd supplies GRE materials for the modification works.

The project was successfully completed within the requested time frame without adverse impact on the project schedule.Project management, planned execution and customer service is the key factor of success that differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems from the rest.

Advantages• ReductionIninstallationsofcost&time• Minimumlongtermservicelifeof20years• Corrosionresistance• Reducedmarinegrowth• Maintenancefree• Light-weightmaterial

SW Cooling, Wet Fire Water System for FPSO “OSX-1” using Bondstrand 2416C & 7000M conductive pipes and fittings

FPSO OSX-1

Keppel Shipyard Singapore

OSX 1 Leasing B.V, An EBX Group Company

Size: 2”- 12”, 18” SW Cooling System, 2416C Size: 2”, 3”, 16” Wet Fire Water System, 7000M

for Sea waterDesign pressure: 10 barOperating pressures: 4.8 barTest pressure: 1.5 x design pressure Design temperature: up to 50°COperating temperature: 27.5°C

for Fire waterDesign pressure: 16 barOperating pressures: 13 bar Test pressure: 1.5 x design pressure Design temperature: up to 50°COperating temperature: 27.5°C

2010 - 2011

Owner


Vessel

Shipyard

Pipe system

Installation date



FP1016 06/12


The order included the design and manufacture of a jig to ensure the best possible fit between vessels and headers. The jig, representing a filter unit, was built and approved by client to carry out a four-point dimension check of each header set.

Section of Filter Unit showing Header orientation

Alignment Jig to simulate the filter units


The Pazflor project is located in deepwater, offshore Angola, approx. 40 km. east of the DALIA FPSO and 150 km. from shore. The project is owned by TOTAL E&P Angola (40%), Esso (20%), BP (16.67%) and Statoil Hydro (23.33%). The project will target development of hydrocarbons in two independent reservoir structures.

Technical requirementsHeaders were built in accordance with Total Spec. GS EP PVV 178 and GS EP PVV 148 and suitable for for an offshore marine environment in West Africa.

Each header set included a 10” x 3” x 2” Top Header, 8” x 2” Mid Header, 10” x 2” Bottom header and 3” x 1” Air Scour Header. In total 14. Header sets were fabricated.

Fine filtration package for FPSO Pazflor using Bondstrand® GRE pipe

ProjectGRE Headers for Seawater Fine Filtration Units

VWS Westgarth Ltd, East Kilbride, Scotland (Head Office)

Total E&P Angola

Deawoo Shipbuilding and Marine Engineering

Deepwater Offshore Angola, Block 17

Bondstrand 2400 lined pipe and fittings with taper adhesive bonded joints

Joint type Diameter Quick Lock adhesive bonded joints 2 inchTaper/Taper adhesive bonded joints 3 - 10 inch

Fluid: Sea water Operating pressure: 16.6 barg minimum rating

2009

Client

EDC contractor

Installation date


Operator

Location

Pipe system

Headers assembled in the jig, with the branches bonded and ready to wheel into the oven.

Purpose built drilling Rig with non contact laser distance measuring equipment

Drilling accuracy using Industrial laser

100 Bar Weep Test, Witnessed by Lloyd’s Test output using calibrated digital temp/pressure recorders

The headers were also manufactured on a jig, labelled and shipped in matching sets. Each jig was QA checked and approved by the client before fabrication commenced. Allowable tolerances for the flange positions was ± 3mm and flange plates were used to ensure each inlet and outlet flange was two-hole square.

A purpose-built drilling rig complete with non-contact laser distance measuring equipment was constructed to drill the tapered holes into the header pipe. The laser ensured pinpoint accuracy and repeatability of the branch spacing.

100 bar Weep Test RequirementsThe project requirement was for prototype burst tests to be carried out in accordance with customer requirements and specifications (Total GS EP PVV 148 Sect 5.2.1.2.2, ASTM 1599 Sect 9.2 Procedure B). Five test spools were fabricated in order to test the various joint combinations to 100 bar as per the procedure. Joint combinations tested were 10”x3”, 10”x2”, 8”x2”, 3”x2” & 3”x1”. The tests were witnessed by the client.

Lloyd’s ApprovalA representative from Lloyd’s Register EMEA, witnessed the tests and approval has been given for the spigot to body joints mentioned above.



FP1008 06/12


In 1999, BP drilled the Platina and Plutonio wells using the deepwater drillship Pride Angola, and followed these in 2000 with four more: Galio, Paladio, Cromio and Cobalto. These are all located within 20km of each other and form the Greater Plutonio development offshore Angola. Later discoveries included the Cesio and Chumbo fields, slightly further to the south and west. If developed, Cesio could potentially be tied back to Greater Plutonio although Chumbo might be developed separately. The Greater Plutonio development was approved in early 2004. BP Angola and Shell Exploration and Production Angola BV hold the Block 18 exploration permit under a production-sharing contract with Angola’s state-owned oil company, Sociedade Nacional de Combustveis de Angola (Sonangol).

Scope of Supply• Ballast in Tanks and Machinery Spaces• Cargo Tank Purge Lines• Inert Gas • Header Drains

Vendor NOV Fiber Glass Systems, Manufacturer of Bondstrand pipe systems

Contractor HHI, Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment

Consultant KBR Halliburton, Kellogg Brown & Root overseeing engineering, procurement, contract and management

Specification Pipex Ltd., UK based materials specification and technical engineering support regarding supply of Bondstrand pipe systems

Classification Bureau Veritas

Standards IMO A.753(18) and ISO 14692

FPSO BP Plutonio using Bondstrand® GRE for Ballast, Vent and Drain lines

ProjectGreater Plutonio, Block 18, Angola

Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea

British Petroleum (BP) Angola

Bondstrand 7000M pipes with 2416C fittings and Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints.Various diameters ranging from 2-24 inch (50-600 mm).Total quantity: 2400 meter.

Operating pressure: Full vacuum to 7.5 bar Operating temperature: Ambient to 70°C Design pressure: 16 bar Design temperature: 93°C Test pressure: 24 bar

2007

Shipyard

Pipe system

Installation date


Client



FP1007 06/12



A consortium led by Technip, that also includes Hyundai Heavy Industries, was awarded this contract for engineering, procurement, supply, construction and offshore commissioning of the Floating Production Storage and Offloading unit (FPSO) of the AKPO field development, offshore Nigeria. The AKPO field is located on the Oil Mining License (OML) 130 offshore Nigeria, in water depths ranging from 1,100-1,700m. Technip’s engineering center in Paris (France) was in charge of the overall project management and performed the engineering phase. The FPSO’s hull and topsides construction and integration were executed by Hyundai Heavy Industries in Korea. Engineering and fabrication of various components and structures of the FPSO topsides was realized and center in Nigeria.

The AKPO FPSO hull has a storage capacity of two million barrels of oil and a large deck space to accommodate more than 17 topsides modules. AKPO FPSO, which will be anchored in 1,325 meters of water, will produce 225,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. It includes two processing trains to separate out gas and water. This floater is 310 m. long and 61 m. wide and includes a 240 bed accommodation unit.

This fast-track project was completed in 40 months from contract award. First oil from AKPO field is expected early 2009.

Scope of supply2420C Water injection, Produced water, Seawater, Fire water (wet system) in modules5000M Chlorination Water7000M Seawater, Ballast system (in the hull), Fresh Water

AKPO FPSO using Bondstrand® GRE pipe

ProjectFloating Production Storage and Offloading vessel AKPO (FPSO)

Hyundai Samho Shipyard, Mokpo and Hyundai Heavy Industries, Ulsan – South Korea

HHI Hyundai Heavy Industries for Total Upstream Nigeria Ltd

A total of 11.000 m. of Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe was supplied for this most complex and sophisticated FPSO, delivered in over 3700 pipe spool pieces.Series: Bondstrand 7000M, 2420C, 5000M and Bondstrand LDDiameter: 1 to 48 inch (25-1200 mm)Total quantity: 11.000 meterTotal value: approx. 15 million US$

7000M 2420C 5000MOperating pressure: 9.5 13.5 10.0Design pressure: 16.0 18.0 10.0Design temperature: 60.0 60.0 AmbientTest pressure: 24.0 27.0 15.0

2007-2008

Shipyard

Pipe system

Installation date


Client

Design NOV FGS Manufacturer of Bondstrand pipe systems

Contractor HHI Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment

Consultant Technip Project management and engineering

Classification Society

Bureau Veritas

All Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipework was witnessed by Bureau Veritas during the entire process of manufacturing and installation

Approval IMO According IMO A.753(18) L3 standard

Bondstrand® Design Manualfor Marine Piping Systems

FP707A (4/01) Supersedes FP707

1 Introduction1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 Products Range and Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 Standards and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21.4 Classification Society Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21.5 Uses and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21.6 Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31.7 Fittings and Flange Drillings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31.8 Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31.9 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

2 Design for Expansion and Contraction2.1 Length Change due to Thermal Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52.2 Length Change due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62.3 Length Change due to Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102.4 Flexible Joints, Pipe Loops, Z & L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.5 Design with Flexible Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112.6 Design with Pipe Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122.7 Design using Z Loops and L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

3 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)3.1 General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.2 Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.3 Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.4 Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193.5 Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in

Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive . . . . . .21

4 Support Location and Spacing4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274.2 Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274.3 Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284.4 Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284.5 Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . . . . . . . . . . .304.6 Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314.7 Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . .334.8 Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384.9 Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

5 Anchors and Support Details5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435.2 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

6 Internal and External Pressure Design6.1 Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556.2 External Collapse Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

7 Hydraulics7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597.2 Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597.3 Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597.4 Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617.5 Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

AppendicesA. Using Metallic Pipe Couplings to Join Bondstrand . . . . . . . . .A.1B. Grounding of Series 7000M Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.1C. Sizing of Shipboard Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.1D. Miscellaneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D.1E. Piping Support for Non-Restrained Mechanical Joints . . . . . . .E.1

Table of Contents

1

1.1 GENERAL

Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim realityof replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This hasmeant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment sincereplacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime andthe inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, thelong-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.

1.2 PRODUCT RANGE AND SERIES

Bondstrand® provides four distinct series of filament-wound pipe and fittings using continuous glassfilaments and thermosetting resins for marine and naval applications:

Series 2000MA lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwaterpiping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resis-tance and light weight are of paramount importance.

Series 2000M-FPA lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.

Series 2000USNAn epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems oncombatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).

Series 5000MA lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.

Series 7000MAn epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum productsand applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents theaccumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow offluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by NOV FGSpatented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe andfittings during manufacture.

PSX™•L3A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitablefor confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in aconductive version.

PSX™•JFA polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSX™•JF has anexterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (followby 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.

1.0 Introduction

2

1.3 STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Bondstrand® marine pipe and fittings are designed and manufactured in accordance with the follow-ing standards and specifications:

MIL-P-24608A (SH)U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.

ASTM (F1173)U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production andexplorations units.

1.4 CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY APPROVALS

NOV FGS works closely with agencies worldwide to widen the scope of approved shipboard applica-tions for fiberglass pipe systems. Certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the followingagency concerning the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems are currently available fromNOV FGS. Others are pending.

1.5 USES AND APPLICATIONS

Series 2000MApproved for use in air cooling circulating water; auxiliary equipment cooling; ballast/segregated bal-last; brine; drainage/sanitary service/sewage; educator systems; electrical conduit; exhaust piping;fire protection mains (IMO L3) fresh water/service (nonvital); inert gas effluent; main engine cooling;potable water; steam condensate; sounding tubes/vent lines; and tank cleaning (saltwater system);submersible pump column piping; raw water loop systems and drilling mud pumping systems.

Series 2000M-FPDesigned for use where pipe is vulnerable to mechanical abuse or impact or for dry deluge service.

Series 5000MApproved for use in seawater chlorination.

Series 7000MApproved for use in ballast (adjacent to tanks); C.O.W. (crude oil washing); deck hot air drying (cargotanks); petroleum cargo lines; portable discharge lines; sounding tubes/vent cargo piping; strippinglines and all services listed for Series 2000M in hazardous locations.

American Bureau of ShippingBiro Klasifikasi IndonesiaBureau VeritasCanadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety BranchDet Norske VeritasDutch ScheepvaartinspectieDDR-Schiffs-Revision UND-KlassifikationGermanisher LloydKorean Register of Shipping

Lloyd’s Register of ShippingNippon Kaiji KyokaiPolski Rejestr StatkowRegistro Italiano NavaleRegister of ShippingThe Marine Board of QueenslandUnited States Coast GuardUSSR Register of Shipping

3

PSX™•L3Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces ofliving quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.

PSX™•JFDesigned and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.

1.6 JOINING SYSTEMS

Bondstrand® marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both newconstruction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.

All Series:

1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive joint;

2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.

1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.

2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.

1.7 FITTINGS AND FLANGE DRILLINGS

NOV FGS offers filament-wound fittings, adaptable for field assembly using adhesive, flanged, or rub-ber-gasketed mechanical joints. Tees, elbows, reducers and other fittings provide the needed com-plete piping capability.

Bondstrand marine and naval flanges are produced with the drillings listed below for easy connectionto shipboard pipe systems currently in common use. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, areavailable.

ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300;ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16;JIS B2211 5kg/cm2;JIS B2212 10kg/cm2;JIS B2213 16kg/cm2;U.S. Navy MIL-F-20042

1.8 CORROSION RESISTANCE

Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosion-resistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass andcarbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meetsU.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most ship-board systems.

1.9 ECONOMY

Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistancesurpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects andreport savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.

5

2.1 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION

Like other types of piping material, in an unrestrainted condition, Bondstrand fiberglass reinforcedpipe changes its length with temperature. Tests show that the amount of expansion varies linearlywith temperature, in other words, the coefficient of thermal expansion in Bondstrand pipe is con-stant, it equals to 0.00001 inch per inch per degree Fahrenheit (0.000018 millimeterper millimeterper degree centigrade).

The amount of expansion can be calculated by the formula:

L = L T

where L = change in length (in. or mm),

= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or mm/mm/°C),L = length of pipeline (in. or mm), andT = change in temperature (°F or °C).

Example: Find the amount of expansion in 100 feet (30.48 meter) of Series 2000M pipe due to achange of 90°F (50°C) in temperature:

a. English Units:

L = L T

where = 10 x 10-6 in./in./°FT = 90°FL = 100 ft. = 1200 in.L = (1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./°F) (90°F)L = 1.08 in.

b. Metric Units:

L = L T

where = 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°CT = 50°CL = 30.48 m = 30480 mmL = (30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) (50°C)L = 27.4 mm

Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same lengthof pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.

In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be repre-sented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.

2.0 Design for Expansion & Contraction

2.2 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO PRESSURE

2.2.1 Unrestrained System

Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrustforce applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on thepipe wall thickness, diameter, Poisson’s ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial andcircumferential directions at operating temperature.

L = L

The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,

is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poisson’s effect. Theresult is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:

L = L

where L = length of pipe (in. or cm.),

p = internal pressure (psi or kg./cm2),

lc = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the

strain in the circumferential direction.

Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),

p ID2

4t Dm El

p ID2

2t Dm Ec

— lc

p ID2

2t Dm Ec

lc

p ID2

4t El Dm

El

Ec

1 — 2lc

Fig. 2-1

LEN

GT

H C

HA

NG

EM

M /

100

M O

F P

IPE

TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG F)

TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG C)

6

7

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),

Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t,

ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm.), and

t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm.)

Example: Find the length change in 10 meters of Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-inch pipe which issubjected to an internal pressure of 145 psi (10 bars) at 75° F (24°C).

a.English Units:

The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000MPRODUCT DATA (FP194):

lc = 0.56

Ec = 3,600,000 psi

El = 1,600,000 psi

ID = 8.22 in.

t = 0.241 in.

Dm = 8.46 in.

p = 145 psi

L = 394 in.

Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).

Fig. 2-2

8

L = (394 in.)

L = 0.147 in.

b. Metric Units:

lc = 0.56

El = 113490 kg/cm2

Dm = 21.5 cm

ID = 20.9 cm

t = 0.612 cm

p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2

L = 1000 cm

L = (1000 cm)

L = 0.373 cm

Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000MPipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range ofapplication. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)

Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, tofind the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressureratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.

145 psi (8.22 in.)2

4 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 1,600,000 psi1,600,000 psi3,600,000 psi

1 - 2 (.56)

10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2

4 (.612 cm) (21.5 cm ) (113490 kg/cm2)113490 kg/cm2

253105 kg/cm21 - 2 (.56)

Size Length Increase(in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm)

2 50 0.2 5.03 80 0.3 7.84 100 0.3 7.66 150 0.4 10.2

36 900 0.4 10.2

Table 2-I

2.2.2 Restrained Systems

In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixedsupports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without theend thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:

L = L

where L = length of pipe (in. or cm),

p = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),

lc = Poisson’s ratio

Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity, (psi or kg/cm2)

ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm),

t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm),

Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t.

Example: Find the change in length in 12 meters (39.4 feet) of restrained Bondstrand Series 2000M,8-inch diameter pipe operating at 10 bars (145 psi) internal pressure.

a. English Units:

lc = .56

p = 145 psi

ID = 8.22 in.

t = 0.241 in.

Dm = 8.46 in.

Ec = 3,600,000 psi

L = 472 in.

Fig. 2-3

p ID2

2t Ec Dm

-lc

MECHANICAL COUPLING(Dresser Type)

W.T. BHD.

9

L = (472 in.)(-.56)

L = -.175 in. or .175 in. reduction in length

b.Metric Units:

lc = .56

p = 10.02 kg/cm2

ID = 20.9 cm

Dm = 21.5 cm

t = 0.612 cm

Ec = 253105 kg/cm2

L = 1200 cm

L = (1200± cm) (-.56)

L = - .442 cm or .442 cm reduction in length

As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where amechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. Thisshortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction inlength to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operat-ing temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.

2.3 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO DYNAMIC LOADING

Piping installed on board ship is often subjected to another type of load at the supports which resultsfrom sudden change of the support’s relative location. This dynamic loading should be accounted forin the design. The degree of fluctuation in length between the two support points depends on theship’s structural characteristics, i.e., the ship size, the size of the dynamic load, etc. This type ofmovement in the piping system should be considered with other length changes previously dis-cussed; however, calculation of expansion and contraction due to dynamic loading is beyond theintended scope of this manual.

2.3.1 Equipment Vibration

Under normal circumstances, Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping if the pipeis protected against external abrasion at supports.

Vibration can be damaging when the generated frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance fre-quency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, tempera-ture, mass and pipe stiffness.

145 psi (8.22 in.)2

2 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 3,600,000 psi

10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2

2 (0.612 cm) (21.5 cm) (253105 kg/cm)2

10

11

There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observeduring operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion jointor other vibration absorber.

2.4 FLEXIBLE JOINTS, PIPE LOOPS, Z AND L TYPE BENDS

Bondstrand piping is often subjected to temperature change in operation, usually in the range of50°F to 100°F (32°C to 82°C). Since a piping system operating at low stress level provideslonger service life, it is good practice to reduce the amount of stress caused by thermal and/or pres-sure expansion. This can be accomplished by using one or more of the following:

A. Flexible Jointsa.1 Mechanical coupling (Dresser-type), ora.2 Expansion joint.

B. Pipe Loops

C. Z type configurations or change of direction at bends.

2.5 DESIGN WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS

Both Dresser-type couplings and expansion joints are recognized as standard devices to absorbthermal expansion. They are easy to use and commercially available.

2.5.1 Mechanical Couplings (Dresser-type)

These are primarily designed to be used as mechanical connection joints. The elastomeric seal offerssome flexibility that will relieve thermal expansion in the pipe; however, this can only absorb a limitedamount of axial movement, usually about 3/8 in. (10mm) per coupling. Thus, more than one couplingmust be used if the expected movement is greater than 3/8 in. (10mm).

It should be noted here that fixed supports are always required in a mechanical system. In moderatetemperature and pressure application, such as often found in ballast piping systems, the total expan-sion of a 40-foot Bondstrand pipe is within the coupling recommended limit. For additional informa-tion on mechanical type couplings see Appendix A.

2.5.2 Expansion Joints

Expansion joints are widely accepted as standard devices to relieve longitudinal thermal stress.Unlike the mechanical coupling, this joint offers a wider range of axial movement giving more flexibili-ty in design. This is advantageous in long section of pipe such as in cargo piping which sometimesruns the entire length of the ship. An expansion joint is normally not needed in ballast piping systemwhere short sections of pipe are anchored at bulkheads.

When an expansion joint is used in the pipeline to relieve longitudinal stress, it must be fairly flexible,such as a teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of a low modulus material.

Support for expansion joints must be correctly designed and located to maintain controlled deflec-tion. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford onlylimited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers of thermoplas-tics, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint changes with temperature.

When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it could stiff-en or fail to function due to sedimentation build up in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansionjoint could cause excessive pipe deflection. Regular schedule maintenance and cleaning of theexpansion joint is recommended to assure adequate function of the piping system.

2.6 DESIGN WITH PIPE LOOPS

Where space is not a primary concern, expansion loops are the preferred method for relieving thethermal stress between anchors in suspended piping systems since it can be easily fabricated usingpipe and elbows at the job site.

Loops should be horizontal wherever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and facilitate drainage.

• For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, airremoval for both testing and normal operation is required for safety.

• For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage.

• In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.

The size of the loop can be determined by using the “Elastic-Center Method.” The concept is out-lined as follows:

Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid “0” of this structureis located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joiningthe guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equa-tion.

Fx = EI

Ix

where = total linear expansion which will be absorbed by the loop,

Fx = force in the x direction,E = modulus of elasticity of the pipe,I = beam moment of inertia of the pipe, and

Ix = moment of inertia of the line about the x axis of the centroid.

Fig. 2-4

12

Since Ix = + + =

4 2

2

2 2

2

4

2

3

4 2

Fx = 4 EI3

Substituting M = Fx and

SA = M D

2 I

and arranging the required length in terms of other known values we obtain:

= ED1/2

SA

Where M = bending moment, maximum at elbows,SA = allowable stress,

D = outside diameter of pipe,= required length of the expansion loop.

It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method ofpipe flexibility calculation.

Where = 1 F 3

= M 2

= SA 2

2 4 EI 4EI 2ED

and again = ED1/2

SA

Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000Mpiping subjected to the following condition:

Operating temperature: 65°C (149°F)Installation temperature: 20°C (68°F)Total length of pipe between anchors: 100 meter (328 ft)

From PRODUCT DATA SHEET FOR BONDSTRAND 2000M (FP194) we obtain at 150°F (66°C):

Allowable bending stress = 548 kg/cm2 = 183 kg/cm2 (2600 psi)3

Thermal expansion coefficient = 18 x 10-6 m/m/°C (10 x 10-6 in/in/°F)

Modulus of elasticity at 65°C = 91,400 kg/cm2 (1,300,000 psi)

Pipe O.D. = 22.1 cm (8.7 inch)

First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:

L = L T= 18 x 10-6/°C (45°C) (100 x 102) cm= 8.1 cm

2

13

14

Then

= ED

1/2

SA

= 8.1 cm (91,400 kg/cm2) (22.1 cm)

1/2

= 299 cm183 kg/cm2

= 2.99 meter

Calculation of length can also be performed in English units:

= 3.18 in (1,300,000 psi) 8.7 in

1/2

= 118 in2,600 psi

= 9 ft. - 10 in.

which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.

1/2

15

Tab

le 2

-II t

abul

ates

the

leng

th o

f lo

op in

fee

t an

d m

eter

s re

qui

red

to

abso

rb e

xpan

sion

.

TAB

LE 2

-II:

RE

QU

IRE

D L

EN

GT

H F

OR

EX

PAN

SIO

N L

OO

P

16

2.7 DESIGN USING Z LOOPS AND L BENDS

Similarly the Z-loop and L-bends can be analyzed by the same guide cantilever method.

= Fx3 = M 2 = SA

2

4EI 4EI 2ED

= 2 ED 1/2

SA

Fig. 2-5

17

Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for thestiffer loop members.

The required length in this case should be adjusted by a factor

(EIinsulated pipe/EI bare pipe)1/2

which was derived as follows:

For the same application condition:

bp = ip

ip = bp EIip/EIbp

1/2

Loops using 90° elbows change length better than those using 45° elbows. Unlike a 90° turn, a 45°turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bendingstress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular dis-placement at 45° turns and demand special attention for support design and location.

A 45° elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86percent more than a 90° elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of aproblem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.

Comparison of Displacement in 90° vs. 45° elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:

Fig. 2-6

A. Relative displacement ofelbows permitted to movefreely in a pipe run.

B. Relative displacementconfiguration of loops

bp = M 2 bp bp = 2 bp EI bp/2

2EI bp M

ip = M 2ip ip = 2 ip EIip2

2EIip M

1/2

1/2

18

Tab

le 2

-III

tab

ulat

es t

he le

ngth

of

loop

or

ben

d in

fee

t an

d m

eter

s re

qui

red

to

abso

rb e

xpan

sion

.

TAB

LE 2

-III:

RE

QU

IRE

D L

EN

GT

H F

OR

Z T

YP

E L

OO

P A

ND

L B

EN

D

3.1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES

Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as forexample, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessaryto anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against move-ment at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperatureand pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowingthe magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axialstress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally indepen-dent of anchor spacing.

Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimelyrelease of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improp-erly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressuresor temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long piperuns, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.

3.2 THRUST IN AN ANCHORED SYSTEM

Both temperature and pressure produce thrust, which is normally independent of anchor spacing. Inpractice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle.Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to tempera-ture and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceedthe thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.

3.3 THRUST DUE TO TEMPERATURE

In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted atthe anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on thermal coefficient of expan-sion, the cross-sectional area, and the modulus of elasticity.

3.4 THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE

Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicat-ed. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints adhesive bonded or flanged, thePoisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall.

As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contractslongitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust onanchors. In lines with elbows, closed valves, reducers or closed ends, the internal pressure works onthe cross-sectional area of the ends. This thrust tends to be about twice as great as the effect ofpressure on the pipe wall.

The concurrent effects of pressure and temperature must be combined for design of anchors.Similarly, on multiple pipe runs, thrusts developed in all runs must be added for the total effect onanchors.

3.0 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)

19

20

3.5 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING THRUST IN RESTRAINED PIPELINES

3.5.1 Thrust Due To Temperature Change In An Anchored Line

The thrust due to temperature change in a system fully restrained against length change is calculatedby:

P = TAEl

where P = thrust (lbf or kg),

= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

T = change in temperature (°F or °C),

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity at lower temperature (psi or kg/cm2),

A = average cross-sectional area of the pipe wall (in.2 or cm2), See Table 4-IV.

For example:

= 10 x 10-6in./in./°F

T = 150°F

A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe

El = 1.6 x 106 psi

then P = (10 x 10-6)(150)(4.23)(1.6 x 106) = 10,150 lbf. or from Table 3-1

P = 6,770 x 1.5 = 10,150 lbf.

3.5.2 Thrust Due To Pressure In An Anchored System

In a fully restrained system, calculate the thrust between anchors induced by internal pressure using:

P = (-lc )

where P = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),

ID = internal diameter (in. or cm),

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2),

Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), and

lc = Poisson’s ratio.

Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.

pDmID2

El

Ec

21

For example, assume that

ID = 6.26 in.,

Dm = 6.44 in.,

P = 100 psi.

El = 1.6 x 106 psi,

Ec = 3.6 x 106 psi, and

lc = 0.56

then P = (0.56) =1,580 lbf (tension)

or read the value of 1,580 lbf from Table 3-Il.

3.5.3 Thrust Due To Pressure On A Closed End

Where internal pressure on a closed end exerts thrust on supports, calculate thrustusing:

P = p

where ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).

Values are given in Table 3-Ill.

For example: If there is 100 psi in a 6-inch (6.26 ID) pipe, thrust is

P = x 100 = 3,080 lbf

3.6 LONGITUDINAL STRESS IN PIPE AND SHEAR STRESS IN ADHESIVE

Stress in the pipe is given in each of the above cases by:

f =

where f = longitudinal stress (psi or kg/cm2).

In the last example for pressure on a closed end:

f = = 728psi

The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature asgiven in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowablestress at 70°F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those result-ing from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.

3.14 (100) (6.44) (6.26)2

ID2

4

3.14 (6.26)2

4

PA

3,0804.23

(1.6)(3.6)

22

Shear stress in an adhesive bonded joint is:

=

where = shear stress in adhesive (psi or kg/cm2),

Dj = joint diamater (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.

Lb = bond length (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.

For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:

P = 3,080 lbf

= = 67 psi

The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M prod-ucts) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).

PDjLb

3,0803.14 (6.54) 2.25

23

TABLE 3-I

THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE

FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING

Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100°F or 100°C use linear ratio forthrust.

2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.

3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCIdimensions for 28 to 36 inch.

24

TABLE 3-II

THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE


Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensileforce.

2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.

3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for28 to 36 inch.

25

TABLE 3-III

THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END


Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.

2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for28 to 36 inch.

26

TABLE 3-IV

ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS

Note: 1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCIdimensions for 28 to 36 inch.

2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in sizerange 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field jointsabove 16 inch.

27

4.1 GENERAL

This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be neededwhere pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green waveloading.

Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used forcarbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percentof the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coeffi-cient of expansion 50 percent larger.

4.2 ABRASION PROTECTION

Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides andsupport, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ship’s structure. Such protec-tion is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other accept-able material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.

4.0 Support Location & Spacing

TABLE 4-I

PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIALFOR ABRASION PROTECTION

28

4.3 SPANS ALLOWING AXIAL MOVEMENT

Supports that allow expansion and contraction of pipe should be located on straight runs of pipewhere axial movement is not restricted by flanges or fittings. In general, supports may be located atpositions convenient to nearby ships structures, provided maximum lengths of spans are notexceeded.

4.4 SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS

Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given inTable 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those whichhave no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform supportspacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. Wheninstalled at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will pro-duce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearanceand adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percentgreater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. Forthis purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform inlength and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends andare either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spac-ings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional informa-tion regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,see Appendix E.

4.4.1 Formula for Calculating Support Spacing for Uniformly Distributed Load

Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specificgravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic princi-ple is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust forincreased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreasedloads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead ofa liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.

For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflec-tion of 0.5 inch are determined using:

L = 0.258(EI)w

1/4

29

TABLE 4-II

RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR

PIPE AT 100°F (38°C) AND 150°F (66°C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES

(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)

Note: 1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percentless than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.

2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculatedfor a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.

3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.

4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.

5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:

E = 2,100,000 (psi)-6000 (psi/°F) x T (°F). See Table 4-III.

30

where L = support spacings, ft.

(EI) = beam stiffness (lb-in2, from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)

w = total uniformly distributed load (lb/in.).

In metric units:

L = 0.124

where L = support spacings (m)

(El) = beam stiffness (kg-cm2) (from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)

w = total uniformly distributed load (kg/m)

For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series2000M pipe full of water at 150°F:

L = 0.258 16.5 ft.

4.5 SUSPENDED SYSTEM RESTRAINED FROM MOVEMENT

Anchors may be used to restrict axial movement at certain locations (see Section 5 for anchordetails). Such restriction is essential:

• Where space limitations restrict axial movement.

• To transmit axial loads through loops and expansion joints.

• To restrain excessive thrusts at turns, branches, reducers, and ends

• To support valves. This is done not only to support the weight of valves and to reduce thrust, butit also prevents excessive loads on pipe connections due to torque applied by operation ofvalves.

Refer to Section 3 for determining thrust in an anchored system.

(EI)w

1/4

1,200,000 x 19.01.36

1/4

TABLE 4-III

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS

31

In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent exces-sive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunc-tion with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendationson guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.

4.6 EULER AND ROARK EQUATIONS

The Euler equation is first used to check the stability of the restrained line.

L =

where L = unsupported length or guide spacing (in. or cm),

I = beam moment of inertia (in4 or cm4) see Table 4-IV,

= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2) see Table 4-IV,

T = change in temperature (°F or °C).

The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.

In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behaviornear the origin of the curve.

I

T A

1/2

32

Notes:

1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and forcast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:

2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of thestructural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment ofInertia.

TABLE 4-IV

PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)

IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)

METRIC IRON SIZE

Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at theoperating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:

y = (tan - )

where K = P/(El)

P = = TAE

El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill

w = uniform horizontal load (lb/in or kg/cm),

L = guide spacing (in. or cm).

If “y” is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the “L” obtained using the Euler equation is the recommendedguide spacing. If “y” is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length “L” and solve the Roarkequation again for “y”. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when “y”closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).

4.7 SUPPORT OF PIPE RUNS CONTAINING EXPANSION .JOINTS

The modulus of elasticity for Bondstrand pipe is approximately 1/14th that of steel pipe. For this rea-son, the force due to expansion of Bondstrand pipe is not great enough to compress most varietiesof expansion joints used in steel piping systems. Bondstrand requires elastomeric expansion joints.

The use of elastomeric expansion joints has somewhat limited marine applications. These joints havevery limited resistance to external forces and, therefore, are not suitable for use in the bottom oftanks. However, it can be used for piping systems installed in the double bottoms were hydrostaticcollapse pressure is not a requirement. During the installation careful consideration must be given tothe proper support and guidance.

(1) R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.

-wL2KP

2 (El)L2

KL4

KL4

1/2

33

34

TAB

LE 4

-V

GU

IDE

SPA

CIN

G V

S. T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

CH

AN

GE

FO

R P

IPE

WIT

HR

ES

TR

AIN

ED

EN

DS

No

te:

For

horiz

onta

l pip

e, v

alue

s b

elow

the

line

may

be

take

n fr

om T

able

4-I

I. Fo

r ve

rtic

al p

ipe,

use

tab

ulat

ed v

alue

sas

sho

wn.

TAB

LE 4

-VI

GU

IDE

SPA

CIN

G V

S. T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

CH

AN

GE

FO

R P

IPE

WIT

HR

ES

TR

AIN

ED

EN

DS

No

te:

For

horiz

onta

l pip

e, v

alue

s b

elow

the

line

may

be

take

n fr

om T

able

4-I

I. Fo

r ve

rtic

al p

ipe,

use

tab

ulat

ed v

alue

s as

sho

wn.

35

36

There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused byequipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.

When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should beplaced as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion jointshould have a guide placed no further than five times the pipe’s diameter from the expansion jointwith a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the secondguide, find manufacturer’s specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure4-1 for recommended spacing.

The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unre-strained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guidespacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inchdiameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensatefor the added cost of the expansion joint.

The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated asfollows:

L = =

L = guide spacing (in. or cm.)

F = TAEl = force of compressing an expansion joint (lb or kg),

= coefficient of thermal expansion (in/in/°F or m/m/°C).

El = longitudinal modules of elasticity at the highest operating temperature

(psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill

T = change in temperature (°F or °C),

A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2), see Table 4-lV.

I = beam second moment of area (in4 or cm4), see Table 4-IV.

The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100°F (38°C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within thecross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a com-pressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).

I

TA

1/2

IEl

F

1/2

FIG

UR

E 4

-1

AX

IAL

FOR

CE

CO

MP

RE

SS

ING

AN

EX

PAN

SIO

N J

OIN

T V

S. G

UID

E S

PAC

ING

MAXIMUM GUIDE SPACING

(METERS)

(FEET)

(PO

UN

DS

FO

RC

E)

(KIL

OG

RA

MS

FO

RC

E)

37

4.8 SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL RUNS

Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet(3mm) long. See Section 5 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose col-lars as guides spaced as needed to insure proper stability.

Vertical runs less than ten feet (3mm) long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping.In either case, be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement atthe top and bottom turns.

In vertical pipe runs, accommodate vertical length changes if possible by allowing free movement offittings at either top or bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch (3mm) of anticipated vertical length change,provide 2 feet (62cm) of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet(1.9m) nor more than 20 feet (6.1m) of horizontal pipe. If the pipeline layout does not allow foraccommodations of the maximum calculated length change, there are two possible resolutions:

• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables4-V or 4-VI, or

• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required toaccommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.

Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; supportand provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoidmovement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.

4.9 CASE STUDY: VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK

A 210,000 DWT Tanker trades between Alaska and Panama. Segregated ballast tanks next to cargotanks are served by 16 inch (400mm) Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe with RP-60 adhesive as shownin Figure 4-2. Maximum working pressure is 225 psi (15.5 bars). Maximum cargo temperature is130ºF (54ºC). Minimum cargo temperature is 70ºF (21ºC). Minimum ballast water temperature inAlaska is 30ºF (-1ºC). Length of riser is 80 ft. (24.4m). Ambient temperature at time of pipe installationis 70ºF (21ºC). Maximum ambient temperature in Panama is 110ºF (43ºC).

4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assum-ing no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?

Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temper-ature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time ofloading cargo in Alaska.

Expansion of bulkhead = L T= 6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)= 0.37 inches

Contraction of pipe = L T = 10 x 10-6(80 x 12) (70 - 30)= 0.38 inches

Total relative movement due to temperature= 0.37 + 0.38 = 0.75 inch

Note that pressure in the pipe under these conditions will cause the pipe to lengthen and reduce therelative movement between pipe and bulkhead.

Maximum relative movement due to pressure will occur at ambient temperature during ballasting inPanama.

38

VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK

FIGURE 4-2

39

40

L = (80 x 12) 1-2 (.56)

= 0.53 inches or see Table 2-I

Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.

4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expect-ed relative movement?

The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Sincethe layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.

Two solutions are possible:

A. Anchor the riser pipe near the bottom and provide guides as required to prevent buck-ling.

B. Insert Dresser-type couplings into the riser pipe to absorb the expected movement.

4.9.3 Solution A: Restrain the riser pipe

El at 30ºF = 2,100,000 — 6,000 (30) = 1,920,000 psi

Force on anchor, P = ElA L/L

= 1,920,000 (22.5) 0.75/(80x12)= 33,750 lbf. due to temperature change

Note that pressure causes a reduction in anchor force due to temperature.

From Table 3-Il, the force due to pressure alone is

P = 9260 (225/100) = 20,840 lbf.

Thus the anchor must be designed for 33,750 lbf.

The guide spacing should be established for a condition of empty ballast tank in Panama (110°F) andfull cargo tank at 70°F. The pipe T = 110-70=40°F. From Table 4-VI the guide spacing is 52 feet.Since the maximum unguided length is 30 ft., no additional guides would be required.

Check maximum tensile stress in pipe wall: In this case, assume hot cargo tank, cold ballast tankand maximum pressure occur simultaneously.

f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable

Check shear stress in RP—60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):

a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable

Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.

225 (15.19)2

4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66)1.63.6

41

4.9.4 Solution B: Dresser-type couplings. Contraction in riser pipe due to pressure:

L = (80 x 12) (.56)

= 0.53 inches

Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each cou-pling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, consideringthe infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light dutyanchors will be required between couplings.

The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:

P = 18,100 (225/100) = 40,740 lbf.

For anchor details see Section 5.

225 (15.9)2

2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)

43

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installa-tions. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners through-out the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has becomeevident.

The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experiencein successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for eval-uation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to savematerial or cost can cause grave consequences.

Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.

2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal forattachment to ship’s structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in piperuns provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.

3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,3 and 4.

4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changesat mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hingeeffect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.

5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.

6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometerhardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.

7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation ofrigid pipe hangers.

5.2 DETAILS

5.2.1 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 5—1 On Following Page)

All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrousmetal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classificationsocieties rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling canalso be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of thefiberglass pipe.

Note: All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance per-mitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.

5.0 Anchor And Support Details

44

5.2.2 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged Both Ends (Figure 5—2 )

The difference between this water tight spool piece and the previous one is the incorporation offlanges at both ends of the water tight bulkhead. This spool piece penetration is commonly used if avalve must be attached at the bulkhead penetration as required for design, safety reasons or classifi-cation society rules.

The alignment between the steel and fiberglass flanges must be within the tolerance discussed laterin Paragraph 5.2.13 and shown by Figure 5—13. Special attention is required when valves aremounted on the flanges; lock washers shall be placed on the steel side (compressed by the nut) andflat washers on the fiberglass side (supported by the bolt).

5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 5—3)

This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly sothat the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can bealigned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment ofthe fiberglass pipe and fittings.

Fig. 5—1

Fig. 5—2

45

5.2.4 Anchor Supports. (Figure 5—4)

This particular detail uses fiberglass saddle stock halfcollars to anchor the pipe and prevent longitu-dinal displacement along the axis. The gap between each 1800 saddle and the flat bar type clamp is1/8 in. (3mm). These steel clamps are fabricated by the shipyard conforming to I.P.S. or M.C.I. out-side diameters.

Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.

2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.

5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5 On Preceding Page)

This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe fromaxial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and thepipe to accommodate axial forces.

Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on aparticular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.

Fig. 5—3

Fig. 5—4

46

5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)

The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed onboth sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below forrecommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.

For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchoredwith saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostaticpressure or temperature change in the piping system.

Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.

2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.

Fig. 5—5

Clearance At BoltsNPS (Without Liner)

(in) (mm)

1 1/8 311/2 1/8 3

2 1/8 33 1/4 64 1/4 66 3/8 108 3/8 10

10 1/2 1212 1/2 1214 5/8 1616 5/8 1618 5/8 16

Clearance At BoltsNPS (Without Liner)

(in) (mm)

20 5/8 1622 5/8 1624 5/8 1626 5/8 1628 5/8 1630 5/8 1632 5/8 1634 5/8 1636 5/8 16

TABLE 5—I

47

5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 180º Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5)

This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe fromaxial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and thepipe to accommodate axial forces.

Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on aparticular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.

5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)

The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed onboth sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below forrecommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.

For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchoredwith saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostaticpressure or temperature change in the piping system.

Fig. 5—6

Fig. 5—7

5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 5—7 Previous Page)

This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 5—6. Many shipyards preferthis type.

Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached tothe steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, theforce imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglasspipe. (See Table 5—I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increasedthickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4—IV)

Note: The supports shown in Figs. 5—4, 5—5, 5—6 and 5—7 are designed to restrain axial movement of thepipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.

5.2.8 Thrust Support For 90º and 45º Elbows (Figure 5—8 on Following Page)

The thrust support plate of Figure 5—8 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type ofsupport be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fittingwill absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The support plate will be permanently attached tothe standard foundation detail produced by the shipyard with addition of a torsional support platebolted directly onto a flange of the elbow to prevent a torsional displacement of the fitting.

It is recommended that a .394 in. (10mm) thick neoprene pad with a Durometer A of 50-60 beinstalled between the thrust support plate and the outside of the elbow completely covering theinside curved surface which will contact the pipe. The neoprene pad should be fully compressedagainst the thrust plate. If the thrust plate support cannot be made into a smooth radius, an alterna-tive method is to weld together straight plates (Lobster-Back configuration). In this case the neo-prene pad must be sufficiently thick so that when the pad is compressed between the fitting and theLobster-Back support, a full contact of the outside diameter of the pipe is accomplished with thecompression of the neoprene pad. This assures that the forces will be transmitted directly to thesteel thrust support plate and no slippage will occur by an improperly compressed neoprene pad.

Note: It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of thefitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of thethrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. SeeNote in Section 5.2.9.

5.2.9 Thrust Support Plate For Tees (Figure 5—9 On Page 5.8)

The thrust support plate of Figure 5—9 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type ofsupport be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fittingwill absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The thrust support plate for the tee is simpler indesign than the previous thrust support for elbows. The construction is straight and simple withoutcompound curvature and can be accomplished by rolling the plate to conform to the outside diame-ter of the tee.

48

49

Fig. 5—8

The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 5—8 with the objective to trans-fer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bond-ed joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not berequired. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 5—8 are also applicableto the tee support.

Note: It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plateswith Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between thefittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleevearound the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.

5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 5—10 On Following Page)

This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design ofthe piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)

Figure 5—10 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5—10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.

5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 5—11 On Page 5.10)

The steel supports shown in Figure 5—11 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. andunder are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similarlarge and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight anddirectly transmit it to the ship’s structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rodsextending to the above decks require double support.

See Table 5—Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.

50

Fig. 5—9

Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly tothe ship’s structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.

TABLE 5—Il

Note: Flanges should be two-hole oriented as a general practice in shipbuilding.

51

Fig. 5—10

Required MinimumNumber Of Bolts

Flange Attached ToSize Support Plate

20 822 824 1026 1028 1030 1232 1234 1236 12

Required MinimumNumber Of Bolts

Flange Attached ToSize Support Plate

1 211/2 22 23 44 46 48 4

10 612 614 616 618 8

52

5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 5—12)

This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon hasself—lubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and thesteel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicalsand petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimumthickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should beincreased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches andabove. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feelthat the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards pre-fer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the twoholes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metalbar as shown as an alternative on Figure 5—12. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coatedwith Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.

5.2.13 Maximum Flange Misalignment Allowance (Figure 5—13)

The Table in Figure 5—13 shows allowable misalignment for flanges from 1—16 inches diameter andfrom 18—36 inches diameter. It is recommended that these allowances not be exceeded in order toaccomplish a proper seal between flanges without inducing unacceptable stresses.

Fig. 5—11

53

Fig. 5—13

Fig. 5—12

54

5.2.14 Pipe Misalignment Between Supports (Figure 5—14)

The Table in Figure 5—14 shows allowable misalignment for different sizes of pipe assuming 20 ft.(6m) between supports. Figure 5—14 also provides a formula to calculate the maximum misalign-ment between supports for other support spacings.

Note: When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturer’s literature for permissiblemisalignment.

Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using theabove formula

2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis

H = H20

x

Where

H = Total allowable

misalignment in (in.)

C = Support span in (ft.)

H20 = See Table

C2

400

Fig. 5—14

6.0Internal and External Pressure Design6.1 INTERNAL PRESSURE

Pi =

Where: Pi = rated internal pressure, psi or kg/cm2,

s = allowable hoop stress, 6000 psi. (422kg/cm2) for Series 2000Mand 7000M Bondstrand pipe,

OD = minimum outside diameter (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,

t = minimum reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm) = tt — ti,

tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,

tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for

Series 7000M.

(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl

ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).

To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by1.02.

Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000Mpipe is tabulated in Table 6—I. This provides long—term performance in accordance with the cyclicHydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short—term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.

Note: Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below thatshown in Table 6—I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufac-turer’s literature.

55

2st

(OD—t)

TABLE 6—I

Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe

Rated InternalNominal Operating PressureDiameter at 2000F (930C)in. mm psi bar2 50 550 383 80 450 314 100 450 316 150 300 218 200 300 21

10 250 300 2112 300 300 2114 350 300 2116 400 300 2118 450 300 2120 500 300 2124 600 300 2128 700 300 2130 750 300 2136 900 300 21

Note: Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.

6.2 EXTERNAL COLLAPSE PRESSURE.

Pc =

Where Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),

Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table

6—Il,

ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the

minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.

= (tt / .875) — tl

tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,

tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series

7000M,

ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4—IV,

l = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due totensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6—Il,

c = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to thetensile stress in the circumferential direction, see Table 6—II.

56

2Ec ta3

(1-cl) ID3

To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.

When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressureand internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 per-cent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposedASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:

H = 2.31 — 11.0

Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6—Ill on page 6.6 for tempera-tures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure andallowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:

ID = 12.35 inchtt = 0.351 inch

tl = 0.020 inch

ta = (.351/.875) — .020 = .381 inch

Pc = = 181 psi

H = 2.31 — 11.0 = 114 ft.

Or read the appropriate values from Table 6—Ill.

Table 6—IlElastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe

Temperature Ec

ºF ºC psi kg/cm2c l

70 21 3.15 x 106 2.21 x 105 0.56 0.37100 38 3.06 x 106 2.15 x 105 0.57 0.38150 66 2.90 x 106 2.04 x 105 0.60 0.39200 93 2.20 x i06 1.55 x 105 0.70 0.41

Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poisson’s ratio are based ontests per ASTM D1599

57

Pc

3.0[ ]

[ ]2(2.20 x 106).3813

[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.353

181

3.0

58

TABLE 6—IllExternal Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head

for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe

1000F(380C) 2000F(930c)Nom. Pipe Collapse Allowable Collapse Allowable

Size Pressure Hydrostatic Head Pressure Hydrostatlc Head(in) (mm) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in)2 50 2,331 160 1,770 540 1,855 565 1,403 4273 80 637 43.9 465 142 507 35.0 365 1114 100 703 48.5 516 157 559 38.6 405 1236 150 234 16.1 155 47 186 12.8 118 368 200 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 35

10 250 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 3512 300 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 3514 350 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 3516 400 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 3518 450 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 3520 500 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 3524 600 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 3528 700 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 3530 750 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 3536 900 225 15.5 148 45 179 12.3 112 34

7.1 INTRODUCTION

When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection ofFiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.

7.2 HEAD LOSS

The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and ofthe smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means ofminimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness ofthe pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adja-cent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.

Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significantdifference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in servicefor a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.

Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bac-terial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemicaland abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portionof the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express theresistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actuallength for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.

7.3 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING HEAD LOSS IN PIPE

The Hazen-Williams equation is convenient for calculating head loss. For full flow, this equation, witha C factor of 150, predicts head loss with sufficient accuracy for nearly all water piping situations.

Fluids other than water require a more universal solution such as given by the Darcy-Weisbach equa-tion. This section gives the information needed to solve these head loss problems for fluids such ascrude oil and salt brine. Head loss for two-phase fluids such as sludges and slurries is not covered.

7.3.1 Hazen—Williams Equation (For Water Pipe, Full Flow)

An equation commonly used for calculating head loss in water piping is that published by Hazen andWilliams. Solving for head loss, this equation becomes

HL = 1046

Where HL = head loss (feet per 100 feet of pipe),

Q = discharge (gallons per minute), (U.S. gallon)

C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and

ID = inside diameter of pipe (inches).

59

7.0Hydraulics

1 . 852Q

C ID2.63[ ]

In International System (SI) units, this equation is

HL = 1068

where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe),

Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),

C = Hazen—Williams factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and

ID = inside diameter of pipe (meters).

7.3.2 Darcy-Weisbach Equation (For All Fluids, Full Flow)

The solution of the Darcy-Weisbach equation is complicated by the fact that the Darcy friction factor,f, is itself a variable. Solutions for f may be obtained using handbooks, or by using a programmablecalculator, for both laminar and turbulent flow conditions.

Figure 7-1 gives the head loss versus discharge for water flowing in Bondstrand pipe based on theDarcy-Weisbach equation

HL = f

Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),

f = Darcy friction factor,

L = length of pipe run (meters),

ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),

V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second), and

g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.

The frictional resistance is obtained in feet by the same equation if all units of length are changed tofeet and the gravitational constant is changed to 32.2 feet per second2. When using Figure 7-1, con-vert discharge in gal/mm to cu in/sec by multiplying by 0.0000631.

The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range of flows byuse of the Moody equations.

f = 0.0055 1 + 20,000 +

in which = pipe roughness (meters),

R = = Reynold’s Number,

Where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

60

1 . 852Q

C ID2.63[ ]

1/3106

R

ID[ ][ ]

L

ID

V2

2g[ ]

ID

If the Reynold’s Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcyfriction factor becomes

f =

Roughness Parameter —

The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictionalhead loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures willbe required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.

Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a highprobability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosionand incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certainconditions.

Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid —

Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7—I illustrates the effect of kinematicviscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute vis-cosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at roomtemperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)

Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition betweenlaminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosityof 0.001 square feet per second.

7.4 HEAD LOSS IN FITTINGS

Head loss for water flow in fittings 2 through 36 in. in diameter may be determined by the abovemethods after obtaining their equivalent pipe lengths using Figure 7-3. For example, find the equiva-lent pipe length (Le) for water flowing through a 6-in. diameter elbow at a rate of 0.003 meters3 per

second. Beginning at the bottom of the chart given in Figure 7-3 at a flow of 0.003 meters3 per sec-ond, proceed vertically to intersect the 6-in. diameter curve, and read Le = 6 meters on the left ordi-

nate. Multiply this value by the resistance coefficient, K, given for 90 degree elbows in Table 7-Il toobtain equivalent pipe length,

Le = 6 x 0.5 = 3 meters.

Head loss in the fitting is then determined as the head loss in this equivalent length of pipe. Theresistance coefficients from Table 7-III may be used in similar fashion for reducers.

Although the Darcy friction factor, f, for water was used in the development of Figure 7-3, the equiva-lent pipe length obtained may then be used to estimate head loss for the actual fluid in the system.

With a known Darcy friction factor, the equivalent length of pipe for any size and type of fitting canbe determined using the appropriate resistance coefficient, K, from Table 7-Il and the equation

Le = K ID/f

provided Le and ID are given in the same units.

61

64

R

62

Fig

ure

7—1

Hea

d L

oss

For

Wat

er a

s a

Func

tion

of F

low

Rat

e

Figure 7—2Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full

Table 7-IHead Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe

63

64

Fig

ure

7-3

Eq

uiva

lent

Pip

e Le

ngth

of

Fitt

ings

TABLE 7-IlResistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves

Description K

45º Elbow Standard 0.3

45º Elbow Single Miter 0.5

90º Elbow Standard 0.5

90º Elbow Single Miter 1.4

90º Elbow Double Miter 0.8

90º Elbow Triple Miter 0.6

180º Return Bend 1.3

Tees >T 0.4>T 1.4>T 1.7

Gate Valve Open 0.173/4 Open 0.91/2 Open 4.51/4 Open 24.0

Diaphragm Valve Open 2.33/4 Open 2.61/2 Open 4.31/4 Open 21.0

Globe Valve Bevelseal, Open 6.01/2 Open 9.5

Check Valve Swing 2.0Disk 10.0Ball 70.0

Note: Coefficients are for fittings with no net change in velocity.

65

TABLE 7-IllResistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body

SIZE K SIZE K11/2 X 1 0.5 12 X 8 0.8

2 X 1 2.8 12 X 10 0.12 X 11/2 0.3 14 X 10 0.123 X 11/2 3.7 14 X 12 0.013 X 2 0.7 16 X 12 0.084 X 2 2.9 16 X 14 0.034 X 3 0.1 18 X 14 0.166 X 3 3.1 18 X 16 0.026 X 4 0.7 20 X 16 0.138 X 4 3.3 20 X 18 0.028 X 6 0.1 24 X 18 0.17

10 X 6 1.5 24 X 20 0.0710 X 8 0.2 30 X 24 0.22

7.5 CARGO DISCHARGE TIME AND ENERGY SAVINGS

The advantage of low friction loss in Fiberglass smooth bore pipe has been explained in EB-19,“HEAD LOSS IN BONDSTRAND VERSUS STEEL.” This section will focus on another aspect of thistopic, namely energy savings in cargo tank discharge, and how loading and unloading time can bereduced by using Bondstrand piping products.

7.5.1 Pump Flow Rate

Consider a typical pump operating at a certain pressure P1 to overcome friction loss in the piping

system as shown in Figure 7-4. At this pressure the pump will discharge a certain flow rate Q1. This

same pump will discharge a higher flow rate Q2 if somehow the friction loss in the pipeline can be

reduced, bringing the pump’s operating head down to a lower level, P2. The increase in volume flow

rate, as a result of the reduction in operating pressure, depends largely on the pump performancecharacteristics which vary from pump to pump. This flow variation with pressure can be found in thepump manufacturer’s literature, thus it is omitted from further discussion here.

66

Fig. 7-4

Pumping Pressure vs. Discharge

7.5.2 Full—Pipe Flow Of Water In Low—Friction Fiberglass Pipe

Let’s now focus our discussion only to the pipeline and examine how low friction pipe can improvethe volume flow rate of the system.

For example consider two pipelines - Schedule 40 steel and Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe - bothdesigned to transport water 100 meters. We will compare the volume flow rate. The friction head lossin the pipelines can be calculated by the Hazen-Williams formula as stated before. In metric units:

HL = 1068

Where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe)

Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),

C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and

ID = inside diameter of pipe ( meters).

With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of dis-charge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, usingthe same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:

HL = 1068 = 1068

Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate insteel pipe:

QBS = Qsteel

Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe willdeliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product

of and is always greater than 1.0.

Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or

70. A “C” value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A “C” value of 70 represents aseverely corroded steel pipe.

67

1 . 852Q

C ID2.63[ ]

1 . 852

2.63

Qsteel

Csteel IDsteel2.63[ ]

CBS

Csteel[ ] IDBS

IDsteel

CBS

Csteel

IDBS

IDsteel

[ ]

1 . 852QBS

CBS IDBS2.63[ ]

Table 7-IVFlow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss

Bondstrand SteelNPS Pipe ID Pipe ID C=120 C=70

(in) (mm) ( inches) (inches) QBS/QSteel QBS/QSteel2 50 2.095 2.067 1.30 2.223 80 3.225 3.068 1.43 2.454 100 4.140 4.026 1.35 2.316 150 6.265 6.065 1.36 2.338 200 8.225 7.981 1.35 2.31

10 250 10.350 10.020 1.36 2.3312 300 12.350 12.000 1.35 2.3114 350 13.290 13.25 1.26 2.1616 400 15.190 15.25 1.24 2.1318 450 17.080 17.25 1.22 2.0920 500 18.980 19.25 1.20 2.0624 600 22.780 23.25 1.18 2.02

7.5.3 Flow Of Fluids Other Than Water

In Marine applications, however, most cargo tankers carry fluids other than water. In such cases, cal-culations of head loss are slightly more complicated because direct comparison of volume flow ratesbetween the two pipes is not possible. Comparison of volume flow rate can only be done in steps asillustrated below:

Step 1:

The head loss of one pipeline, usually the steel line, is chosen as a standard for comparison. This isdetermined using the Darcy-Weisbach method as discussed before.

HL = f

Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),

f = Darcy friction factor,

L = length of pipe run (meters),

ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),

V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second),

g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.

68

L

ID

V2

2g

The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of theMoody equation,

f = 0.0055 1 + 20,000 +

in which = pipe roughness (meters), and

R = = Reynold’s Number,

where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

Step 2:

From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in theequation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator willspeed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.

For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standardSchedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time canbe saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?

Steel Pipe Bondstrand PipeData Given Schedule 40 Series 2000M

Inside Diameter (in) 0.2027 0.2089Roughness (in) 0.0000457 0.0000053Flow Velocity (m/sec) 4.30 To Be FoundReynold’s Number 78200 To Be Found

Step 1:

The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.

HL = .0055 1 + ( 20000 + )

HL = 94 meters

69

1/3106

R

ID[ ][ ]

V ID

1/30.0000457

0.2027[ ] 1000 ( 4.30 )2

.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806

1000000

78200

Step 2:

With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be foundfrom the equation.

94 = .0055 1 + ( 20000 + + )

By trial and error V = 4.55 meters per second, and R = 85,250.

As illustrated in the above example, for the given conditions, Bondstrand Series 2000M 8-in. pipe willdeliver 560 cubic meters per hour, emptying the tank in less than 1.8 hours, a 10% saving in bothunloading time and energy.

It is important to note here that the roughness value of new steel was used. The difference in volumeflow rate would have even been higher had the roughness value of old steel pipe been used in thecalculation.

7.5.4 Energy Savings Using Bondstrand Fiberglass vs. Steel Piping

Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors thancarbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue overthe life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.

The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can oftenbe cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water ona year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain aHazen-Williams “C” factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average “C” factor can be estimatedto be about 110. In English units:

HL = 1046

Where HL = head loss (ft. per 100 ft. of pipe), Q = discharge (gpm),

ID = internal diameter of pipe (inches), and

C = Hazen-Williams frictional factor depending on smoothness of pipe bore.

For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demandmay be calculated as

For Bondstrand:

= .162 hp

For Steel:

= .335 hp

70

1/30.0000053

0.2089[ ]0.0000115

0.2089

1000 V2

.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806

1000000

V

1 . 852Q

C ID2.63[ ]

500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft

33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp

500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft

33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp

Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:

For Bondstrand:

= 146 hp-hr/month

For Steel:

= 301 hp-hr/month

It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependenton the efficiency of the ship’s plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shorepower, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepow-er-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then

For Bondstrand:

146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe

For Steel:

301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe

Difference = U.S. $11.63

For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:

U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)

The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantiallyif the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.

If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is verysignificant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably mustbe replaced several times.

In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance ofsignificantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.

71

.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month.80 efficiency

.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month.80 efficiency

References

1. “Flow through a Circular Pipe,” PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments’ Calculator ProductsDivision.

2. King, Reno C., “Fluid Mechanics,” Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.

3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.

4. “Solution to Pipe Problems,” PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments’ Calculator ProductsDivision.

5. Guislain, Serge J., “Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe,” Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134-140.

6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.

7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.

8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., “Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature,” Hydrocarbon Processing,Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.

9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., “Cryogenic-Systems Piping,” Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.

10. “Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe,” Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,p. A-26.

72

APPENDIX AUSING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND

Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certainBondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure issomewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletindescribes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief reviewof the couplings’ design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, thesame recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.

DESCRIPTION

Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations tomeet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow themto be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomericseals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or theflexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.

The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomer-ic sealing rings and a set of ‘D’ neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)

Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipewall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.

a. Sealing Ring Materials

The grade ‘T’ ring is made from Nitrile and is, according to Viking Johnson literature the ringmost commonly used. It is recommended for use on lines carrying gases, air, fresh and saltwater, petroleum products, alkalies, sugar solutions and some refrigerants, and for tempera-tures from —20º to +100ºC (-4ºF to +212ºF). Other grades such as EPDM — ‘E’Polychloroprene — ‘V’, Polyacrylic — ‘A’, Fluoroelastomer — ‘0’, and Silicone, — ‘L’, are alsoavailable.

A.1

* Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc — England** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.

Fig. 1FLANGE

SEALING RING

SLEEVE

DESCRIPTION (cont.)

b. Pressure Plating

Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis ofBarlow’s formula using a working stress equal to two—thirds the minimum yield of the centersleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)piping systems.

c. Chemical Resistance

Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplishedby changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on thecoupling.

d. Electrical Grounding

On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the cen-ter sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on thecenter sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the centersleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.

e. Locating Plug

Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expan-sion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plugwhich centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back alongthe pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugsare mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (SeeFigure 2).

JOINT FUNCTION

The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling willaccommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (rollslightly) in response to such movement.

Important: Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipemust be provided.

A.2

Fig. 2

Cross section of center sleevewithout center register

Cross section of center sleevewith locating plug

Cross section of center sleevewith molded stud register

Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchoragemust be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points whichproduce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.

LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND

Bondstrand pipe lengths change due to both temperature and pressure. Estimate these changes byreferring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, butthere are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:

1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 foot—pounds or metric equivalent.

2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.

3. Duster brush or clean rags.

4. Bondstrand pipe shaver or belt sander.

Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to lengthon site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:

1. For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to “shoeshine” pipe ends.

2. For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (NOV FGS CC#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.

3. For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe — Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34354).

4. For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34355).

Caution: Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallicpipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step proce-dure:

a. Cutting Pipe to Length

When necessary to cut a pipe to length, measure the desired length and scribe the pipeusing a pipefitter’s wrap-around. Place the pipe in a vise, using 6mm (1/4 inch) thick rubberpad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipeshould be square within 3mm (1/8 in.). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness asrequired.

b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe

End surfaces of the plain end pipe should be either hand sanded using a 40—50 grit alu-minum oxide sanding surface or, if many ends are to be prepared, use a 6mm (1/4 inch) drillmotor, 1700-2000 RPM, and flapper type sander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to removeall sharp edges by sanding the inside and outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch thesanded surface with bare hands or other articles that would leave an oily film.

A.3

c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces

Machining the surface of Bondstrand pipe is not required for a tight seal between the gasketand pipe wall. However, the winding techniques used in the manufacture of Bondstrandfiberglass pipe sometimes produce a somewhat oversized outside diameter. This increase indiameter sometimes may not permit the Viking Johnson Coupling to slide over the pipe endswhen installing plain-end pipe section.

d. Coat the Cut and Sanded Surfaces

Ends must be clean and dry. Select and apply a coating to the sanded end surfaces of thepipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by NOV FGSProtective Coating Division, is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.

Note: On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared inaccordance with steps b, c, and d.

e. Lubricate the Joining Surfaces

Clean and lubricate the sealing rings and the outside surface of the pipe with the couplingmanufacturer’s recommended lubricant. The ring lubricant makes it easier to slip the ringsonto the pipe, and enables rings to seat properly when tightening bolts.

f. Mount and Assemble the Coupling

Slide the end flanges onto the pipe, followed by the lubricated sealing rings. Align the pipes,being careful not to bump or damage the pipe ends, and assemble the couplings over thecenter of the joint. The assembly of the coupling to Bondstrand fiberglass pipe should takeplace with the pipe supported in its final installation position.

g. Tighten the Bolts

Torque each bolt to 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs) in a diametrically opposite sequence. At 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs)torque, check to make sure that both end flanges are compressed evenly on the sealingrings. If the end flanges are not even, loosen the nuts and re-check alignment of pipe. Alsocheck to make sure that the end flanges are not binding on the pipe wall or the center sleeveand that there is clearance between the pipe ends.

Caution: Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show generalassembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has beenshown to damage Bondstrand pipe.

h. Check Bolt Torque

After each bolt has been tightened to the required torque, re-check the torque on all bolts inthe same sequence. Bolts previously tightened may have relaxed as subsequent bolts weretightened.

TESTING

Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the pipingsystem with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by theproject specifications.

A.4

TROUBLE SHOOTING

If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome prob-lems occur, try the following suggestions:

1. Loosen all bolts and nuts.

2. Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment if out of alignment.

3. Check the alignment of assembly. Replace damaged rings.

4. Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within thelimits shown on Table 1.

A.5

Table 1Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings

Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends

* Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.

STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*

Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-typecouplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding ofthe pipe’s outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and variousother services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either sus-pended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applica-tions.

The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinallyat one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-endpipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These featurespermit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.

Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individualjoints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrustpoints such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.

The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexi-bility, along with the coupling’s added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections andspans in suspended systems.

A.6

Fig. 3 Straub-Flex Coupling

MATERIALS

Casing

Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.

Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:

a. EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)—a high quality synthetic rubber with excellentresistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderatelycorrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use withpetroleum products.

b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)—-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and mostpetroleum products.

PRESSURE RATING

All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contactthe manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include anallowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufac-turer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180ºF (82ºC) with the EPDM gasket, and for con-tinuous services at 160ºF (71ºC) with the Buna-N gasket.

OPTIONAL PROTECTION SLEEVE**

Heat-shrinkable thermoplastic sleeves may be used to provide a moisture and soil barrier around thecouplings after joint assembly. An adhesive inside the sleeve seals it against the pipe on the outsideto encapsulate the coupling.

ELECTRICAL GROUNDING

A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipejoint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed acrossthe outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.

LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND

Bondstrand pipe changes length due to changes in temperature and pressure. Estimate thesechanges by referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.

A.7

** Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., byChemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cutpipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposedglass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface ofBondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions aregiven in step “c” of this procedure.

You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. Youwill need the following tools:

1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 ft-lbs (7 N-m.)

2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.

3. Duster brush or clean rags.

Steps “b” and “d” given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be pro-tected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that thejoint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.

a. Cut Pipe to Length

When cutting is necessary, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefit-ter’s wraparound. Place the pipe in a vise, using 1/4-inch (6mm) thick rubber pad to protectpipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe end cutshould be square within 1/8-inch (3mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness asrequired.

b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe

End surfaces of cut pipe should be sanded either by hand using a 40-50 grit aluminum oxidesanding surface or using a 1/4-in. (6mm) drill motor 1700-2000 RPM with a flapper-typesander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to remove all sharp edges by sanding the inside andoutside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the sanded surface with bare hands or articlesthat leave an oily film.

c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces

Machining the gasket sealing surfaces at the ends of Bondstrand pipe is not generallyrequired for a tight seal between the gasket and pipe wall. However, two-inch (50mm) pipewill require shaving of the ends, since its average outside diameter of 2.42 in. (61.5mm) islarger than can be fitted by the two-inch Straub-Flex coupling (Article No. 005761).

The coupling manufacturer recommends that the difference in outside diameters of mating pipe endsbe no greater than 0.12 in. (3mm), to avoid distortion of the coupling and damage to the cap screwswhile joining. Using a diameter tape, measure the outside diameters of pipe ends to ensure that thisdifference is not exceeded. If the difference is larger than permissible, milling or shaving of the largerend is necessary. Because Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 7000 pipe in sizes 10 and 12 in.(250 and 300mm) have outside diameters larger than steel pipe, their ends must be shaved to mateto standard outside diameters of steel pipe and fittings.

A.8

d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)

Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cutends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating coversexposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.

Note: On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends pre-pared in accordance with steps b, c and d.

e. Fit the Coupling

With the pipe ends ready for joining, chalk a mark on each end at a distance equal to halfthe coupling width. Joining of the pipe should be done with the pipe supported in its finalinstallation position.

Couplings are supplied loosely assembled. Slide the coupling onto the end of one pipe up to thechalk’s mark. Align the second pipe end and slide it into the coupling, using care not to bump ordamage the pipe ends. Center the coupling over the two pipe ends, leaving a small clearancebetween the pipe ends.

Note: Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.

f. Tighten the Bolts

Using a torque wrench with a hex bit, alternately torque each of the two socket-head capscrews to the recommended torques. Ensure that there is clearance between pipe ends.

TESTING

Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appur-tenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifica-tions.

TROUBLE SHOOTING

If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try thefollowing:

1. Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section forexaminaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.

2. If the gasket is damaged, replace with another coupling.

3. If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally roughsurface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.

A.9

A.10

Table 2Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings

1. Article number gives OD range of coupling in millimetres.

2. 8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only pro-vides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.

3. Couplings with higher pressure ratings are available on special order.

APPENDIX BGROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING

Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbonfuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome thisproblem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, NOV FGS has developed special pipingsystems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuitythroughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and theinterior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which providesthe conductivity required at the bonded joints.

Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipewhen carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to beinstalled, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.

ASSEMBLY OF PIPE

All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed applicationinstructions are contained in “Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive,” FP827.

ADHESIVE MOUNTING OF GROUNDING SADDLE

Grounding saddles provide a positive method of electrically grounding the piping system. On thepipe, determine where the grounding saddle will be located. Using a flapper sander, sand until thesurface gloss is removed from at least a 3-in. width around the pipe circumference as needed to fitthe saddle on the area selected. This exposes the conductive elements in the pipe wall and producesa clean, fresh surface suitable for bonding the grounding saddle to the pipe surface.

Before bonding on saddle, place probes from a standard ohmmeter at least two in. apart on conduc-tive elements exposed by sanding pipe surface. If measured resistance exceeds 106 ohms, moresanding is required.

If measured resistance is below 106 ohms, bond the grounding saddle onto the clean, dry surfacewithin two hours using PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive. After continuity checks recommended herein,grounding cable must be attached to ship structure.

METALLIC FITTINGS

All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwiseconnected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such asDresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle willbe required for each length of pipe.

B.1

ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY CHECK

Prefabricated Spools.

This may be done in one of three ways:

a. Non-Flanged Prefabricated Spools.

After shop fabrications but before onboard installation and grounding, spools should bechecked for electrical continuity. Sand lightly around the pipe surface at each end of thespool where the steel hose clamps will attach. Mount the two steel hose clamps over theprepared surface and measure the resistance between them as shown on Figure 1.

b. Flanged Prefabricated Spools.

Flange assemblies should be checked by placing a bolt with washer and nut through each ofthe flanges and tightening, then measuring the resistance between the flanges at each endof the assembly as shown on Figure 2.

B.2

Fig. 1 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Non-flanged Prefabricate Spools

Fig. 2 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged Prefabricate Spools

C. Flanged One End Only Spools.

This assembly should be checked by following the procedure established in b. above for theflanged end and the procedure established in a. above for the plain end as shown in Figure 3.

Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spoolusing a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. Themeasured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.

Onboard Check During New Construction.

Piping should be checked electrically as installation proceeds onboard ship. After mounting agrounding saddle (A) as shown on Figure 4, the length of piping from the grounding saddle to theend of the pipe run should be electrically insulated by placing a layer of nonconducting rubber (B)temporarily between the remaining unattached supports and the free end of the pipe.

Attach a steel hose clamp over the pipe surface at the free end and use the tester to measure theresistance between the hose clamp and the ship structure. Current must flow back through the pipe,fittings and joints to the nearest grounding support clamp to complete the circuit as shown in Figure1. As before, the measured resistance must not exceed 106 ohms between any two grounding sup-ports.

After the electrical continuity of the piping has been verified, the non-conducting rubber pads at thegrounding supports should be removed. Proceed to bond the pipe into the remaining grounding sad-dle.

B.3

Fig. 3 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged One End Only

* NOV FGS recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.

Onboard Check During Drydock for Maintenance and Repair

Fiberglass piping systems using Series 7000 and 7000M pipe and fittings should be checked duringeach drydock inspection while the tanks are “gas freed” to ensure that the systems are still properlygrounded. This can be done using either of the following procedures:

a. Electrically Isolated Piping

The straps attached to the grounding saddle utilized to ground the piping system must bedisconnected and the pipe electrically isolated from the structure of the ship shown onFigure 4. Tightly fasten two steel hose clamps at opposite ends of the pipe spool being test-ed and measure the resistance between them using a standard generator—type insulationtester capable of applying 1,500 volts dc. The resistance should not exceed 106 ohms. Nowattach one of the grounding cables to the structure of the ship and in like fashion check theresistance between the pipe and the structure of the ship.

Important: To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap ata time should be connected to the ship’s structure during the test.

b. Grounded Piping

If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checkedseparately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (definedas a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearestgrounding location as described above.

B.4

Fig. 4 Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods

APPENDIX CSIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING

Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for eachapplication. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses andhave allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.

The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities andflow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and MetricCast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.

For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has beenestablished. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 showsinside diameter factors

ID 1/2 ; ID 1/3 ; and ID 2

For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diame-ter functions for different shipboard piping systems.

Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for dif-ferent pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:

Example A:

Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used ina feed discharge system.

IDF for feed discharge = 220 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)

I.D. Factor for 6 in. (IPS) = ID1/2 = 2.50 (From Table 1)

V(fpm) = 220 x 2.50 = 550 fpm.

V(fps) =

= 9.17 fps (Max. allowable velocity)9.17 fps < 15 fps (Ok to use fiberglass)

C.1

[ ] [ ] [ ]

550

60

To establish maximum flow rate:

Q(gpm) =

Q(gpm) =

Q(gpm) = 879.42 (gpm)

Where:

Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.

V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)

ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in2) (See Table 1)

24.51 = Constant

C.2

ID2 x Vfpm

24.51

39.19 x 550

24.51

Table 1

Example B:

Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.

IDF for water discharge = 300 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)

I.D. Factor for 10—inch (I.P.S.) = ID1/2 = 3.22 (From Table 1)

V(fpm) = 300 x 3.22 = 966 fpm

V(fps) =

= 16.1 fps (Maximum allowable velocity)

16.1 fps > 15 fps. (not recommended to use with fiberglass)

To establish maximum flow rate:

Q(gpm) =

Q(gpm) =

Q(gpm) = 4,221.87 gpm (Maximum Flow Rate)

Where:

Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.

V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)

ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in.2)

24.51 = Constant

Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.

C.3

966

60

ID2 x Vfpm

24.51

107.12 x 96824.51

24.51

C.4

Table 2

* See Table 1 for inside diameter coresponding to the NPS selection.

Note: For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections

APPENDIX DMiscellaneous data

D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)

The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60are shown on the Table below.

D.1

Note: a. Joint sizes 18 thru 36 require minimum of 2 personsto make up a joint.

b. Minimum required curing time with heating blanket is45 minutes for all size joints.

Nominal KIT SIZEPipe Size 3 oz. 5 oz. 8 oz.

1 10 — —

1.5 6 10 —

2 4 7 10

3 3 5 8

4 2 3 6

5 1 2 5

6 1 1 3

8 .50 1 2

10 .50 1 2

12 .50 1 1

14 — .50 1

16 — .50 1

D2. Rated Pressures, Volumes and Weights of Pipe

D.2

Note: 1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements tovalues below the rating of the pipe itself.

2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with asafety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure

APPENDIX EPIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS

This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined withbolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are thestandard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and otherswhich seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.

The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable spanlengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into thedesign.

Span Recommendations

Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determinedby use of the following equation:

L = 0.207

Where L = support spacing (ft),

EI = beam stiffness psi (lb-in2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4

w = Total uniformly distributed load (Ib/linear in.),

In metric units:

L = 0.0995

Where L = support spacing (in),

EI = beam stiffness psi (kg-cm2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4

w = Total uniformly distributed load (kg/mm).

These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.

Anchoring Recommendations

Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinalpipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual jointsshould be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as wellas preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be providedat thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessivemovement may occur (see Figure 1).

Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located atthe terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should bedesigned to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.

E.1

1/4EI

w[ ]

1/4EI

w[ ]

Fig. 1 Support Arrangements

Fig. 2 Support and Anchors at Fitting

Note: Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplingsor jamming together and abrading.

E.2

Note: Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges

1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2

1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2

1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2

1 in = 25.4 mm1 ft = 0.3048 m1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4

1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)

Conversions



FP 707 A 04/12



IntroductionPDS and PDMS are commonly used CAD/CAE applications for plant design, construction and operation. For both applications, NOV Fiber Glass Systems can supply Bondstrand piping specifications and related files.

These piping specifications and related files are created specifically to identify Bondstrand piping material standards. Specifications may be modified to suit specific contractor needs based on project requirements, or company standards. NOV Fiber Glass Systems may provide revisions to these specifications or files as and when the need arises. The reference data files and configuration files will continue to have revisions to fine-tune the deliverables.

Upon completion of modelling of the piping system in PDMS or PDS, isometric drawings with “idf” or “pcf” extensions can be issued to NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

The following Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) catalogues are available in:Catalogues

PDS PDMS

From time to time new catalogues are developed and added to the above list. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems when catalogues for a specific Bondstrand product are not listed above.

Series 2410 / 2410 C Series 2414 / 2414 CSeries 2416 / 2416 C Series 2420 / 2420 C Series 2425 / 2425 C Series 3410 / 3410 C Series 3416 / 3416 C Series 3420 / 3420 C Series 3425 / 3425 C Series 2000M / 7000M Series PSX - L3, 16 bar Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar Series PSX - JF, 16 bar Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar

Series 2000M - 7000M Series 2000M - FPPC (Pittchar) Series 2000M - FPFV (Favuseal) Series 2410 to 2432 Series 3410 to 3425 Series 2416 FM Series 2420 FM Series 3416 FM Series 2000M-WD - 7000M-WD Series 2416-WD - 2420-WD Series PSX - L3, 16 bar Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar Series PSX - JF, 16 bar Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar

PDS® and PDMS Engineering and design support services for Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems

Prior to installing the data-files, customers are requested to contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems to ensure the latest data is used. We appreciate receiving your feedback on discrepancies, errors and data related queries at [email protected]

These system design data are believed to be reliable. It is intended that the data-files be used by personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently acceptable industry practice.

We recommend that your engineers verify the suitability of the selected Bondstrand Series for your intended applications. Since we have no control over your design methods, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.

Important notice



FP 934 B 06/12



January 2003

CEAC 1

CEAC GL 2003-0101

Fiberglass Pipe for Offshore Exploration and Production Systems

Engineering Guideline

Table of Contents 1 General 1

1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 Scope 1 1.3 Industry Standards & Guidelines 2 1.4 Definitions 4

2 Advantages Of Fiberglass Pipe 4 2.1 Light Weight 5 2.2 Corrosion Resistance 5 2.3 Cost 5 2.4 Fire Endurance 5 2.5 Safety 5 2.6 Flow Characteristics 5

3 Application Guidelines 6 3.1 Common Applications 6 3.2 Regulatory Agencies and Classing Societies 6 3.3 Fire Endurance Requirements 7 3.4 Conductivity Requirements 8

4 Engineering Considerations 9 4.1 Hydraulic Design 9

4.2 Pressure Ratings 9 4.3 Line Layouts 9 4.4 Piping Stress Analysis 9 4.5 Special Design Considerations 10

5 Project Engineering 12 5.1 Evaluation of Alternative Materials 12 5.2 Cost Analysis 15 5.3 Product Selection 15

6 Project Execution 15 6.1 System Design 15 6.2 The Procurement Process 16 6.3 Installation 20

7 References 21 Appendix A –Fire Endurance Requirements 22 Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis For Alternative Piping Materials 25 Appendix C – Schematic of Piping System Example 32

1 GENERAL

1.1 Introduction

This document provides guidance for the use of fiberglass pipe in offshore exploration and production (E&P) operations. The document is intended for use by engineers involved in the evaluation of alternative materials for piping systems, design of piping systems, the specification of piping materials for procurement, and the procurement of piping materials. The intent of this document is to provide guidance for the evaluation of fiberglass as an alternative material and to cover issues that are unique to fiberglass pipe.

1.2 Scope

This guideline document is applicable to the use of FRP pipe on offshore production systems, fixed platforms and floating production systems such as tension leg platforms (TLP’s), SPAR’s and floating production/storage/offload systems, (FPSO’s). This recommended practice is also applicable to mobile offshore drilling units (MODU’s).

This document is applicable to pipe and fittings manufactured from fiber reinforced thermoset resin by filament winding, centrifugal casting, resin transfer molding (RTM) or

January 2003

CEAC 2

hand lay-up. Fiber reinforced thermoset pipe will be called “fiberglass” pipe and fittings in this document.

1.3 Industry Standards and Guidelines

Various organizations have developed standards or specifications that can be adapted to piping systems for offshore platforms. The publications listed below are useful to persons responsible for material selection, system design, vendor selection, materials procurement or installation. The application area and the function of each document is shown in Table 1.0. The latest edition should always be used. If the document is in revision, the latest revision draft may be the most useful.

1. ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS 2000

2. ASTM F1173-2001 “Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings to be used for Marine Applications”

3. UKOOA “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping

4. ISO 14692 “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries”

5. IMO Resolution A.753(18) “Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships”

6. US Coast Guard NVIC 11-86, “Guidelines Governing the Use of Fiberglass Pipe on Coast Guard Inspected Vessels”

7. US Coast Guard PFM 1-98, “’Guidelines on the Fire Testing Requirements for Plastic Pipe Per IMO Resolution A.753(18)”

8. API RP14G “Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on Open Type

9. API RP 5000 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2”

10. API Specification 15LR “Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”

11. API Specification 15HR “Specification for High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”

12. ANSI/API RP 500-1998 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2.

13. ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Process Piping, Chapter VII, “Nonmetallic Piping and Piping Lined with Nonmetals”

14. ANSI/AWWA C950-95 “AWWA Standard for Fiberglass Pressure Pipe

15. AWWA Manual M45, “Fiberglass Pipe Design”

16. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code

January 2003

CEAC 3

Table 1.0 FIBERGLASS PIPE INDUSTRY DOCUMENTS

APPLICATION AREA

Marine

Worldwide

Marine

GOM

Offshore E&P Systems Worldwide

Offshore E&P Systems GOM

Onshore E&P

Chemical Process

Water Supply Buried Pipe

Guideline

IMO A.753(18)

ABS Guide

USCG

NVIC 11-86

UKOOA

This CEAC

Document

ABS Guide

API RP 500

Fire Test Requirements

ASTM F1173

ASTM F1173

PFM 1-98 ASTM F1173

ASTM F1173

USCG

PFM 1-98

Procurement*

ASTM F1173

ASTM F1173

ASTM F1173

UKOOA

ISO 14692

ASTM F1173

API 15 HR

API 15 LR

ASME B31.3

AWWA C950

Design

UKOOA

ISO 14692

API 14G

API 14G

AWWA M45

Installation

UKOOA

ISO 14692

* - Includes performance requirements (pressure ratings, fire integrity, conductivity etc.) and quality assurance requirements in manufacturing and shipping.

January 2003

CEAC 4

1.4 Definitions

The following definitions provide clarification for regulatory requirements related to the use of plastic pipe offshore. While API RP 500 is the source for most of the definitions, some have been taken from USCG documents.

1. Flammable: Capable of igniting easily, burning intensely or spreading flame rapidly.

2. Flammable fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire, is to be treated as flammable fluid. Aviation fuel, diesel fuel, hydraulic oil (oil based), lubricating oil, crude oil, and hydrocarbon, are to be considered flammable fluids. Flammable liquid (Class I Liquid): Any liquid having a closed-cup flash point below 37.8°C (100°F) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in NFPA 30. Flammable liquids are subdivided into classes IA, IB and IC.

3. Combustible liquid: Any liquid having a closed cup flash point at or above 100°F (38°C) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in NFPA 30. Combustible liquids are subdivided as follows:

• Class II liquids – liquids with flash point at or above 37.8°C (100°F) and below 60°C (140°F).

• Class IIIA liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 60°C (140°F) and below 93°C (200°F).

• Class IIIB liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 93°C (200°F)

4. Flash point: The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air immediately above the liquid surface.

5. Hazardous location: Synonymous to Classified Area.

6. Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are, or may be, present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.

7. Class I, Division 1 location: A location in which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors are expected to exist under normal operating conditions

8. Class I, Division 2 location: A location in which flammable gases or vapors may be present, but normally are confined within closed systems or are prevented from accumulating by adequate ventilation.

9. Hazardous liquid: any liquid that is combustible, flammable or toxic.

10. Essential systems: Systems that are vital to the safety of the vessel, fire fighting and protection of personnel.

2 ADVANTAGES OF FIBERGLASS PIPE

Fiberglass pipe products have unique characteristics, which offer distinct advantages in offshore piping systems. Some of the advantages are highlighted below.

January 2003

CEAC 5

2.1 Light Weight

Fiberglass pipe systems are 40 to 50 percent of the weight of competitive metallic pipe materials. Piping systems typically constitute 5 percent of total topsides weight. If 20 percent of the piping is replaced with fiberglass, a weight savings of 30 to 50 tons can be achieved through the use of fiberglass pipe.

2.2 Corrosion Resistance

Fiberglass pipe products do not corrode as metallic products do. Fiberglass firewater systems are reliable because there is no corrosion debris to clog the nozzles. Corrosion inhibitors are not required in piping systems that handle corrosive fluids. Fiberglass systems require little maintenance and should provide good service for the entire life of most projects.

2.3 Cost

The installed cost of fiberglass pipe systems may be less than coated steel and is typically less than that for corrosion resistant alloys (CRA). Low maintenance cost is also a major advantage of fiberglass systems. The life cycle cost of fiberglass systems is typically substantially less than carbon steel as well as CRA systems. Fiberglass pipe requires less maintenance and since hot work is not required, interruptions in production are not a factor during repair or modification procedures.

2.4 Fire Endurance

Fiberglass products can offer significant performance advantages for fire water systems. Fiberglass pipe is more resistant to hydrocarbon fires than Schedule 10 copper-nickel pipe. Fiberglass has low thermal conductivity, which keeps the ID of dry deluge piping from getting as hot as metal piping in a fire. (Dry metal piping can get very hot in a fire resulting in the formation of high pressure steam when the deluge system is activated.) Some fiberglass products are resistant to jet fires and others have very low smoke and toxicity ratings that allow usage in inaccessible spaces in accommodation and control areas. The fire endurance of normally wet (water filled) systems is very good.

2.5 Safety

Improved work place safety is a very significant advantage of using fiberglass piping materials. The light weight of fiberglass results in fewer back and hand injuries during construction. Hot work is not required during fabrication or repair of fiberglass systems and that eliminates many potential injuries that can occur during construction and during operations.

2.6 Flow Characteristics

Fiberglass pipe has excellent flow characteristics. The smooth I.D. surface of fiberglass results in less resistance to fluid flow. The Hazen Williams coefficient for fiberglass is 150 as compared to 130 for new welded galvanized steel. Accounting for the good flow characteristics of fiberglass in the hydraulic design of piping systems can result in significant cost savings. The cost savings can be realized in either of two ways. The proposed pipe

January 2003

CEAC 6

diameter may be decreased while maintaining the specified flow rate, or smaller pumps can be specified with the original pipe diameter and flow rate [Reference 1]. The smooth I.D. surface of fiberglass also inhibits the build up of marine growth.

2.7 Marine Growth

The smooth bore of fiberglass pipe also results in good resistance to marine growth. Marine organisms may attach themselves to fiberglass surfaces under static conditions, but are normally removed from the bore by flow of the effluent.

3 APPLICATION GUIDELINES

3.1 Common Applications

There are many piping systems on an offshore production platform. In the Gulf of Mexico (GOM), fiberglass piping generally can be considered for water systems that are non-essential, non-hazardous and non-flammable (see definitions in Section 1.4). However, fiberglass products can also be used in firewater systems, an essential system, if the chosen products pass the specified fire tests and are approved by the authority having jurisdiction (see Section 3.2). The following is a list of the more common offshore applications at this time.

• Fire water systems

• Seawater cooling systems

• Injection water

• Produced water

• Potable water

• Drain piping

• Sanitary piping

• Ballast water

• Column piping

• Crude oil cargo piping for FPSO’s

3.2 Regulatory Agencies and Classing Societies

Fiberglass piping systems on offshore E&P facilities will be subject to review and approval by the regulatory organizations with jurisdictional authority in the region of deployment. The U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), for example, has regulatory responsibilities for floating facilities in the GOM, and they have some responsibilities for fixed platforms as well. The U.S. Minerals Management Service (MMS) is another regulatory agency with jurisdiction over platforms in the GOM. The USCG and the MMS share the jurisdiction for various areas on GOM platforms in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that that has been issued by these agencies. The Norwegian Petroleum Directorate (NPD) and the

January 2003

CEAC 7

UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) have regional jurisdiction for E&P facilities in the North Sea.

The USCG requirements for fiberglass pipe are stated in NVIC 11-86 , GUIDELINES GOVERNING THE USE OF FIBERGLASS PIPE ON COAST GUARD INSPECTED VESSELS and IMO Resolution A.753 (18), GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPE ON SHIPS. Policy file memoranda such as PFM 1-98 are issued to clarify the IMO document.

The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), a classing society, often has responsibility for enforcement of USCG requirements in the GOM. ABS has guidelines (rules) for plastic pipe that usually reflect USCG requirements. The ABS rules for plastic pipe are stated in Appendix 1 of the ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS 2000. There are several classing societies including Det Norske Veritas (DNV), Lloyds Register (LR), Bureau Veritas (BV) and Nippon K (NK-Japan). Any one of these societies may be responsible for the enforcement of regulatory requirements on behalf of the authority having jurisdiction.

Offshore projects may also be located in parts of the world where there is no regulatory agency. In this case owners often choose to have a classing society oversee the construction of E&P systems. Each of the classing societies has “rules” that can be used to assure the integrity of materials and designs for offshore facilities.

It is best if commercial products are qualified to the performance requirements of the regulatory agencies and the classing societies prior to use on a project. Products that have been qualified by these agencies are said to have Type Approval. The approval process is incumbent on the manufacturers of fiberglass products since many agencies are used globally in the E&P business. Products without Type Approval must be approved by the authority on a project to project basis. This adds a time consuming step to the process, so project teams will not usually accept products not having Type Approval.

It is important to know what set of requirements are assured by a Type Approval certificate. A Type Approval granted by the USCG provides assurance that the product meets all the performance criteria required by the USCG. However, a classing society may grant a Type Approval to any specification desired by the manufacturer. A list of products with ABS Type Approval can be found at http://www.eagle.org/typeapproval/contents.html.

3.3 Fire Endurance Requirements

The USCG and ABS both provide a list of piping applications that might be considered for the use of fiberglass in the “Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix”. This matrix covers the various piping applications and the locations of all eligible piping systems on offshore facilities. The ABS fire endurance matrix is shown in Appendix A of this document. The categories having Level 3 (L3), Level 3 wet/dry (LWD) or zero (0) fire endurance requirements are current candidates for fiberglass piping. Level 3 endurance requires survival of a 30-minute fire test conducted on pipe samples filled and pressurized with stagnant water. Level 3 wet/dry endurance requires survival of fire tests conducted on pipe samples that are dry for 5 minutes, then filled with water for 25 minutes (flow allowed). A

January 2003

CEAC 8

fire endurance of 0 indicates an application category that has no fire endurance requirements. The fire endurance levels are defined under the fire endurance matrix in Appendix A.

The fire endurance matrix allows fiberglass pipe in many applications. The matrix has many cells with either Level 3 (L3) or no (0) fire endurance requirement. Most applications of interest for offshore platforms, however, are in the open deck areas (column K) of the fire endurance matrix. If one considers the “sea water’ applications on open decks, all non-essential systems are allowed to use fiberglass products that have no fire endurance rating. Fiberglass products with L3 ratings can be used in firewater ring mains if installed in accordance with the requirements of PFM 1-98. Fiberglass products with LWD or “jet fire” ratings are allowed for dry deluge systems. Fiberglass products have not yet been qualified to Level 2 endurance tests, so none are presently allowed in seawater systems for essential services. Seawater systems that are allowed in other areas of the platform include ballast water piping in enclosed areas and column pipes.

Fresh water systems have similar restrictions. Fiberglass products without fire endurance ratings can be used for potable water, for condensate returns and for non-essential services. Fire endurance ratings of L3 are required for fresh-water cooling of essential service systems.

Fiberglass piping can be used for deck drains in most locations. Fiberglass can also be used for sanitary drains. Phenolic-based fiberglass products have unusually low smoke and toxicity characteristics and can be used for sanitary piping in inaccessible or concealed areas of accommodation, service and control spaces. Drain lines that transmit hydrocarbons, even in low concentrations, are not currently allowed in fiberglass by the USCG.

3.4 Conductivity Requirements

IMO RESOLUTION A.753.(18), Section 2.2.5.3 states that all plastic piping in hazardous areas must be electrically conductive regardless of the fluid conveyed. The IMO requirement applies to all hazardous areas, both Division 1 and Division 2. The ABS rules include an identical requirement. Where electrically conductive pipe is required by ABS, the resistance per unit length of pipes and fittings must not exceed 1x105 Ohm/m, and the resistance to earth (ground) from any point in the system must not exceed 1.0 megohm. Most pipe manufacturers provide conductive products for the offshore market.

January 2003

CEAC 9

4 ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS

Fiberglass pipe systems can be quite robust with proper attention to system design. It is also true that inadequate attention to system design can result in premature system failures. Piping analysis and design are similar to metal systems, but input values for stress allowables and elastic properties are different. Fiberglass systems have some unique characteristics that designers must take into consideration.

4.1 Hydraulic Design

Fiberglass products have advantages in hydraulic performance as compared to steel products. The ID of fiberglass products is normally larger than carbon steel for the same nominal diameter. The smooth interior surface of fiberglass has a Hazen Williams coefficient of 150, resulting in less friction loss and higher flow rates per unit horsepower. Further, the interior surface remains smooth over time. The interior surface of carbon steel is not as smooth when new, and the roughness will increase 30 to 40 percent over twenty years service. These factors can have a significant impact on pipe size, pump size (horsepower) or electric power usage over time. Reference 1 provides useful guidelines for the optimization of the hydraulic performance of fiberglass systems.

4.2 Pressure Ratings The pressure ratings for fiberglass offshore piping systems are normally based on the pressure limits of connections and fittings. The pressure rating should include a safety factor of 4.0, minimum, if based on short term burst tests of fittings and connections. Pressure ratings may also be based on long or medium term pressure endurance tests as defined in Appendix A, ASTM F1173. Manufacturers should always provide the basis when pressure ratings are cited.

4.3 Line Layouts

Fiberglass pipe and fittings do not have standardized dimensions. A line layout for an offshore system or spool isometric drawings for one product will usually apply to a second product, but the pipe cut lengths may vary from product to product.

4.4 Piping Stress Analysis It is very important that a piping stress analysis is performed on each fiberglass system. A static analysis should be performed on wet systems considering the effects of all combined loading. A dry system such as deluge piping should be analyzed for the dynamic conditions created when a deluge system is activated and filled suddenly with pressurized water. The analysis of all systems should include considerations of water hammer and other dynamic pressure conditions.

It is important to obtain the properties and the stress allowables needed for stress analysis directly from the manufacturer. The manufacturer should provide design allowables as well as typical properties. Allowables are needed for both long term and short term loads. The analysis software needs to have provisions for non-isotropic pipe materials.

January 2003

CEAC 10

The following are typical properties for a ± 55° filament wound glass/epoxy pipe products. The manufacturer should be consulted to obtain appropriate design properties for any specific product.

70°° F 150°° F 200°° F

Tensile Modulus, Hoop direction (msi) 3.7 3.4 3.2

Tensile Modulus, Axial direction (msi) 1.6 1.4 1.2

Beam Bending Modulus (msi) 1.7 1.3 1.0

Shear Modulus (msi) 0.9 0.8 0.8

Axial Tensile Strength

Short Term (0:1) (ksi) 11.4 10.3 9.2

Long Term (2:1) (ksi) 8.8

Long Term (0:1) (ksi) 6.4 5.8 5.3

Hoop Tensile Strength

Short Term Weep (2:1) (ksi) 24.0

Long Term (2:1) (ksi) [HDB] 17.7

Poisson’s Ratio 0.4 0.4

Thermal Expansion Coefficient

Axial (in/in/°F) 10.0

Thermal conductivity

BTU/(ft.2)(hr.)(°F/in.) 2.8

The analysis needs to check for excessive stress that may result from internal pressure combined with loadings caused by thermal expansion, bending, momentum, water hammer, etc. Fiberglass pipe is generally designed to resist internal pressure and does not have the same level of reserve strength in the axial direction as steel pipe. All service conditions that produce axial stress or bending stress need to be included in the stress analysis to preclude failures due to excessive axial stresses. The analyses are needed to locate and size anchors and guides for the system. Manufacturers will provide assistance with the stress analysis and most will take responsibility for the analysis for a fee.

4.5 Special Design Considerations

Fiberglass pipe for the marine market normally has added thickness to provide more resistance to impact loading, handling and vacuum. However, fiberglass materials are not ductile like carbon steel and some additional design considerations are needed.

January 2003

CEAC 11

Supports

Special attention is needed in the design of supports for fiberglass systems. The following rules should be followed in design of supports, anchors and guides:

§ Avoid point loads

§ Protect against abrasion with support pads

§ Comply with recommended maximum support span dimensions

§ Provide independent steel supports for valves and other heavy components

§ Avoid excessive bending. (Small branch lines will be subjected to excessive bending if the main line is not anchored in the area of the branch line.)

§ Provide adequate support for vertical runs

Abuse

Fiberglass pipe may need protection during installation and service to prevent inadvertent damage. Situations that may result in damage to the pipe include:

§ Small diameter piping that may be stepped on for personnel support

§ Piping subject to impact from dropped objects

§ Piping subject to impact from booms, cables, chains etc.

§ Impact shielding may be needed in some situations.

Transient Pressure Loads

Fiberglass piping is more susceptible to damage from transient pressure loads than carbon steel. Special attention should be given to the following system design features:

§ Minimize pressure spikes due to pump startups.

§ Reduce valve closure speeds to eliminate water hammer.

§ Incorporate air release valves at high points in system to bleed all air from system.

§ Incorporate vacuum breakers in long vertical runs to prevent pipe failure from internal vacuum pressure during system draining.

§ Train all personnel in the correct operation of system valves.

It is important that transient pressure loads are minimized to preclude premature failures in the piping system.

January 2003

CEAC 12

5. PROJECT ENGINEERING

Projects for offshore production facilities are often organized into five phases:

Phase I: The evaluation & development of alternative system concepts

Phase II: Feasibility studies & selection of one system concept

Phase III: Front-end engineering for selected concept

Phase IV: Detailed engineering, construction & installation

Phase V: Operation and evaluation

Fiberglass is an alternative piping material that could be of interest for any offshore facility. The consideration of alternative materials for piping systems normally occurs in the third stage of the project when engineering options are explored. A materials engineer can provide a list of qualified commercial products, potential vendors and specifications for fiberglass piping.

5.1 Evaluation of Alternative Materials

Some project personnel may have limited experience with alternative piping materials. If alternative materials such as fiberglass are to be considered, the project team will need updated information to make valid comparisons and good engineering decisions in product selection. One member of the team should be assigned responsibility for collecting comparative data for commercial products that are appropriate for offshore facilities.

Comparative product data should include the following information:

§ Brand names & product series

§ Fire endurance rating

§ System pressure ratings by diameter (pipe & fittings)

§ Basis for pressure ratings

§ System temperature ratings

§ Type Approvals

§ Fittings construction method

§ Construction resin

§ Special features (low flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc.)

A spreadsheet incorporating the above data will be quite helpful in selecting the best candidate products. An example is shown in Table 5-1.

January 2003

CEAC 13

Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products

Pipe Applications

Applicable Products Series Features

Fire Endurance

System Pressure/

Temperature Ratings Other

Qualification Documents

Type Approvals

Joint Style

Fittings Constructio

n

Construction

Resin Manufacture

r

Series 1 USCG

ABS

Product A

Series 2

Conductive fiber

throughout wall

Level 3

150 psi, or 225 psi (1" - 40")/

200F

IMO A.753(18) USCG PFM 1-98

USCG ABS

Bell Spigot Adhesive

Filament Wound

Oven Cured Epoxy

(265F Tg)

Company X

Series 1

Impact resistant exterior-

provides 2 minute dry

jet fire resistance

Product B

Series 2

Conductive fiber

throughout wall

Level 3 225 psi (2" - 24")/

266F

Flame Spread, Smoke, Toxicity*


USCG ABS

Bell Spigot Adhesive

Filament Wound

Oven Cured* Phenolic

(370F Tg)

Company Y

Series 1

Product C

Series 2 Conductive

exterior

Level 3

200 psi (2"-12") 150 psi (14"-18")

100 psi (20" - 24")/

150F IMO A.753(18)

USCG PFM 1-98

USCG ABS

Butt & Wrap/ Hand Layup

Hand Layup

Ambient Cure

Vinyl Ester (230F Tg)

Company Z

Series 1

Firewater Ring Main

Product D

Series 2 Resin rich

liner

Level 3 230 psi (2" - 16")/

200F

IMO A.753(18)

USCG PFM 1-98

USCG

ABS Bell Spigot Adhesive

Filament Wound

Oven Cured Epoxy

(300F Tg)

Company ZZ

January 2003

CEAC 14

Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products (Continued)

Pipe Applications

Applicable Products Series Features

Fire Endurance

System Pressure/

Temperature Ratings Other

Qualification Documents

Type Approvals

Joint Style

Fittings Constructio

n

Construction

Resin Manufacture

r

Series 1 Jet fire test

results for 2"

Firewater Deluge

(dry/wet)

Product E

Series 2

Conductive fiber

throughout wall

Jet Fire &

Modified Level 3

(wet/dry)

225 psi (1" -16")/

266F

Flame Spread, Smoke, Toxicity*


USCG ABS

Bell-Spigot Adhesive

Filament Wound

Oven Cured* Phenolic

(370F Tg)

Company Y

Series 1 Jet fire test

results for 2"

Product F

Series 2 Conductive

exterior

Jet Fire, Level 3, & Modified Level 3

(wet/dry)

200 psi (2" - 4")/

150F


USCG ABS

Butt & Wrap/ Hand Layup

Hand Layup

Ambient Cure

Vinyl Ester (230F Tg)

Company Z

* - Oven cured on mandrel & post cured after mandrel removed

January 2003

CEAC 15

5.2 Cost Analysis

Economics is one of the most important factors in the evaluation of alternative materials. Materials can be compared based on material costs, installed costs or life cycle costs. It takes more effort to determine installed costs or life cycle costs, but these steps are essential to develop a valid cost comparison of alternative materials. A cost analysis example is included in Appendix B. This example includes installation and maintenance cost estimates for fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper nickel piping systems. The costs shown are based on several assumptions and the reader is encouraged to perform an independent analysis using material, labor and maintenance costs that are applicable to the project under consideration.

5.3 Product Selection

Product selection should be based on the best match of product features and the performance requirements for a given piping system. There is considerable variation in the features of available fiberglass products as shown in Table 5-1. It is important that the characteristics for each product are well understood and are evaluated carefully before selecting final candidates.

The projected cost is always an important consideration in product selection. Pipe manufacturers will provide budgetary prices for use in the selection of acceptable product candidates for a given project. However, budgetary pricing information needs to be evaluated carefully. For example, fittings constitute a high percentage of the materials cost for a typical offshore system, so the price for fittings is far more important than the price for pipe. Also, manufacturers offer different levels of service with the sale of piping materials. It is important to understand what services are included with budgetary price estimates so a direct comparison is made.

If possible, two or more products should be selected for consideration in the procurement stage of the project. Two or more approved products will assure that competitive prices are obtained for the project. Two approved products also provide assurance of a second source of qualified product in the event that adequate supplies are not available from the first source.

6 PROJECT EXECUTION

6.1 System Design

Detailed design of offshore piping systems are normally accomplished by the engineering contractor for topsides facilities. A quality assurance review of the design phase should be considered to assure that the interests of all stakeholders, system owner (Owner), operators and regulators, are addressed in each phase of the system design. The quality plan can address the assumptions, the criteria and the analyses required to address all the requirements of applicable specifications, regulatory rules and Owner requirements. Oversight of the design review should be the responsibility of an Owner employee or a project team member.

Detailed design of a piping system will include hydraulic design, selection of pumps and valves, routing of the pipe, location of air release valves to bleed air from the system, design of anchors

January 2003

CEAC 16

(and guides) and structural analysis of the system. The structural analyses should be conducted using software that complies with the specifications for the project. The structural analysis should consider all static loads, dynamic loads (filling of the dry deluge system) and combined loads specified in the design requirements provided by the project team. The location of guides and anchors should be adjusted and the system reanalyzed until the specified safety factors are realized throughout the system. Stress allowables and physical properties for the fiberglass pipe should be obtained from the manufacturer and approved by the Owner. After approval, the results of the detailed engineering work should be used to specify the piping system in the job specification. The job specification will be used for the procurement process.

6.2 The Procurement Process

Two key documents are needed to assure that qualified products are selected in the procurement process, a job specification and a procurement specification.

The piping engineer should prepare the job specification and it should contain all the data and the performance requirements that are applicable to a specific project. The data should include a line lay out that will enable potential vendors to prepare an accurate materials list. The job specification should also include all the performance specifications for the job as summarized below:

• System type

• Pipe diameter

• Design temperature

• Design pressure

• Piping fluid

• Location

• Layout drawings

• Bill of materials

• Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction

Procurement Specification

The procurement specification can be an industry document from ASTM, API or ISO. ASTM F1173 is written specifically for offshore facilities. The procurement specification may also be an internal company specification that references an industry document. The procurement specification will define the general performance requirements that products must satisfy to qualify for the job. General performance requirements will include properties such as pressure ratings (pipe and fittings), fire endurance, flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc. Procurement specifications may include test procedures that must be used as well as the test results that must be obtained. The procurement specification should also define the quality

January 2003

CEAC 17

assurance procedures that must be used in manufacturing, handling and shipping. Manufacturers who want to participate in the procurement process must submit the data required to show that proposed products do in fact meet the requirements of the procurement specification. The procurement officer should work closely with the piping engineer and others with the expertise needed to evaluate the qualification data from prospective suppliers.

Table 6-1 shows criteria covered by IMO Resolution A.753(18), USCG PFM 1-98, ABS Rules for Plastic Pipe Installations, ASTM F1173-01 and ISO 14692, all procurement specifications applicable to fiberglass piping systems for offshore platforms.

The use of Type Approvals can streamline the procurement process. With Type Approvals, third party agencies such as ABS assume the task of qualifying commercial products to one or more of the applicable specifications. The agencies also perform periodic audits to assure ongoing compliance with the specifications. It is important, however, that the user understands which requirements are assured by any given Type Approval. Table 6-2 demonstrates the criteria or specifications that are usually covered by USCG Type Approvals and by ABS Type Approvals.

January 2003

CEAC 18

Table 6-1 Alternative Qualification Specifications for FRP Pipe on Offshore Platforms and the Criteria Covered by Each

Qualification Criteria

IMO Res.

A.753(18)

USCG

PFM 1-98

ABS Rules,

Plastic Pipe Installations

ASTM

F1173-01

ISO

14692

Service Parameters

Acceptable Applications Yes Yes

Diameter Range Yes Yes Yes

Maximum Service Temperature Yes Yes Yes

Performance Criteria for Products

Pressure Rating Method Yes Yes Yes Yes

Fire Endurance Yes Yes Yes Yes

Flame Spread, Smoke & Toxicity Yes Yes Yes Yes

Conductivity Yes Yes Yes Yes

Qualification Test Requirements

Pressure Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes

Fire Endurance Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Flame Spread Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Smoke & Toxicity Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Conductivity Tests Yes Yes Yes

Manufacturing QA

QC Plan Yes Yes Yes Yes

ISO 9001, or equivalent Yes Yes Yes

QC Tests & Inspections Yes Yes Yes

Fabrication & Installation QA

Per Mfg. Recommendations Yes

Certification of Bonders etc. Yes Yes Yes

Installation Guidelines Yes Yes Yes

January 2003

CEAC 19

Table 6-2 Typical Performance Criteria or Specifications Covered by Fiberglass Pipe Type Approvals for Offshore Applications

Criteria or Specification Covered USCG

Type Approval ABS

Type Approval*

Product Designation Yes Yes

Pipe Diameters Yes

Max Service Temperature Yes

USCG NVIC 11-86 Yes

IMO Resolution A.753(18) Yes Yes

USCG PFM 1-98 Yes Yes

ABS Rules, Plastic Pipe Installations Yes

Quality Assurance Program for Manufacturing Yes

Periodic Audits Yes Yes

* - ABB may provide Type Approvals to other specifications. The user must check the Type Approval certificate to ascertain coverage of each specific approval.

Purchase of Manufacturer Services

The procurement documents should state clearly the services that are expected of the manufacturer. Fiberglass pipe manufacturers provide piping material, pipe and fittings, but they often offer the additional services listed below, services that can be extremely valuable to a project team.

• Assistance with system design

• Stress analysis of piping systems

• Fabrication of pipe spools

• Training of fabrication and supervisory personnel

• Fabrication of systems on the construction site

• Fit-up of fiberglass system to mating valves, vessels, piping etc.

• Proof test of piping system

• Training of operations personnel

• Inspection services

January 2003

CEAC 20

The procurement documents should clearly define the level of service desired in each of these areas.

Turnkey Purchase Option

Fiberglass pipe manufacturers usually offer the option of supplying a turnkey installation as opposed to supplying materials and selected services. A turnkey procurement means that the manufacturer takes full responsibility not only for the quality of the piping material, but also the fabrication of spools, the installation of the piping on the platform, fit up of the fiberglass piping to mating hardware such as pipes and tanks, and proof test of the installed system. Turnkey installations may also include an extended warranty with associated inspection and maintenance services.

6.3 Installation

Certification of Installation Personnel

Fiberglass pipe can be installed by the manufacturer, by a subcontractor to the manufacturer or by the general contractor. All the above are used successfully. However, it is extremely important that fiberglass pipe is always installed by personnel who are trained and certified to a specification approved by the owner. ASME B31.3, for example, provides procedures for the installation personnel. This includes the laborers who make up the joints and install the fittings, and the inspectors who supervise the work. Training and certification of installation personnel is a very important requirement for successful installations of fiberglass piping.

Construction Quality Assurance

It is recommended that the Owner establish a formal quality assurance (QA) program to review the manufacture and construction phase of the project. Owner inspectors should review the manufacturing facilities and operations periodically to assure that the quality provisions of the procurement specification are satisfied. The QA plan for the construction phase should be written, reviewed and agreed to by all stakeholders prior to the start of construction activities. The Owner’s inspector or his representative should have oversight responsibility for all the fabrication work and fit up work that is conducted on the construction site. The Owner’s inspector should assure that all construction personnel are trained and certified. The Owner’s inspector should witness the proof test of the total system.

Proof Test

All closed fiberglass systems should be tested with hydrostatic pressure after installation. The test should be conducted in accordance with specifications approved by the owner. The ISO 14692 specification provides good guidelines for conducting a system pressure test. Fiberglass systems are usually required to withstand a test pressure of 1.5 times the operating pressure or 1.1 times design pressure for a minimum of one hour without visible signs of leakage.

Individual pipe joints and fittings are subject to proof testing of 1.5 times pressure rating on a lot basis during the manufacturing process. Individual spools may also be subjected to proof testing before installation. Therefore, the primary purpose of the system proof test is to identify

January 2003

CEAC 21

system leaks and it is not usually necessary to subject the entire system to pressure 1.5 times the system rating.

6.4 Project Quality Assurance Plan

A formal quality assurance (QA) plan is recommended for project execution. The QA plan should include a review of each stage of the project; system design, procurement and construction. The QA process should identify the project team members involved and define the roles and responsibilities of each member. The QA review process should be clearly defined. A basic QA plan is outlined below.

Piping stress analysis review

• Analysis software capabilities

• Design properties provided by the manufacturer

• Load cases and combined loads to be analyzed

• Analysis output, maximum stresses, deflections, anchor locations, etc.

Procurement process review

• Job specific specifications

• Purchase specification

• Product qualification data or Type Approval

Construction process

• Certification requirements for bonders, laminators and supervisors

• Inspection program for manufacturing of pipe and fittings, spool fabrication, installation on construction site and fit-up to non-fiberglass system components.

• Construction site engineering change process

• Execute inspection program

System proof test

• Proof test plan

• System readiness for proof test

• Witness proof test

• Witness system draining and preparation for service

January 2003

CEAC 22

7 REFERENCES

1. Cagle, Larry, “Fiberglass Pipe’s Fringe Benefit”, Chemical Engineering, November 1991, by McGraw Hill, Inc.

2. Smith Fiberglass Manual No. C3345, August 1999, “Competitive Materials Installed Cost Comparison

3. NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics of Corrosion”

January 2003

CEAC 23

January 2003

CEAC 24

APPENDIX A – ABS FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS

January 2003

CEAC 25

January 2003

CEAC 26

Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis for Alternative Piping Materials

Cost of Materials - Pipe and Fittings

Economics is an important factor in engineering studies of alternative piping materials. This section is included to provide an example cost analysis for alternative piping materials. This example provides comparative values for three alternative materials. The format and much of the data is taken from Reference 2. The materials are fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel.

It should be noted that Schedule 40 carbon steel and Schedule 10 copper-nickel are lower cost metallic systems that might also be candidates for an off shore system. The reader is encouraged to perform an independent cost analysis using data that is applicable to the piping materials and the system under consideration for a specific project.

A cost analysis for fiberglass and competing corrosion resistant piping materials should start with a spreadsheet of the weights and the cost of competing pipe materials. Table B-1 shows typical unit weights for fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel piping for 2”, 3”, 4” and 6” diameters. Table B-2 is a summary of typical prices for each piping material at 2”, 3”, 4” and 6” diameters.

Table B-1, Pipe Weights (Lbs/ Foot)

Table B-2, Pipe Material Cost per Foot

Pipe Materials 2” 3” 4” 6”

Fiberglass 0.8 1.2 2.0 3.1

Sch. 80 Carbon Steel 5.0 10.3 15.0 28.6

Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10 4.2 8.8 12.9 19.7

Pipe Materials 2” 3” 4” 6”

Fiberglass $7.50 $9.30 $11.60 $17.55

Sch. 80 Carbon Steel 3.00 6.18 8.75 17.80

Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10 8.74 17.17 23.05 43.82

January 2003

CEAC 27

Cost of Installed Piping Systems

Weight and cost data for competing piping materials can provide a preliminary comparison of competitive materials. However, it is best to compile data for installed piping systems. Table B-3 is a materials list for the piping system used in Reference 2 and illustrated in Appendix C of this document. The cost of alternative piping materials and the corresponding installation labor can be assembled in a separate spreadsheet to determine the total installed cost of systems constructed from competing materials.

Labor units for the installation of carbon steel pipe and fittings are shown in Reference 2 and attributed to “The Richardson System Process Plant Construction Estimating Standards”, Volume 3, 1997 edition, published by Richardson Engineering Services, Inc., Mesa Arizona. The labor units for copper-nickel were assumed to be 30 percent greater than those for carbon steel. The labor units for fiberglass were provided by a manufacturer of fiberglass systems for the offshore market. A summary of the installation labor for four-inch (4”) piping systems is shown in Table B-4.

An average labor rate of $29.10 was assumed to calculate the total labor costs for an installation of 4” piping in the configuration shown in Appendix C. The installed costs for the competitive materials in 4” piping are summarized in Table B-5.

Table B-3 Typical Pipe System Materials List

Item CS or CuNi Fiberglass

Pipe 280’ 280’

Elbows, 90° 11 11

Tees 3 3

Reducer, FxF 2 2

Flange 13 13

Coupling 2 0

Bolt sets 17 17

Pipe to Pipe Bonded joints 7

Welded Joints 58

January 2003

CEAC 28

Table B-4 Labor Units in Hours for 4” Pipe

Pipe

(Hr/ft)

Elbow Tee Reducer Coupling Flange Bolt

Set

Field Cut & Bevel

Erection Butt Weld

Fiber-glass

0.185

0.850 1.275 0.850 0.850 0.425 1.700 (1) (1)

Sch 80 CS

0.298 6.200 9.300 5.400 3.100 1.900 1.700 0.840 6.900

Sch. 40 CuNi

0.387 8.060 12.090 7.020 4.03 2.47 2.21 1.092 8.97

(1) Field cutting, tapering and adhesive bonding included in pipe and fittings labor units

Table B-5 Installed Cost Comparison for 4”Pipe

PIPE MATERIAL COST

FITTINGS MATERIAL COST

BOLTS & ADHESIVE COST

FIELD LABOR COST (PIPE)

FIELD LABOR COST (FITTINGS)

TOTAL INSTALLED COST

Fiberglass $3,250 $5,766 $830 -- $2,8602 $13,706

Sch 80 CS 2,450 524 722 $2,428 6,623 12,747

Sch 40 CuNi

6,454 2,798 722 3,153 8,610 21,737

(2) Field labor cost for pipe and fittings

Cost of Maintenance

Maintenance should be considered in the analysis if the cost of maintenance is significantly different for the piping materials under consideration. The effect of maintenance costs on total cost or life cycle costs can be quantified for each materials candidate. The analysis requires an estimate of the cash flow required for installation and maintenance on each system for each year of the project life. Annual cash flow would include expenditures for inhibitors, cathodic protection, exterior coatings, inspection, cleaning, repairs, deferred production, etc. If it is normal to replace the system once or twice during the project life, the total cost of the replacement should be included in the cash flow schedule. The anticipated expenditures can be entered in a net present value (NPV) spreadsheet to determine the total cost for each material option.

January 2003

CEAC 29

The following is an example of cash flow summaries that might be assumed for the materials that have been discussed above.

System 1: Fiberglass Pipe, 4” diameter (nom), 225 psi pressure rating

Installed cost - $13,706 (Table 5-5)

Maintenance Costs

Flush system every 2 years - $2,000

Exterior coating at year 12 – $4,500

Repairs at years 12 & 18 - $5,000 each

System 2: Carbon Steel, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 80

Installed cost - $12,747

Maintenance costs

Internal clean & flush every year - $2,000

Replace system at year 7 & 15 – $22,000

System 3: Copper Nickel, 90/10, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 40

Installed cost - $21,737

Maintenance costs

Internal clean and flush every year - $2,000

Repairs at years 6, 12 & 18 - $6,000 each

Life Cycle Cost Analysis

The net present value (NPV) method can be used to compare the project life-cycle costs, or the total costs for the alternative materials. Readers are referred to Reference 3, NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics of Corrosion” for a thorough explanation of the present value method. The NACE document describes a spreadsheet tool that can be used to enter the annual cash flow associated with each material option, and the spreadsheet is used to calculate the annual cost or the total cost for each. The results of the NPV analysis, Table B-6, indicates the installed cost and the annual cost for a 25-year project life for each material. The analysis also provides the results in terms of the net present value for projects of 10 and 25 years in duration. Based on the assumptions used in this example, fiberglass is the low cost option. However, fiberglass may not always be the low cost option and the reader is encouraged to perform a cost analysis that is specific to the materials and the system under consideration for a given project. The entry data for NPV analysis is shown in Table B -7.

January 2003

CEAC 30

Table B-6 Comparative Results of NPV Analysis for Offshore Piping Materials

Table B-7 Net Present Value Input Data Initial Data

Project Piping System for Offshore Platform

Financial Factors

Inflation 4.00%

Cost of Capital 8.00%

Tax Rate 34.00%

System 1 Fiberglass Pipe, 4" D, 225 psi

Initial $12,598 Estimated Life 25 Salvage $ 0 Abandonment 0

Yearly Expense Costs

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10

0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000


0 11,500 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 7,000 0 2,000

Year 21 Year 22 Year 23 Year 24 Year 25

0 2,000 0 2,000 0

Piping Material Initial Cost Annual Cost (25yr Proj)

NPV (10yrs) NPV (25yrs)

Fiberglass

(4”D, 225 psi)

$12,598 $2,077 $12,458 $22,176

Carbon Steel

(4”D, Schedule 80)

12,747 4,230 28,174 45,153

Copper-Nickel 90/10

(4”D, Schedule 40)

21,373 3,714 26,102 39,647

January 2003

CEAC 31

System 2 Carbon Steel, 4" D, Schedule 80

Initial $ 12,747 Estimated

Life 25Salvage $ 0 Abandonme

nt 0



2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 22,000 2,000 2,000 2,000


2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 22,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000


2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000

System 3 Copper-Nickel, 90/10, 4" D, Schedule 40

Initial $ 21,373

Estimated Life 25Salvage $ 0

Abandonment 0



2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000


2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000


2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000

January 2003

CEAC 32

APPENDIX C - PIPING SYSTEM USED IN COST ANALYSIS EXAMPLE

NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue for GRE Pipe

Documents

Transcript of NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue for GRE Pipe